Gastrointestinal Symptoms and Lactic Acidosis in a Chronic Marijuana User

Article Type
Changed
A patient presented with diffuse abdominal pain and a history of frequent cannabis use, a diet lacking in meat and fish, and an increase in consumption of simple carbohydrates in the past year.

A 57-year-old woman with a history of traumatic brain injury, posttraumatic stress disorder, depression, migraines, hypothyroidism, and a hiatal hernia repair presented to the emergency department with a 1-day history of nausea, vomiting, and diffuse abdominal pain. She reported that her symptoms were relieved by hot showers. She also reported having similar symptoms and a previous gastric-emptying study that showed a slow-emptying stomach. Her history also consisted of frequent cannabis use for mood and appetite stimulation along with eliminating meat and fish from her diet, an increase in consumption of simple carbohydrates in the past year, and no alcohol use. Her medications included topiramate 100 mg and clonidine 0.3 mg nightly for migraines; levothyroxine 200 mcg daily for hypothyroidism; tizanidine 4 mg twice a day for muscle spasm; famotidine 40 mg twice a day as needed for gastric reflux; and bupropion 50 mg daily, citalopram 20 mg daily, and lamotrigine 25 mg nightly for mood.

The patient’s physical examination was notable for bradycardia (43 beats/min) and epigastric tenderness. Admission laboratory results were notable for an elevated lactic acid level of 4.8 (normal range, 0.50-2.20) mmol/L and a leukocytosis count of 10.8×109 cells/L. Serum alcohol level and blood cultures were negative. Liver function test, hemoglobin A1c, and lipase test were unremarkable. Her electrocardiogram showed an unchanged right bundle branch block. Chest X-ray, computed tomography (CT) of her abdomen/pelvis and echocardiogram were unremarkable.

What is your diagnosis? 

How would you treat this patient? 

 

 



This patient was diagnosed with gastrointestinal beriberi. Because of her dietary changes, lactic acidosis, and bradycardia, thiamine deficiency was suspected after ruling out other possibilities on the differential diagnosis (Table). The patient’s symptoms resolved after administration of high-dose IV thiamine 500 mg 3 times daily for 4 days. Her white blood cell count and lactic acid level normalized. Unfortunately, thiamine levels were not obtained for the patient before treatment was initiated. After administration of IV thiamine, her plasma thiamine level was > 1,200 (normal range, 8-30) nmol/L.

Her differential diagnosis included infectious etiology. Given her leukocytosis and lactic acidosis, vancomycin and piperacillin/tazobactam were started on admission. One day later, her leukocytosis count doubled to 20.7×109 cells/L. However, after 48 hours of negative blood cultures, antibiotics were discontinued.

Small bowel obstruction was suspected due to the patient’s history of abdominal surgery but was ruled out with CT imaging. Similarly, pancreatitis was ruled out based on negative CT imaging and the patient’s normal lipase level. Gastroparesis also was considered because of the patient’s history of hypothyroidism, tobacco use, and her prior gastric-emptying study. The patient was treated for gastroparesis with a course of metoclopramide and erythromycin without improvement in symptoms. Additionally, gastroparesis would not explain the patient’s leukocytosis.

Cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome (CHS) was suspected because the patient’s symptoms improved with cannabis discontinuation and hot showers.1 In chronic users, however, tetrahydrocannabinol levels have a half-life of 5 to 13 days.2 Although lactic acidosis and leukocytosis have been previously reported with cannabis use, it is unlikely that the patient would have such significant improvement within the first 4 days after discontinuation.1,3,4 Although the patient had many psychiatric comorbidities with previous hospitalizations describing concern for somatization disorder, her leukocytosis and elevated lactic acid levels were suggestive of an organic rather than a psychiatric etiology of her symptoms.

 

 

Discussion

Gastrointestinal beriberi has been reported in chronic cannabis users who present with nausea, vomiting, epigastric pain, leukocytosis, and lactic acidosis; all these symptoms rapidly improve after thiamine administration.5,6 The patient’s dietary change also eliminated her intake of vitamin B12, which compounded her condition. Thiamine deficiency produces lactic acidosis by disrupting pyruvate metabolism.7 Bradycardia also can be a sign of thiamine deficiency, although the patient’s use of clonidine for migraines is a confounder.8

Chronically ill patients are prone to nutritional deficiencies, including deficiencies of thiamine.7,9 Many patients with chronic illnesses also use cannabis to ameliorate physical and neuropsychiatric symptoms.2 Recent reports suggest cannabis users are prone to gastrointestinal beriberi and Wernicke encephalopathy.5,10 Treating gastrointestinal symptoms in these patients can be challenging to diagnose because gastrointestinal beriberi and CHS share many clinical manifestations.

The patient’s presentation is likely multifactorial resulting from the combination of gastrointestinal beriberi and CHS. However, thiamine deficiency seems to play the dominant role.

There is no standard treatment regimen for thiamine deficiency with neurologic deficits, and patients only retain about 10 to 15% of intramuscular (IM) injections of cyanocobalamin.11,12 The British Committee for Standards in Haematology recommends IM injections of 1,000 mcg of cyanocobalamin 3 times a week for 2 weeks and then reassess the need for continued treatment.13 The British Columbia guidelines also recommend IM injections of 1,000 mcg daily for 1 to 5 days before transitioning to oral repletion.14 European Neurology guidelines for the treatment of Wernicke encephalopathy recommend IV cyanocobalamin 200 mg 3 times daily.15 Low-level evidence with observational studies informs these decisions and is why there is variation.

The patient’s serum lactate and leukocytosis normalized 1 day after the administration of thiamine. Thiamine deficiency classically causes Wernicke encephalopathy and wet beriberi.16 The patient did not present with Wernicke encephalopathy’s triad: ophthalmoplegia, ataxia, or confusion. She also was euvolemic without signs or symptoms of wet beriberi.

Conclusions

Thiamine deficiency is principally a clinical diagnosis. Thiamine laboratory testing may not be readily available in all medical centers, and confirming a diagnosis of thiamine deficiency should not delay treatment when thiamine deficiency is suspected. This patient’s thiamine levels resulted a week after collection. The administration of thiamine before sampling also can alter the result as it did in this case. Additionally, laboratories may offer whole blood and serum testing. Whole blood testing is more accurate because most bioactive thiamine is found in red blood cells.17

References

1. Price SL, Fisher C, Kumar R, Hilgerson A. Cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome as the underlying cause of intractable nausea and vomiting. J Am Osteopath Assoc. 2011;111(3):166-169. doi:10.7556/jaoa.2011.111.3.166

2. Sharma P, Murthy P, Bharath MM. Chemistry, metabolism, and toxicology of cannabis: clinical implications. Iran J Psychiatry. 2012;7(4):149-156.

3. Antill T, Jakkoju A, Dieguez J, Laskhmiprasad L. Lactic acidosis: a rare manifestation of synthetic marijuana intoxication. J La State Med Soc. 2015;167(3):155.

4. Sullivan S. Cannabinoid hyperemesis. Can J Gastroenterol. 2010;24(5):284-285. doi:10.1155/2010/481940

5. Duca J, Lum CJ, Lo AM. Elevated lactate secondary to gastrointestinal beriberi. J Gen Intern Med. 2016;31(1):133-136. doi:10.1007/s11606-015-3326-2

6. Prakash S. Gastrointestinal beriberi: a forme fruste of Wernicke’s encephalopathy? BMJ Case Rep. 2018;bcr2018224841. doi:10.1136/bcr-2018-224841

7. Friedenberg AS, Brandoff DE, Schiffman FJ. Type B lactic acidosis as a severe metabolic complication in lymphoma and leukemia: a case series from a single institution and literature review. Medicine (Baltimore). 2007;86(4):225-232. doi:10.1097/MD.0b013e318125759a

8. Liang CC. Bradycardia in thiamin deficiency and the role of glyoxylate. J Nutrition Sci Vitaminology. 1977;23(1):1-6. doi:10.3177/jnsv.23.1

9. Attaluri P, Castillo A, Edriss H, Nugent K. Thiamine deficiency: an important consideration in critically ill patients. Am J Med Sci. 2018;356(4):382-390. doi:10.1016/j.amjms.2018.06.015

10. Chaudhari A, Li ZY, Long A, Afshinnik A. Heavy cannabis use associated with Wernicke’s encephalopathy. Cureus. 2019;11(7):e5109. doi:10.7759/cureus.5109

11. Stabler SP. Vitamin B12 deficiency. N Engl J Med. 2013;368(2):149-160. doi:10.1056/NEJMcp1113996

12. Green R, Allen LH, Bjørke-Monsen A-L, et al. Vitamin B12 deficiency. Nat Rev Dis Primers. 2017;3(1):17040. doi:10.1038/nrdp.2017.40

13. Devalia V, Hamilton MS, Molloy AM. Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of cobalamin and folate disorders. Br J Haematol. 2014;166(4):496-513. doi:10.1111/bjh.12959

14. British Columbia Ministry of Health; Guidelines and Protocols and Advisory Committee. Guidelines and protocols cobalamin (vitamin B12) deficiency–investigation & management. Effective January 1, 2012. Revised May 1, 2013. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www2.gov.bc.ca/gov/content/health/practitioner-professional-resources/bc-guidelines/vitamin-b12

15. Galvin R, Brathen G, Ivashynka A, Hillbom M, Tanasescu R, Leone MA. EFNS guidelines for diagnosis, therapy and prevention of Wernicke encephalopathy. Eur J Neurol. 2010;17(12):1408-1418. doi:10.1111/j.1468-1331.2010.03153.x

16. Wiley KD, Gupta M. Vitamin B1 thiamine deficiency (beriberi). In: StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing LLC; 2019.

17. Jenco J, Krcmova LK, Solichova D, Solich P. Recent trends in determination of thiamine and its derivatives in clinical practice. J Chromatogra A. 2017;1510:1-12. doi:10.1016/j.chroma.2017.06.048

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Reem Al Shabeeb is a Medical Student at the School of Medicine and Health Sciences at George Washington University. Caroline Trevisan is a Rheumatology Fellow and Amy Safadi is a Neurology Resident in the Departments of Internal Medicine and Neurology, both at MedStar Georgetown University Hospital, all in Washington, DC. Raj Singaraju is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Medicine at the Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences in Bethesda, Maryland.
Correspondence: Raj Singaraju (raj.singaraju@usuhs.edu)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Publications
Topics
Page Number
e29-e31
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Reem Al Shabeeb is a Medical Student at the School of Medicine and Health Sciences at George Washington University. Caroline Trevisan is a Rheumatology Fellow and Amy Safadi is a Neurology Resident in the Departments of Internal Medicine and Neurology, both at MedStar Georgetown University Hospital, all in Washington, DC. Raj Singaraju is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Medicine at the Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences in Bethesda, Maryland.
Correspondence: Raj Singaraju (raj.singaraju@usuhs.edu)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Author and Disclosure Information

Reem Al Shabeeb is a Medical Student at the School of Medicine and Health Sciences at George Washington University. Caroline Trevisan is a Rheumatology Fellow and Amy Safadi is a Neurology Resident in the Departments of Internal Medicine and Neurology, both at MedStar Georgetown University Hospital, all in Washington, DC. Raj Singaraju is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Medicine at the Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences in Bethesda, Maryland.
Correspondence: Raj Singaraju (raj.singaraju@usuhs.edu)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
A patient presented with diffuse abdominal pain and a history of frequent cannabis use, a diet lacking in meat and fish, and an increase in consumption of simple carbohydrates in the past year.
A patient presented with diffuse abdominal pain and a history of frequent cannabis use, a diet lacking in meat and fish, and an increase in consumption of simple carbohydrates in the past year.

A 57-year-old woman with a history of traumatic brain injury, posttraumatic stress disorder, depression, migraines, hypothyroidism, and a hiatal hernia repair presented to the emergency department with a 1-day history of nausea, vomiting, and diffuse abdominal pain. She reported that her symptoms were relieved by hot showers. She also reported having similar symptoms and a previous gastric-emptying study that showed a slow-emptying stomach. Her history also consisted of frequent cannabis use for mood and appetite stimulation along with eliminating meat and fish from her diet, an increase in consumption of simple carbohydrates in the past year, and no alcohol use. Her medications included topiramate 100 mg and clonidine 0.3 mg nightly for migraines; levothyroxine 200 mcg daily for hypothyroidism; tizanidine 4 mg twice a day for muscle spasm; famotidine 40 mg twice a day as needed for gastric reflux; and bupropion 50 mg daily, citalopram 20 mg daily, and lamotrigine 25 mg nightly for mood.

The patient’s physical examination was notable for bradycardia (43 beats/min) and epigastric tenderness. Admission laboratory results were notable for an elevated lactic acid level of 4.8 (normal range, 0.50-2.20) mmol/L and a leukocytosis count of 10.8×109 cells/L. Serum alcohol level and blood cultures were negative. Liver function test, hemoglobin A1c, and lipase test were unremarkable. Her electrocardiogram showed an unchanged right bundle branch block. Chest X-ray, computed tomography (CT) of her abdomen/pelvis and echocardiogram were unremarkable.

What is your diagnosis? 

How would you treat this patient? 

 

 



This patient was diagnosed with gastrointestinal beriberi. Because of her dietary changes, lactic acidosis, and bradycardia, thiamine deficiency was suspected after ruling out other possibilities on the differential diagnosis (Table). The patient’s symptoms resolved after administration of high-dose IV thiamine 500 mg 3 times daily for 4 days. Her white blood cell count and lactic acid level normalized. Unfortunately, thiamine levels were not obtained for the patient before treatment was initiated. After administration of IV thiamine, her plasma thiamine level was > 1,200 (normal range, 8-30) nmol/L.

Her differential diagnosis included infectious etiology. Given her leukocytosis and lactic acidosis, vancomycin and piperacillin/tazobactam were started on admission. One day later, her leukocytosis count doubled to 20.7×109 cells/L. However, after 48 hours of negative blood cultures, antibiotics were discontinued.

Small bowel obstruction was suspected due to the patient’s history of abdominal surgery but was ruled out with CT imaging. Similarly, pancreatitis was ruled out based on negative CT imaging and the patient’s normal lipase level. Gastroparesis also was considered because of the patient’s history of hypothyroidism, tobacco use, and her prior gastric-emptying study. The patient was treated for gastroparesis with a course of metoclopramide and erythromycin without improvement in symptoms. Additionally, gastroparesis would not explain the patient’s leukocytosis.

Cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome (CHS) was suspected because the patient’s symptoms improved with cannabis discontinuation and hot showers.1 In chronic users, however, tetrahydrocannabinol levels have a half-life of 5 to 13 days.2 Although lactic acidosis and leukocytosis have been previously reported with cannabis use, it is unlikely that the patient would have such significant improvement within the first 4 days after discontinuation.1,3,4 Although the patient had many psychiatric comorbidities with previous hospitalizations describing concern for somatization disorder, her leukocytosis and elevated lactic acid levels were suggestive of an organic rather than a psychiatric etiology of her symptoms.

 

 

Discussion

Gastrointestinal beriberi has been reported in chronic cannabis users who present with nausea, vomiting, epigastric pain, leukocytosis, and lactic acidosis; all these symptoms rapidly improve after thiamine administration.5,6 The patient’s dietary change also eliminated her intake of vitamin B12, which compounded her condition. Thiamine deficiency produces lactic acidosis by disrupting pyruvate metabolism.7 Bradycardia also can be a sign of thiamine deficiency, although the patient’s use of clonidine for migraines is a confounder.8

Chronically ill patients are prone to nutritional deficiencies, including deficiencies of thiamine.7,9 Many patients with chronic illnesses also use cannabis to ameliorate physical and neuropsychiatric symptoms.2 Recent reports suggest cannabis users are prone to gastrointestinal beriberi and Wernicke encephalopathy.5,10 Treating gastrointestinal symptoms in these patients can be challenging to diagnose because gastrointestinal beriberi and CHS share many clinical manifestations.

The patient’s presentation is likely multifactorial resulting from the combination of gastrointestinal beriberi and CHS. However, thiamine deficiency seems to play the dominant role.

There is no standard treatment regimen for thiamine deficiency with neurologic deficits, and patients only retain about 10 to 15% of intramuscular (IM) injections of cyanocobalamin.11,12 The British Committee for Standards in Haematology recommends IM injections of 1,000 mcg of cyanocobalamin 3 times a week for 2 weeks and then reassess the need for continued treatment.13 The British Columbia guidelines also recommend IM injections of 1,000 mcg daily for 1 to 5 days before transitioning to oral repletion.14 European Neurology guidelines for the treatment of Wernicke encephalopathy recommend IV cyanocobalamin 200 mg 3 times daily.15 Low-level evidence with observational studies informs these decisions and is why there is variation.

The patient’s serum lactate and leukocytosis normalized 1 day after the administration of thiamine. Thiamine deficiency classically causes Wernicke encephalopathy and wet beriberi.16 The patient did not present with Wernicke encephalopathy’s triad: ophthalmoplegia, ataxia, or confusion. She also was euvolemic without signs or symptoms of wet beriberi.

Conclusions

Thiamine deficiency is principally a clinical diagnosis. Thiamine laboratory testing may not be readily available in all medical centers, and confirming a diagnosis of thiamine deficiency should not delay treatment when thiamine deficiency is suspected. This patient’s thiamine levels resulted a week after collection. The administration of thiamine before sampling also can alter the result as it did in this case. Additionally, laboratories may offer whole blood and serum testing. Whole blood testing is more accurate because most bioactive thiamine is found in red blood cells.17

A 57-year-old woman with a history of traumatic brain injury, posttraumatic stress disorder, depression, migraines, hypothyroidism, and a hiatal hernia repair presented to the emergency department with a 1-day history of nausea, vomiting, and diffuse abdominal pain. She reported that her symptoms were relieved by hot showers. She also reported having similar symptoms and a previous gastric-emptying study that showed a slow-emptying stomach. Her history also consisted of frequent cannabis use for mood and appetite stimulation along with eliminating meat and fish from her diet, an increase in consumption of simple carbohydrates in the past year, and no alcohol use. Her medications included topiramate 100 mg and clonidine 0.3 mg nightly for migraines; levothyroxine 200 mcg daily for hypothyroidism; tizanidine 4 mg twice a day for muscle spasm; famotidine 40 mg twice a day as needed for gastric reflux; and bupropion 50 mg daily, citalopram 20 mg daily, and lamotrigine 25 mg nightly for mood.

The patient’s physical examination was notable for bradycardia (43 beats/min) and epigastric tenderness. Admission laboratory results were notable for an elevated lactic acid level of 4.8 (normal range, 0.50-2.20) mmol/L and a leukocytosis count of 10.8×109 cells/L. Serum alcohol level and blood cultures were negative. Liver function test, hemoglobin A1c, and lipase test were unremarkable. Her electrocardiogram showed an unchanged right bundle branch block. Chest X-ray, computed tomography (CT) of her abdomen/pelvis and echocardiogram were unremarkable.

What is your diagnosis? 

How would you treat this patient? 

 

 



This patient was diagnosed with gastrointestinal beriberi. Because of her dietary changes, lactic acidosis, and bradycardia, thiamine deficiency was suspected after ruling out other possibilities on the differential diagnosis (Table). The patient’s symptoms resolved after administration of high-dose IV thiamine 500 mg 3 times daily for 4 days. Her white blood cell count and lactic acid level normalized. Unfortunately, thiamine levels were not obtained for the patient before treatment was initiated. After administration of IV thiamine, her plasma thiamine level was > 1,200 (normal range, 8-30) nmol/L.

Her differential diagnosis included infectious etiology. Given her leukocytosis and lactic acidosis, vancomycin and piperacillin/tazobactam were started on admission. One day later, her leukocytosis count doubled to 20.7×109 cells/L. However, after 48 hours of negative blood cultures, antibiotics were discontinued.

Small bowel obstruction was suspected due to the patient’s history of abdominal surgery but was ruled out with CT imaging. Similarly, pancreatitis was ruled out based on negative CT imaging and the patient’s normal lipase level. Gastroparesis also was considered because of the patient’s history of hypothyroidism, tobacco use, and her prior gastric-emptying study. The patient was treated for gastroparesis with a course of metoclopramide and erythromycin without improvement in symptoms. Additionally, gastroparesis would not explain the patient’s leukocytosis.

Cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome (CHS) was suspected because the patient’s symptoms improved with cannabis discontinuation and hot showers.1 In chronic users, however, tetrahydrocannabinol levels have a half-life of 5 to 13 days.2 Although lactic acidosis and leukocytosis have been previously reported with cannabis use, it is unlikely that the patient would have such significant improvement within the first 4 days after discontinuation.1,3,4 Although the patient had many psychiatric comorbidities with previous hospitalizations describing concern for somatization disorder, her leukocytosis and elevated lactic acid levels were suggestive of an organic rather than a psychiatric etiology of her symptoms.

 

 

Discussion

Gastrointestinal beriberi has been reported in chronic cannabis users who present with nausea, vomiting, epigastric pain, leukocytosis, and lactic acidosis; all these symptoms rapidly improve after thiamine administration.5,6 The patient’s dietary change also eliminated her intake of vitamin B12, which compounded her condition. Thiamine deficiency produces lactic acidosis by disrupting pyruvate metabolism.7 Bradycardia also can be a sign of thiamine deficiency, although the patient’s use of clonidine for migraines is a confounder.8

Chronically ill patients are prone to nutritional deficiencies, including deficiencies of thiamine.7,9 Many patients with chronic illnesses also use cannabis to ameliorate physical and neuropsychiatric symptoms.2 Recent reports suggest cannabis users are prone to gastrointestinal beriberi and Wernicke encephalopathy.5,10 Treating gastrointestinal symptoms in these patients can be challenging to diagnose because gastrointestinal beriberi and CHS share many clinical manifestations.

The patient’s presentation is likely multifactorial resulting from the combination of gastrointestinal beriberi and CHS. However, thiamine deficiency seems to play the dominant role.

There is no standard treatment regimen for thiamine deficiency with neurologic deficits, and patients only retain about 10 to 15% of intramuscular (IM) injections of cyanocobalamin.11,12 The British Committee for Standards in Haematology recommends IM injections of 1,000 mcg of cyanocobalamin 3 times a week for 2 weeks and then reassess the need for continued treatment.13 The British Columbia guidelines also recommend IM injections of 1,000 mcg daily for 1 to 5 days before transitioning to oral repletion.14 European Neurology guidelines for the treatment of Wernicke encephalopathy recommend IV cyanocobalamin 200 mg 3 times daily.15 Low-level evidence with observational studies informs these decisions and is why there is variation.

The patient’s serum lactate and leukocytosis normalized 1 day after the administration of thiamine. Thiamine deficiency classically causes Wernicke encephalopathy and wet beriberi.16 The patient did not present with Wernicke encephalopathy’s triad: ophthalmoplegia, ataxia, or confusion. She also was euvolemic without signs or symptoms of wet beriberi.

Conclusions

Thiamine deficiency is principally a clinical diagnosis. Thiamine laboratory testing may not be readily available in all medical centers, and confirming a diagnosis of thiamine deficiency should not delay treatment when thiamine deficiency is suspected. This patient’s thiamine levels resulted a week after collection. The administration of thiamine before sampling also can alter the result as it did in this case. Additionally, laboratories may offer whole blood and serum testing. Whole blood testing is more accurate because most bioactive thiamine is found in red blood cells.17

References

1. Price SL, Fisher C, Kumar R, Hilgerson A. Cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome as the underlying cause of intractable nausea and vomiting. J Am Osteopath Assoc. 2011;111(3):166-169. doi:10.7556/jaoa.2011.111.3.166

2. Sharma P, Murthy P, Bharath MM. Chemistry, metabolism, and toxicology of cannabis: clinical implications. Iran J Psychiatry. 2012;7(4):149-156.

3. Antill T, Jakkoju A, Dieguez J, Laskhmiprasad L. Lactic acidosis: a rare manifestation of synthetic marijuana intoxication. J La State Med Soc. 2015;167(3):155.

4. Sullivan S. Cannabinoid hyperemesis. Can J Gastroenterol. 2010;24(5):284-285. doi:10.1155/2010/481940

5. Duca J, Lum CJ, Lo AM. Elevated lactate secondary to gastrointestinal beriberi. J Gen Intern Med. 2016;31(1):133-136. doi:10.1007/s11606-015-3326-2

6. Prakash S. Gastrointestinal beriberi: a forme fruste of Wernicke’s encephalopathy? BMJ Case Rep. 2018;bcr2018224841. doi:10.1136/bcr-2018-224841

7. Friedenberg AS, Brandoff DE, Schiffman FJ. Type B lactic acidosis as a severe metabolic complication in lymphoma and leukemia: a case series from a single institution and literature review. Medicine (Baltimore). 2007;86(4):225-232. doi:10.1097/MD.0b013e318125759a

8. Liang CC. Bradycardia in thiamin deficiency and the role of glyoxylate. J Nutrition Sci Vitaminology. 1977;23(1):1-6. doi:10.3177/jnsv.23.1

9. Attaluri P, Castillo A, Edriss H, Nugent K. Thiamine deficiency: an important consideration in critically ill patients. Am J Med Sci. 2018;356(4):382-390. doi:10.1016/j.amjms.2018.06.015

10. Chaudhari A, Li ZY, Long A, Afshinnik A. Heavy cannabis use associated with Wernicke’s encephalopathy. Cureus. 2019;11(7):e5109. doi:10.7759/cureus.5109

11. Stabler SP. Vitamin B12 deficiency. N Engl J Med. 2013;368(2):149-160. doi:10.1056/NEJMcp1113996

12. Green R, Allen LH, Bjørke-Monsen A-L, et al. Vitamin B12 deficiency. Nat Rev Dis Primers. 2017;3(1):17040. doi:10.1038/nrdp.2017.40

13. Devalia V, Hamilton MS, Molloy AM. Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of cobalamin and folate disorders. Br J Haematol. 2014;166(4):496-513. doi:10.1111/bjh.12959

14. British Columbia Ministry of Health; Guidelines and Protocols and Advisory Committee. Guidelines and protocols cobalamin (vitamin B12) deficiency–investigation & management. Effective January 1, 2012. Revised May 1, 2013. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www2.gov.bc.ca/gov/content/health/practitioner-professional-resources/bc-guidelines/vitamin-b12

15. Galvin R, Brathen G, Ivashynka A, Hillbom M, Tanasescu R, Leone MA. EFNS guidelines for diagnosis, therapy and prevention of Wernicke encephalopathy. Eur J Neurol. 2010;17(12):1408-1418. doi:10.1111/j.1468-1331.2010.03153.x

16. Wiley KD, Gupta M. Vitamin B1 thiamine deficiency (beriberi). In: StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing LLC; 2019.

17. Jenco J, Krcmova LK, Solichova D, Solich P. Recent trends in determination of thiamine and its derivatives in clinical practice. J Chromatogra A. 2017;1510:1-12. doi:10.1016/j.chroma.2017.06.048

References

1. Price SL, Fisher C, Kumar R, Hilgerson A. Cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome as the underlying cause of intractable nausea and vomiting. J Am Osteopath Assoc. 2011;111(3):166-169. doi:10.7556/jaoa.2011.111.3.166

2. Sharma P, Murthy P, Bharath MM. Chemistry, metabolism, and toxicology of cannabis: clinical implications. Iran J Psychiatry. 2012;7(4):149-156.

3. Antill T, Jakkoju A, Dieguez J, Laskhmiprasad L. Lactic acidosis: a rare manifestation of synthetic marijuana intoxication. J La State Med Soc. 2015;167(3):155.

4. Sullivan S. Cannabinoid hyperemesis. Can J Gastroenterol. 2010;24(5):284-285. doi:10.1155/2010/481940

5. Duca J, Lum CJ, Lo AM. Elevated lactate secondary to gastrointestinal beriberi. J Gen Intern Med. 2016;31(1):133-136. doi:10.1007/s11606-015-3326-2

6. Prakash S. Gastrointestinal beriberi: a forme fruste of Wernicke’s encephalopathy? BMJ Case Rep. 2018;bcr2018224841. doi:10.1136/bcr-2018-224841

7. Friedenberg AS, Brandoff DE, Schiffman FJ. Type B lactic acidosis as a severe metabolic complication in lymphoma and leukemia: a case series from a single institution and literature review. Medicine (Baltimore). 2007;86(4):225-232. doi:10.1097/MD.0b013e318125759a

8. Liang CC. Bradycardia in thiamin deficiency and the role of glyoxylate. J Nutrition Sci Vitaminology. 1977;23(1):1-6. doi:10.3177/jnsv.23.1

9. Attaluri P, Castillo A, Edriss H, Nugent K. Thiamine deficiency: an important consideration in critically ill patients. Am J Med Sci. 2018;356(4):382-390. doi:10.1016/j.amjms.2018.06.015

10. Chaudhari A, Li ZY, Long A, Afshinnik A. Heavy cannabis use associated with Wernicke’s encephalopathy. Cureus. 2019;11(7):e5109. doi:10.7759/cureus.5109

11. Stabler SP. Vitamin B12 deficiency. N Engl J Med. 2013;368(2):149-160. doi:10.1056/NEJMcp1113996

12. Green R, Allen LH, Bjørke-Monsen A-L, et al. Vitamin B12 deficiency. Nat Rev Dis Primers. 2017;3(1):17040. doi:10.1038/nrdp.2017.40

13. Devalia V, Hamilton MS, Molloy AM. Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of cobalamin and folate disorders. Br J Haematol. 2014;166(4):496-513. doi:10.1111/bjh.12959

14. British Columbia Ministry of Health; Guidelines and Protocols and Advisory Committee. Guidelines and protocols cobalamin (vitamin B12) deficiency–investigation & management. Effective January 1, 2012. Revised May 1, 2013. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www2.gov.bc.ca/gov/content/health/practitioner-professional-resources/bc-guidelines/vitamin-b12

15. Galvin R, Brathen G, Ivashynka A, Hillbom M, Tanasescu R, Leone MA. EFNS guidelines for diagnosis, therapy and prevention of Wernicke encephalopathy. Eur J Neurol. 2010;17(12):1408-1418. doi:10.1111/j.1468-1331.2010.03153.x

16. Wiley KD, Gupta M. Vitamin B1 thiamine deficiency (beriberi). In: StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing LLC; 2019.

17. Jenco J, Krcmova LK, Solichova D, Solich P. Recent trends in determination of thiamine and its derivatives in clinical practice. J Chromatogra A. 2017;1510:1-12. doi:10.1016/j.chroma.2017.06.048

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Page Number
e29-e31
Page Number
e29-e31
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
Article PDF Media

The Natural History of a Patient With COVID-19 Pneumonia and Silent Hypoxemia

Article Type
Changed
A patient who declined all interventions, including oxygen, and recovered highlights the importance of treating the individual instead of clinical markers and provides a time course for recovery from pneumonia and severe hypoxemia.

In less than a year, COVID-19 has infected nearly 100 million people worldwide and caused more than 2 million deaths and counting. Although the infection fatality rate is estimated to be 1% and the case fatality rate between 2% and 3%, COVID-19 has had a disproportionate effect on the older population and those with comorbidities. Some of these findings are mirrored in the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) population, which has seen a higher case fatality rate.1-4

As a respiratory tract infection, the most dreaded presentation is severe pneumonia with acute hypoxemia, which may rapidly deteriorate to acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) and respiratory failure.5-7 This possibility has led to early intubation strategies aimed at preempting this rapid deterioration and minimizing viral exposure to health care workers. Intubation rates have varied widely with extremes of 6 to 88%.8,9

However, this early intubation strategy has waned as some of the rationale behind its endorsement has been called into question. Early intubation bypasses alternatives to intubation; high-flow nasal cannula oxygen, noninvasive ventilation, and awake proning are all effective maneuvers in the appropriate patient.10,11 The use of first-line high-flow nasal cannula oxygen and noninvasive ventilation has been widely reported. Reports of first-line use of high-flow nasal cannula oxygen has not demonstrated inferior outcomes, nor has the timing of intubation, suggesting a significant portion of patients could benefit from a trial of therapy and eventually avoid intubation.11-14 Other therapies, such as systemic corticosteroids, confer a mortality benefit in those patients with COVID-19 who require oxygen or mechanical ventilation, but their impact on the progression of respiratory failure and need for intubation are undetermined.

There also are reports of patients who report no signs of respiratory distress or dyspnea with their COVID-19 pneumonia despite profound hypoxemia or high oxygen requirements. Various terms, including silent hypoxemia or happy hypoxia, are descriptive of the demeanor of these patients, and treatment has invariably included oxygen.15,16 Nevertheless, low oxygen measurements have generally prompted higher levels of supplemental oxygen or more invasive therapies.

Treatment rendered may obscure the trajectory of response, which is important to understand to better position options for invasive therapies and other therapeutics. We recently encountered a patient with a course of illness that represented the natural history of COVID-19 pneumonia with low oxygen levels (referred to as hypoxemia for consistency) that highlighted several issues of management.

Case Presentation

A 62-year-old undomiciled woman with morbid obesity, prediabetes mellitus, long-standing schizophrenia, and bipolar disorder presented to our facility for evaluation of dry cough and need for tuberculosis clearance for admittance to a shelter. She appeared comfortable and was afebrile with blood pressure 111/74 mm Hg, heart rate 82 beats per minute. Her respiratory rate was 18 breaths per minute, but the pulse oximetry showed oxygen saturation of 70 to 75% on room air at rest. A chest X-ray showed bibasilar infiltrates (Figure 1), and a rapid COVID-19 nasopharyngeal polymerase chain reaction (PCR) test returned positive, confirmed by a second PCR test. Baseline inflammatory markers were elevated (Figure 2). In addition, the serum interleukin-6 also was elevated to 66.1 pg/mL (normal < 5.0), erythrocyte sedimentation rate elevated to 69 mm/h, but serum procalcitonin was essentially normal (0.22 ng/mL; normal < 20 ng/mL) as was the serum lactate (1.4 mmol/L).

The patient was admitted to the intensive care unit (ICU) for close monitoring in anticipation of the possibility of decompensation based on her age, hypoxia, and elevated inflammatory markers.17 Besides a subsequent low-grade fever (100.4 oF) and lymphopenia (manual count 550/uL), she remained clinically unchanged. Throughout her hospitalization, she maintained a persistent psychotic delusion that she did not have COVID-19, refusing all medical interventions, including a peripheral IV line and supplemental oxygen for the entire duration. Extensive efforts to identify family or a surrogate decision maker were unsuccessful. After consultation with Psychiatry, Bio-Ethics, and hospital leadership, the patient was deemed to lack decision-making capacity regarding treatment or disposition and was placed on a psychiatric hold. However, since any interventions against her will would require sedation, IV access, and potentially increase the risk of nosocomial COVID-19 transmission, she was allowed to remain untreated and was closely monitored for symptoms of worsening respiratory failure.

 

 


Over the next 2 weeks, her hypoxemia, inflammatory markers, and the infiltrates on imaging resolved (Figure 2). The lowest daily awake room air pulse oximetry readings are reported, initially with consistent readings in the low 80% range, but on day 12, readings were > 90% and remained > 90% for the remainder of her hospitalization. Therefore, shortly after hospital day 12, she was clinically stable for discharge from acute care to a subacute facility, but this required documentation of the clearance of her viral infection. She refused to undergo a subsequent nasopharyngeal swab but allowed an oropharyngeal COVID-19 PCR swab, which was negative. She remained stable and unchanged for the remainder of her hospitalization, awaiting identification of a receiving facility and was able to be discharged to transitional housing on day 38.

Discussion

The initial reports of COVID-19 pneumonia focused on ARDS and respiratory failure requiring mechanical ventilation with less emphasis on those with lower severity of illness. This was heightened by health care systems that were overwhelmed with large number of patients while faced with limited supplies and equipment. Given the risk to patients and providers of crash intubations, some recommended early intubation strategies.3 However, the natural history of COVID-19 pneumonia and the threshold for intubation of these patients remain poorly defined despite the creation of prognostic tools.17 This patient’s persistent hypoxemia and elevated inflammatory markers certainly met markers of disease associated with a high risk of progression.

The greatest concern would have been her level of hypoxemia. Acceptable thresholds of hypoxemia vary, but general consensus would classify pulse oximetry < 90% as hypoxemia and a threshold for administering supplemental oxygen. It is important to recognize how pulse oximetry readings translate to partial pressure of oxygen (PaO2) measurements (Table 1). Pulse oximetry readings of 90% corresponds to a PaO2 readings of 60 mm Hg in ideal conditions without the influence of acidosis, PaCO2, or temperature. While lower readings are of concern, these do not represent absolute indications for assisted ventilatory support as lower levels are well tolerated in a variety of conditions. A common example are patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Long-term mortality benefits of continuous supplemental oxygen are well established in specific populations, but the threshold for correction in the acute setting remains a case-by-case decision. This decision is complex and is based on more than an absolute number or the amount of oxygen required to achieve a threshold level of oxygenation.



The PaO2/FIO2 (fraction of inspired oxygen) is a common measure used to address severity of disease and oxygen requirements. It also has been used to define the severity of ARDS, but the ratio is based on intubated and mechanically ventilated patients and may not translate well to those not on assisted ventilation. Treatment with supplemental oxygen also involves entrained air with associated imprecision in oxygen delivery.18 For this discussion, the patient’s admission PaO2/FIO2 on room air would have been between 190 and 260. Coupled with the bilateral infiltrates on imaging, there was justified concern for progression to severe ARDS. Her presentation would have met most of the epidemiologic criteria used in initial case finding for severe COVID-19 cases, including a blood oxygen saturation ≤ 93%, PaO2/FIO2 < 300 with infiltrates involving close to if not exceeding 50% of the lung.

With COVID-19 pneumonia, the pathologic injury to the alveoli resembles that of any viral pneumonia with recruitment of predominantly lymphocytic inflammatory cells that fill the alveoli, derangements in ventilation/perfusion mismatch as the core mechanism of hypoxemia with interstitial edema and shuntlike physiology developing at the extremes of involvement. In later stages, the histologic appearance is similar to ARDS, including hyaline membrane formation and thickened alveolar septa with perivascular lymphocytic-plasmocytic infiltration. In addition, there also are findings of organizing pneumonia with fibroblastic proliferation, thrombosis, and diffuse alveolar damage, a constellation of findings similar to that seen in the latter stages of ARDS.2

Although these histologic findings resemble ARDS, many patients with respiratory failure due to COVID-19 have a different physiologic profile compared with those with typical ARDS, with the most striking finding of lungs with low elastance or high compliance. From the critical care standpoint, this meant that the lungs were relatively easy to ventilate with lower peak airway and plateau pressures and low driving pressures. This condition suggested that there was relatively less lung that could be recruited with positive end expiratory pressure; therefore, a somewhat different entity from that associated with ARDS.19 These findings were often noted early in the course of respiratory failure, and although there is debate about whether this represents a different phenotype or timepoint in the spectrum of disease, it clearly represents a subset that is distinct from that which had been previously encountered.

On the other hand, the clinical features seen in those patients with COVID-19 pneumonia who progressed to advanced respiratory failure were essentially indistinguishable from those patients with traditional ARDS. Other explanations for this respiratory failure have included a disrupted vasoregulatory response to hypoxemia with failed hypoxic vasoconstriction, intravascular microthrombi, and impaired diffusion, all contributing to impaired gas exchange and hypoxemia.19-21 This can lead to shuntlike conditions that neither respond well to supplemental oxygen nor manifest the type of physiologic response seen with other causes of hypoxemia.

 

 

The severity of hypoxemia manifested by this patient may have elicited additional findings of respiratory distress, such as dyspnea and tachypnea. However, in patients with severe COVID-19 pneumonia, dyspnea was not a universal finding, reported in the 20 to 60% range of cohorts, higher in those with ARDS and mechanical ventilation, although some report near universal dyspnea in their series.1,4,8,22,23 Tachypnea is another symptom of interest. Using a threshold of > 24 breaths/min, tachypnea was noted in 16 to 29% of patients with a much greater proportion (63%) in nonsurvivors.6,24 Several explanations have been proposed for the discordance between the presence and severity of hypoxemia and lack of symptoms of dyspnea and tachypnea. It is important to recognize that misclassification of the severity of hypoxemia can occur due to technical issues and potential errors involving pulse oximetry measurement and shifts in the oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve. However, this is more pertinent for those with mild disease as the severity of hypoxemia in severe pneumonia is beyond what can be attributed to technical issues.

More important, the ventilatory response curve to hypoxemia may not be normal for some patients, blunted by as much as 50% in older patients, especially in those with diabetes mellitus.7,25,26 In addition, the ventilatory response varies widely even among normal individuals. This would translate to lower levels of minute ventilation (less tachypnea or respiratory effort) with hypoxemia. Hypocapnic hypoxemia also blunts the ventilatory response to hypoxemia. Subjects do not increase their minute ventilation if the PaCO2 remains low despite oxygen desaturation to < 70%, especially if PaCO2 < 30 mm Hg or alternatively, increases in minute ventilation are not seen until the PaCO2 exceeds 39 mm Hg.27 Both scenarios occur in those with COVID-19 pneumonia and provide another explanation for the absence of respiratory symptoms or signs of respiratory distress in some patients.

The observation of more compliant lungs may help in the understanding of the variable presentation of these patients. Compliant lungs do not require the increased pressure needed to achieve a specific tidal volume that, in turn, may increase the work of breathing. This may add to the explanation of seemingly paradoxical silent hypoxemia in those patients where the combination of a blunted ventilatory response, hypocapnia, shunt physiology, and normal respiratory system compliance is represented by the absence of increased breathing effort despite severe hypoxemia.

If not for the patient’s refusal of medical services, this patient quite possibly would have been intubated due to hypoxemia and health care providers’ concern for her risk of deterioration. Reported intubation and mechanical ventilation rates have varied widely from extremes of from < 5 to 88% in severely ill patients.9,22 About 75% will need oxygen, but many can be treated and recover without the need for intubation and mechanical ventilation.

As previously mentioned, options for treatment include standard and high-flow oxygen delivery, noninvasive ventilation, and awake prone ventilation. Their role in patient management has been recently outlined, and instead of an early intubation strategy, represents gradual escalation of support that may be sufficient to treat hypoxemia and avoid the need for intubation and mechanical ventilation (Table 2).



In addition, the patient’s hospital course was notable for the decline in known markers of active inflammation that mirrored the resolution of her hypoxemia and pneumonia. This included elevated lactate dehydrogenase, D-dimer, ferritin, and C-reactive protein with all but the latter rising and decreasing over 2 weeks. These findings provide additional information of the time for recovery and supports the use of these markers to monitor the course of pneumonia.

The patient declined all intervention, including oxygen, and recovered to her presumed prehospitalization condition. This experiment of nature due to unique circumstances may shed light on the natural time course of untreated hypoxemic COVID-19 pneumonia that has not previously been well appreciated. It is important to recognize that recovery occurred over 2 weeks. This is close to the observed and expected time for recovery that has been reported for those with severe COVID-19 pneumonia.

Conclusions

Since the emergence of the COVID-19, evidence has accumulated for the benefit of several adjunctive therapies in the treatment of this type of pneumonia, with corticosteroids providing a mortality benefit. Although unknown whether this patient’s experience can be generalized to others or whether it represents her unique response, this case provides another perspective for comparison of treatments and reinforces the need for prospective, randomized clinical trials to establish treatment efficacy. The exact nature of silent hypoxemia of COVID-19 remains incompletely understood; however, this case highlights the importance of treating the individual instead of clinical markers and provides a time course for recovery from pneumonia and severe hypoxemia that occurs without oxygen or any other treatment over about 2 weeks.

References

1. Ioannou GN, Locke E, Green P, et al. Risk factors for hospitalization, mechanical ventilation, or death among 10131 US veterans with SARS-CoV-2 infection. JAMA Netw Open. 2020;3(9):e2022310. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2020.22310

2. Wiersinga WJ, Rhodes A, Cheng AC, Peacock SJ, Prescott HC. Pathophysiology, transmission, diagnosis, and treatment of coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19): a review. JAMA. 2020;324(8):782-793. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.12839

3. Alhazzani W, Moller MH, Arabi YM, et al. Surviving sepsis campaign: guidelines on the management of critically ill adults with coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). Crit Care Med. 2020;48(6):e440-e469. doi:10.1097/CCM.0000000000004363

4. Ziehr DR, Alladina J, Petri CR, et al. Respiratory pathophysiology of mechanically ventilated patients with COVID-19: a cohort study. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2020;201(12):1560-1564. doi:10.1164/rccm.202004-1163LE

5. Wu Z, McGoogan JM. Characteristics of and important lessons from the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) outbreak in China: summary of a report of 72314 cases from the Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention. JAMA. 2020;323(13):1239-1242. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.2648

6. Zhou F, Yu T, Du R, et al. Clinical course and risk factors for mortality of adult inpatients with COVID-19 in Wuhan, China: a retrospective cohort study. Lancet. 2020;395(10229):1054-1062. doi:10.1016/S01406736(20)30566-3

7. Tobin MJ, Laghi F, Jubran A. Why COVID-19 silent hypoxemia is baffling to physicians. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2020;202(3):356-360. doi:10.1164/rccm.202006-2157CP

8. Guan WJ, Ni ZY, Hu Y, et al. Clinical characteristics of coronavirus disease 2019 in China. N Engl J Med. 2020;382(18):1708-1720. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa2002032

9. Grasselli G, Zangrillo A, Zanella A, et al. Baseline characteristics and outcomes of 1591 patients infected with SARS-CoV-2 admitted to ICUs of the Lombardy Region, Italy. JAMA. 2020;323(16):1574-1581. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.5394

10. Raoof S, Nava S, Carpati C, Hill NS. High-flow, noninvasive ventilation and awake (nonintubation) proning in patients with coronavirus disease 2019 with respiratory failure. Chest. 2020;158(5):1992-2002. doi:10.1016/j.chest.2020.07.013

11. Ackermann M, Mentzer SJ, Jonigk D. Pulmonary vascular pathology in COVID-19. Reply. N Engl J Med. 2020;383(9):888-889. doi:10.1056/NEJMc2022068

12. McDonough G, Khaing P, Treacy T, McGrath C, Yoo EJ. The use of high-flow nasal oxygen in the ICU as a first-line therapy for acute hypoxemic respiratory failure secondary to coronavirus disease 2019. Crit Care Explor. 2020;2(10):e0257. doi:10.1097/CCE.0000000000000257

13. Hernandez-Romieu AC, Adelman MW, et al. Timing of intubation and mortality among critically ill coronavirus disease 2019 patients: a single-center cohort study. Crit Care Med. 2020;48(11):e1045-e1053. doi:10.1097/CCM.0000000000004600

14. Cummings MJ, Baldwin MR, Abrams D, et al. Epidemiology, clinical course, and outcomes of critically ill adults with COVID-19 in New York City: a prospective cohort study. Lancet. 2020;395(10239):1763-1770. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(20)31189-2

15. Dhont S, Derom E, Van Braeckel E, Depuydt P, Lambrecht BN. The pathophysiology of ‘happy’ hypoxemia in COVID-19. Respir Res. 2020;21(1):198. doi:10.1186/s12931-020-01462-5

16. Wilkerson RG, Adler JD, Shah NG, Brown R. Silent hypoxia: a harbinger of clinical deterioration in patients with COVID-19. Am J Emerg Med. 2020;38(10):2243.e5-2243.e6. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2020.05.044

17. Gong J, Ou J, Qiu X, et al. A tool for early prediction of severe coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19): a multicenter study using the risk nomogram in Wuhan and Guangdong, China. Clin Infect Dis. 2020;71(15):833-840. doi:10.1093/cid/ciaa443

18. Force ADT, Ranieri VM, Rubenfeld GD, et al. Acute respiratory distress syndrome: the Berlin Definition. JAMA. 2012;307(23):2526-2533. doi:10.1001/jama.2012.5669

19. Marini JJ, Gattinoni L. Management of COVID-19 respiratory distress. JAMA. 2020;323(22):2329-2330. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.6825

20. Schaller T, Hirschbuhl K, Burkhardt K, et al. Postmortem examination of patients with COVID-19. JAMA. 2020;323(24):2518-2520. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.8907

21. Ackermann M, Verleden SE, Kuehnel M, et al. Pulmonary vascular endothelialitis, thrombosis, and angiogenesis in Covid-19. N Engl J Med. 2020;383(2):120-128. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa2015432

22. Wu C, Chen X, Cai Y, et al. Risk factors associated with acute respiratory distress syndrome and death in patients with coronavirus disease 2019 pneumonia in Wuhan, China. JAMA Intern Med. 2020;180(7):934-943. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2020.0994. Published correction appeared May 11, 2020. Errors in data and units of measure. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2020.1429

23. Yang J, Zheng Y, Gou X, et al. Prevalence of comorbidities and its effects in patients infected with SARS-CoV-2: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Infect Dis. 2020;94:91-95. doi:10.1016/j.ijid.2020.03.017

24. Richardson S, Hirsch JS, Narasimhan M, et al. Presenting characteristics, comorbidities, and outcomes among 5700 patients hospitalized with COVID-19 in the New York City area. JAMA. 2020;323(20):2052-2059. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.6775

25. Tobin MJ, Jubran A, Laghi F. Misconceptions of pathophysiology of happy hypoxemia and implications for management of COVID-19. Respir Res. 2020;21(1):249. doi:10.1186/s12931-020-01520-y

26. Bickler PE, Feiner JR, Lipnick MS, McKleroy W. “Silent” presentation of hypoxemia and cardiorespiratory compensation in COVID-19. Anesthesiology. 2020;134(2):262-269. doi:10.1097/ALN.0000000000003578

27. Jounieaux V, Parreira VF, Aubert G, Dury M, Delguste P, Rodenstein DO. Effects of hypocapnic hyperventilation on the response to hypoxia in normal subjects receiving intermittent positive-pressure ventilation. Chest. 2002;121(4):1141-1148. doi:10.1378/chest.121.4.1141

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Nicholas Hornstein is a Resident in the Department of Medicine, Division of General Internal Medicine, and Gilad Jaffe is a Fellow in the Department of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Critical Care and Sleep, both at Ronald Reagan-UCLA Medical Center. Kelley Chuang is a Hospitalist in the Department of Medicine; Jaime Betancourt is the Director, Pulmonary Physiology Laboratory and Oxygen Program in the Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Section; and Guy Soo Hoo is the Chief, Pulmonary, Critical Care and Sleep Section; all at the Veterans Affairs Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System. Kelley Chuang is an Assistant Clinical Professor, Jaime Betancourt is an Associate Clinical Professor, and Guy Soo Hoo is a Clinical Professor, all at the David Geffen School of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles.
Correspondence: Guy Soo Hoo (guy.soohoo@va.gov)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Publications
Topics
Page Number
184-189
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Nicholas Hornstein is a Resident in the Department of Medicine, Division of General Internal Medicine, and Gilad Jaffe is a Fellow in the Department of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Critical Care and Sleep, both at Ronald Reagan-UCLA Medical Center. Kelley Chuang is a Hospitalist in the Department of Medicine; Jaime Betancourt is the Director, Pulmonary Physiology Laboratory and Oxygen Program in the Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Section; and Guy Soo Hoo is the Chief, Pulmonary, Critical Care and Sleep Section; all at the Veterans Affairs Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System. Kelley Chuang is an Assistant Clinical Professor, Jaime Betancourt is an Associate Clinical Professor, and Guy Soo Hoo is a Clinical Professor, all at the David Geffen School of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles.
Correspondence: Guy Soo Hoo (guy.soohoo@va.gov)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Author and Disclosure Information

Nicholas Hornstein is a Resident in the Department of Medicine, Division of General Internal Medicine, and Gilad Jaffe is a Fellow in the Department of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Critical Care and Sleep, both at Ronald Reagan-UCLA Medical Center. Kelley Chuang is a Hospitalist in the Department of Medicine; Jaime Betancourt is the Director, Pulmonary Physiology Laboratory and Oxygen Program in the Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Section; and Guy Soo Hoo is the Chief, Pulmonary, Critical Care and Sleep Section; all at the Veterans Affairs Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System. Kelley Chuang is an Assistant Clinical Professor, Jaime Betancourt is an Associate Clinical Professor, and Guy Soo Hoo is a Clinical Professor, all at the David Geffen School of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles.
Correspondence: Guy Soo Hoo (guy.soohoo@va.gov)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
A patient who declined all interventions, including oxygen, and recovered highlights the importance of treating the individual instead of clinical markers and provides a time course for recovery from pneumonia and severe hypoxemia.
A patient who declined all interventions, including oxygen, and recovered highlights the importance of treating the individual instead of clinical markers and provides a time course for recovery from pneumonia and severe hypoxemia.

In less than a year, COVID-19 has infected nearly 100 million people worldwide and caused more than 2 million deaths and counting. Although the infection fatality rate is estimated to be 1% and the case fatality rate between 2% and 3%, COVID-19 has had a disproportionate effect on the older population and those with comorbidities. Some of these findings are mirrored in the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) population, which has seen a higher case fatality rate.1-4

As a respiratory tract infection, the most dreaded presentation is severe pneumonia with acute hypoxemia, which may rapidly deteriorate to acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) and respiratory failure.5-7 This possibility has led to early intubation strategies aimed at preempting this rapid deterioration and minimizing viral exposure to health care workers. Intubation rates have varied widely with extremes of 6 to 88%.8,9

However, this early intubation strategy has waned as some of the rationale behind its endorsement has been called into question. Early intubation bypasses alternatives to intubation; high-flow nasal cannula oxygen, noninvasive ventilation, and awake proning are all effective maneuvers in the appropriate patient.10,11 The use of first-line high-flow nasal cannula oxygen and noninvasive ventilation has been widely reported. Reports of first-line use of high-flow nasal cannula oxygen has not demonstrated inferior outcomes, nor has the timing of intubation, suggesting a significant portion of patients could benefit from a trial of therapy and eventually avoid intubation.11-14 Other therapies, such as systemic corticosteroids, confer a mortality benefit in those patients with COVID-19 who require oxygen or mechanical ventilation, but their impact on the progression of respiratory failure and need for intubation are undetermined.

There also are reports of patients who report no signs of respiratory distress or dyspnea with their COVID-19 pneumonia despite profound hypoxemia or high oxygen requirements. Various terms, including silent hypoxemia or happy hypoxia, are descriptive of the demeanor of these patients, and treatment has invariably included oxygen.15,16 Nevertheless, low oxygen measurements have generally prompted higher levels of supplemental oxygen or more invasive therapies.

Treatment rendered may obscure the trajectory of response, which is important to understand to better position options for invasive therapies and other therapeutics. We recently encountered a patient with a course of illness that represented the natural history of COVID-19 pneumonia with low oxygen levels (referred to as hypoxemia for consistency) that highlighted several issues of management.

Case Presentation

A 62-year-old undomiciled woman with morbid obesity, prediabetes mellitus, long-standing schizophrenia, and bipolar disorder presented to our facility for evaluation of dry cough and need for tuberculosis clearance for admittance to a shelter. She appeared comfortable and was afebrile with blood pressure 111/74 mm Hg, heart rate 82 beats per minute. Her respiratory rate was 18 breaths per minute, but the pulse oximetry showed oxygen saturation of 70 to 75% on room air at rest. A chest X-ray showed bibasilar infiltrates (Figure 1), and a rapid COVID-19 nasopharyngeal polymerase chain reaction (PCR) test returned positive, confirmed by a second PCR test. Baseline inflammatory markers were elevated (Figure 2). In addition, the serum interleukin-6 also was elevated to 66.1 pg/mL (normal < 5.0), erythrocyte sedimentation rate elevated to 69 mm/h, but serum procalcitonin was essentially normal (0.22 ng/mL; normal < 20 ng/mL) as was the serum lactate (1.4 mmol/L).

The patient was admitted to the intensive care unit (ICU) for close monitoring in anticipation of the possibility of decompensation based on her age, hypoxia, and elevated inflammatory markers.17 Besides a subsequent low-grade fever (100.4 oF) and lymphopenia (manual count 550/uL), she remained clinically unchanged. Throughout her hospitalization, she maintained a persistent psychotic delusion that she did not have COVID-19, refusing all medical interventions, including a peripheral IV line and supplemental oxygen for the entire duration. Extensive efforts to identify family or a surrogate decision maker were unsuccessful. After consultation with Psychiatry, Bio-Ethics, and hospital leadership, the patient was deemed to lack decision-making capacity regarding treatment or disposition and was placed on a psychiatric hold. However, since any interventions against her will would require sedation, IV access, and potentially increase the risk of nosocomial COVID-19 transmission, she was allowed to remain untreated and was closely monitored for symptoms of worsening respiratory failure.

 

 


Over the next 2 weeks, her hypoxemia, inflammatory markers, and the infiltrates on imaging resolved (Figure 2). The lowest daily awake room air pulse oximetry readings are reported, initially with consistent readings in the low 80% range, but on day 12, readings were > 90% and remained > 90% for the remainder of her hospitalization. Therefore, shortly after hospital day 12, she was clinically stable for discharge from acute care to a subacute facility, but this required documentation of the clearance of her viral infection. She refused to undergo a subsequent nasopharyngeal swab but allowed an oropharyngeal COVID-19 PCR swab, which was negative. She remained stable and unchanged for the remainder of her hospitalization, awaiting identification of a receiving facility and was able to be discharged to transitional housing on day 38.

Discussion

The initial reports of COVID-19 pneumonia focused on ARDS and respiratory failure requiring mechanical ventilation with less emphasis on those with lower severity of illness. This was heightened by health care systems that were overwhelmed with large number of patients while faced with limited supplies and equipment. Given the risk to patients and providers of crash intubations, some recommended early intubation strategies.3 However, the natural history of COVID-19 pneumonia and the threshold for intubation of these patients remain poorly defined despite the creation of prognostic tools.17 This patient’s persistent hypoxemia and elevated inflammatory markers certainly met markers of disease associated with a high risk of progression.

The greatest concern would have been her level of hypoxemia. Acceptable thresholds of hypoxemia vary, but general consensus would classify pulse oximetry < 90% as hypoxemia and a threshold for administering supplemental oxygen. It is important to recognize how pulse oximetry readings translate to partial pressure of oxygen (PaO2) measurements (Table 1). Pulse oximetry readings of 90% corresponds to a PaO2 readings of 60 mm Hg in ideal conditions without the influence of acidosis, PaCO2, or temperature. While lower readings are of concern, these do not represent absolute indications for assisted ventilatory support as lower levels are well tolerated in a variety of conditions. A common example are patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Long-term mortality benefits of continuous supplemental oxygen are well established in specific populations, but the threshold for correction in the acute setting remains a case-by-case decision. This decision is complex and is based on more than an absolute number or the amount of oxygen required to achieve a threshold level of oxygenation.



The PaO2/FIO2 (fraction of inspired oxygen) is a common measure used to address severity of disease and oxygen requirements. It also has been used to define the severity of ARDS, but the ratio is based on intubated and mechanically ventilated patients and may not translate well to those not on assisted ventilation. Treatment with supplemental oxygen also involves entrained air with associated imprecision in oxygen delivery.18 For this discussion, the patient’s admission PaO2/FIO2 on room air would have been between 190 and 260. Coupled with the bilateral infiltrates on imaging, there was justified concern for progression to severe ARDS. Her presentation would have met most of the epidemiologic criteria used in initial case finding for severe COVID-19 cases, including a blood oxygen saturation ≤ 93%, PaO2/FIO2 < 300 with infiltrates involving close to if not exceeding 50% of the lung.

With COVID-19 pneumonia, the pathologic injury to the alveoli resembles that of any viral pneumonia with recruitment of predominantly lymphocytic inflammatory cells that fill the alveoli, derangements in ventilation/perfusion mismatch as the core mechanism of hypoxemia with interstitial edema and shuntlike physiology developing at the extremes of involvement. In later stages, the histologic appearance is similar to ARDS, including hyaline membrane formation and thickened alveolar septa with perivascular lymphocytic-plasmocytic infiltration. In addition, there also are findings of organizing pneumonia with fibroblastic proliferation, thrombosis, and diffuse alveolar damage, a constellation of findings similar to that seen in the latter stages of ARDS.2

Although these histologic findings resemble ARDS, many patients with respiratory failure due to COVID-19 have a different physiologic profile compared with those with typical ARDS, with the most striking finding of lungs with low elastance or high compliance. From the critical care standpoint, this meant that the lungs were relatively easy to ventilate with lower peak airway and plateau pressures and low driving pressures. This condition suggested that there was relatively less lung that could be recruited with positive end expiratory pressure; therefore, a somewhat different entity from that associated with ARDS.19 These findings were often noted early in the course of respiratory failure, and although there is debate about whether this represents a different phenotype or timepoint in the spectrum of disease, it clearly represents a subset that is distinct from that which had been previously encountered.

On the other hand, the clinical features seen in those patients with COVID-19 pneumonia who progressed to advanced respiratory failure were essentially indistinguishable from those patients with traditional ARDS. Other explanations for this respiratory failure have included a disrupted vasoregulatory response to hypoxemia with failed hypoxic vasoconstriction, intravascular microthrombi, and impaired diffusion, all contributing to impaired gas exchange and hypoxemia.19-21 This can lead to shuntlike conditions that neither respond well to supplemental oxygen nor manifest the type of physiologic response seen with other causes of hypoxemia.

 

 

The severity of hypoxemia manifested by this patient may have elicited additional findings of respiratory distress, such as dyspnea and tachypnea. However, in patients with severe COVID-19 pneumonia, dyspnea was not a universal finding, reported in the 20 to 60% range of cohorts, higher in those with ARDS and mechanical ventilation, although some report near universal dyspnea in their series.1,4,8,22,23 Tachypnea is another symptom of interest. Using a threshold of > 24 breaths/min, tachypnea was noted in 16 to 29% of patients with a much greater proportion (63%) in nonsurvivors.6,24 Several explanations have been proposed for the discordance between the presence and severity of hypoxemia and lack of symptoms of dyspnea and tachypnea. It is important to recognize that misclassification of the severity of hypoxemia can occur due to technical issues and potential errors involving pulse oximetry measurement and shifts in the oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve. However, this is more pertinent for those with mild disease as the severity of hypoxemia in severe pneumonia is beyond what can be attributed to technical issues.

More important, the ventilatory response curve to hypoxemia may not be normal for some patients, blunted by as much as 50% in older patients, especially in those with diabetes mellitus.7,25,26 In addition, the ventilatory response varies widely even among normal individuals. This would translate to lower levels of minute ventilation (less tachypnea or respiratory effort) with hypoxemia. Hypocapnic hypoxemia also blunts the ventilatory response to hypoxemia. Subjects do not increase their minute ventilation if the PaCO2 remains low despite oxygen desaturation to < 70%, especially if PaCO2 < 30 mm Hg or alternatively, increases in minute ventilation are not seen until the PaCO2 exceeds 39 mm Hg.27 Both scenarios occur in those with COVID-19 pneumonia and provide another explanation for the absence of respiratory symptoms or signs of respiratory distress in some patients.

The observation of more compliant lungs may help in the understanding of the variable presentation of these patients. Compliant lungs do not require the increased pressure needed to achieve a specific tidal volume that, in turn, may increase the work of breathing. This may add to the explanation of seemingly paradoxical silent hypoxemia in those patients where the combination of a blunted ventilatory response, hypocapnia, shunt physiology, and normal respiratory system compliance is represented by the absence of increased breathing effort despite severe hypoxemia.

If not for the patient’s refusal of medical services, this patient quite possibly would have been intubated due to hypoxemia and health care providers’ concern for her risk of deterioration. Reported intubation and mechanical ventilation rates have varied widely from extremes of from < 5 to 88% in severely ill patients.9,22 About 75% will need oxygen, but many can be treated and recover without the need for intubation and mechanical ventilation.

As previously mentioned, options for treatment include standard and high-flow oxygen delivery, noninvasive ventilation, and awake prone ventilation. Their role in patient management has been recently outlined, and instead of an early intubation strategy, represents gradual escalation of support that may be sufficient to treat hypoxemia and avoid the need for intubation and mechanical ventilation (Table 2).



In addition, the patient’s hospital course was notable for the decline in known markers of active inflammation that mirrored the resolution of her hypoxemia and pneumonia. This included elevated lactate dehydrogenase, D-dimer, ferritin, and C-reactive protein with all but the latter rising and decreasing over 2 weeks. These findings provide additional information of the time for recovery and supports the use of these markers to monitor the course of pneumonia.

The patient declined all intervention, including oxygen, and recovered to her presumed prehospitalization condition. This experiment of nature due to unique circumstances may shed light on the natural time course of untreated hypoxemic COVID-19 pneumonia that has not previously been well appreciated. It is important to recognize that recovery occurred over 2 weeks. This is close to the observed and expected time for recovery that has been reported for those with severe COVID-19 pneumonia.

Conclusions

Since the emergence of the COVID-19, evidence has accumulated for the benefit of several adjunctive therapies in the treatment of this type of pneumonia, with corticosteroids providing a mortality benefit. Although unknown whether this patient’s experience can be generalized to others or whether it represents her unique response, this case provides another perspective for comparison of treatments and reinforces the need for prospective, randomized clinical trials to establish treatment efficacy. The exact nature of silent hypoxemia of COVID-19 remains incompletely understood; however, this case highlights the importance of treating the individual instead of clinical markers and provides a time course for recovery from pneumonia and severe hypoxemia that occurs without oxygen or any other treatment over about 2 weeks.

In less than a year, COVID-19 has infected nearly 100 million people worldwide and caused more than 2 million deaths and counting. Although the infection fatality rate is estimated to be 1% and the case fatality rate between 2% and 3%, COVID-19 has had a disproportionate effect on the older population and those with comorbidities. Some of these findings are mirrored in the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) population, which has seen a higher case fatality rate.1-4

As a respiratory tract infection, the most dreaded presentation is severe pneumonia with acute hypoxemia, which may rapidly deteriorate to acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) and respiratory failure.5-7 This possibility has led to early intubation strategies aimed at preempting this rapid deterioration and minimizing viral exposure to health care workers. Intubation rates have varied widely with extremes of 6 to 88%.8,9

However, this early intubation strategy has waned as some of the rationale behind its endorsement has been called into question. Early intubation bypasses alternatives to intubation; high-flow nasal cannula oxygen, noninvasive ventilation, and awake proning are all effective maneuvers in the appropriate patient.10,11 The use of first-line high-flow nasal cannula oxygen and noninvasive ventilation has been widely reported. Reports of first-line use of high-flow nasal cannula oxygen has not demonstrated inferior outcomes, nor has the timing of intubation, suggesting a significant portion of patients could benefit from a trial of therapy and eventually avoid intubation.11-14 Other therapies, such as systemic corticosteroids, confer a mortality benefit in those patients with COVID-19 who require oxygen or mechanical ventilation, but their impact on the progression of respiratory failure and need for intubation are undetermined.

There also are reports of patients who report no signs of respiratory distress or dyspnea with their COVID-19 pneumonia despite profound hypoxemia or high oxygen requirements. Various terms, including silent hypoxemia or happy hypoxia, are descriptive of the demeanor of these patients, and treatment has invariably included oxygen.15,16 Nevertheless, low oxygen measurements have generally prompted higher levels of supplemental oxygen or more invasive therapies.

Treatment rendered may obscure the trajectory of response, which is important to understand to better position options for invasive therapies and other therapeutics. We recently encountered a patient with a course of illness that represented the natural history of COVID-19 pneumonia with low oxygen levels (referred to as hypoxemia for consistency) that highlighted several issues of management.

Case Presentation

A 62-year-old undomiciled woman with morbid obesity, prediabetes mellitus, long-standing schizophrenia, and bipolar disorder presented to our facility for evaluation of dry cough and need for tuberculosis clearance for admittance to a shelter. She appeared comfortable and was afebrile with blood pressure 111/74 mm Hg, heart rate 82 beats per minute. Her respiratory rate was 18 breaths per minute, but the pulse oximetry showed oxygen saturation of 70 to 75% on room air at rest. A chest X-ray showed bibasilar infiltrates (Figure 1), and a rapid COVID-19 nasopharyngeal polymerase chain reaction (PCR) test returned positive, confirmed by a second PCR test. Baseline inflammatory markers were elevated (Figure 2). In addition, the serum interleukin-6 also was elevated to 66.1 pg/mL (normal < 5.0), erythrocyte sedimentation rate elevated to 69 mm/h, but serum procalcitonin was essentially normal (0.22 ng/mL; normal < 20 ng/mL) as was the serum lactate (1.4 mmol/L).

The patient was admitted to the intensive care unit (ICU) for close monitoring in anticipation of the possibility of decompensation based on her age, hypoxia, and elevated inflammatory markers.17 Besides a subsequent low-grade fever (100.4 oF) and lymphopenia (manual count 550/uL), she remained clinically unchanged. Throughout her hospitalization, she maintained a persistent psychotic delusion that she did not have COVID-19, refusing all medical interventions, including a peripheral IV line and supplemental oxygen for the entire duration. Extensive efforts to identify family or a surrogate decision maker were unsuccessful. After consultation with Psychiatry, Bio-Ethics, and hospital leadership, the patient was deemed to lack decision-making capacity regarding treatment or disposition and was placed on a psychiatric hold. However, since any interventions against her will would require sedation, IV access, and potentially increase the risk of nosocomial COVID-19 transmission, she was allowed to remain untreated and was closely monitored for symptoms of worsening respiratory failure.

 

 


Over the next 2 weeks, her hypoxemia, inflammatory markers, and the infiltrates on imaging resolved (Figure 2). The lowest daily awake room air pulse oximetry readings are reported, initially with consistent readings in the low 80% range, but on day 12, readings were > 90% and remained > 90% for the remainder of her hospitalization. Therefore, shortly after hospital day 12, she was clinically stable for discharge from acute care to a subacute facility, but this required documentation of the clearance of her viral infection. She refused to undergo a subsequent nasopharyngeal swab but allowed an oropharyngeal COVID-19 PCR swab, which was negative. She remained stable and unchanged for the remainder of her hospitalization, awaiting identification of a receiving facility and was able to be discharged to transitional housing on day 38.

Discussion

The initial reports of COVID-19 pneumonia focused on ARDS and respiratory failure requiring mechanical ventilation with less emphasis on those with lower severity of illness. This was heightened by health care systems that were overwhelmed with large number of patients while faced with limited supplies and equipment. Given the risk to patients and providers of crash intubations, some recommended early intubation strategies.3 However, the natural history of COVID-19 pneumonia and the threshold for intubation of these patients remain poorly defined despite the creation of prognostic tools.17 This patient’s persistent hypoxemia and elevated inflammatory markers certainly met markers of disease associated with a high risk of progression.

The greatest concern would have been her level of hypoxemia. Acceptable thresholds of hypoxemia vary, but general consensus would classify pulse oximetry < 90% as hypoxemia and a threshold for administering supplemental oxygen. It is important to recognize how pulse oximetry readings translate to partial pressure of oxygen (PaO2) measurements (Table 1). Pulse oximetry readings of 90% corresponds to a PaO2 readings of 60 mm Hg in ideal conditions without the influence of acidosis, PaCO2, or temperature. While lower readings are of concern, these do not represent absolute indications for assisted ventilatory support as lower levels are well tolerated in a variety of conditions. A common example are patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Long-term mortality benefits of continuous supplemental oxygen are well established in specific populations, but the threshold for correction in the acute setting remains a case-by-case decision. This decision is complex and is based on more than an absolute number or the amount of oxygen required to achieve a threshold level of oxygenation.



The PaO2/FIO2 (fraction of inspired oxygen) is a common measure used to address severity of disease and oxygen requirements. It also has been used to define the severity of ARDS, but the ratio is based on intubated and mechanically ventilated patients and may not translate well to those not on assisted ventilation. Treatment with supplemental oxygen also involves entrained air with associated imprecision in oxygen delivery.18 For this discussion, the patient’s admission PaO2/FIO2 on room air would have been between 190 and 260. Coupled with the bilateral infiltrates on imaging, there was justified concern for progression to severe ARDS. Her presentation would have met most of the epidemiologic criteria used in initial case finding for severe COVID-19 cases, including a blood oxygen saturation ≤ 93%, PaO2/FIO2 < 300 with infiltrates involving close to if not exceeding 50% of the lung.

With COVID-19 pneumonia, the pathologic injury to the alveoli resembles that of any viral pneumonia with recruitment of predominantly lymphocytic inflammatory cells that fill the alveoli, derangements in ventilation/perfusion mismatch as the core mechanism of hypoxemia with interstitial edema and shuntlike physiology developing at the extremes of involvement. In later stages, the histologic appearance is similar to ARDS, including hyaline membrane formation and thickened alveolar septa with perivascular lymphocytic-plasmocytic infiltration. In addition, there also are findings of organizing pneumonia with fibroblastic proliferation, thrombosis, and diffuse alveolar damage, a constellation of findings similar to that seen in the latter stages of ARDS.2

Although these histologic findings resemble ARDS, many patients with respiratory failure due to COVID-19 have a different physiologic profile compared with those with typical ARDS, with the most striking finding of lungs with low elastance or high compliance. From the critical care standpoint, this meant that the lungs were relatively easy to ventilate with lower peak airway and plateau pressures and low driving pressures. This condition suggested that there was relatively less lung that could be recruited with positive end expiratory pressure; therefore, a somewhat different entity from that associated with ARDS.19 These findings were often noted early in the course of respiratory failure, and although there is debate about whether this represents a different phenotype or timepoint in the spectrum of disease, it clearly represents a subset that is distinct from that which had been previously encountered.

On the other hand, the clinical features seen in those patients with COVID-19 pneumonia who progressed to advanced respiratory failure were essentially indistinguishable from those patients with traditional ARDS. Other explanations for this respiratory failure have included a disrupted vasoregulatory response to hypoxemia with failed hypoxic vasoconstriction, intravascular microthrombi, and impaired diffusion, all contributing to impaired gas exchange and hypoxemia.19-21 This can lead to shuntlike conditions that neither respond well to supplemental oxygen nor manifest the type of physiologic response seen with other causes of hypoxemia.

 

 

The severity of hypoxemia manifested by this patient may have elicited additional findings of respiratory distress, such as dyspnea and tachypnea. However, in patients with severe COVID-19 pneumonia, dyspnea was not a universal finding, reported in the 20 to 60% range of cohorts, higher in those with ARDS and mechanical ventilation, although some report near universal dyspnea in their series.1,4,8,22,23 Tachypnea is another symptom of interest. Using a threshold of > 24 breaths/min, tachypnea was noted in 16 to 29% of patients with a much greater proportion (63%) in nonsurvivors.6,24 Several explanations have been proposed for the discordance between the presence and severity of hypoxemia and lack of symptoms of dyspnea and tachypnea. It is important to recognize that misclassification of the severity of hypoxemia can occur due to technical issues and potential errors involving pulse oximetry measurement and shifts in the oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve. However, this is more pertinent for those with mild disease as the severity of hypoxemia in severe pneumonia is beyond what can be attributed to technical issues.

More important, the ventilatory response curve to hypoxemia may not be normal for some patients, blunted by as much as 50% in older patients, especially in those with diabetes mellitus.7,25,26 In addition, the ventilatory response varies widely even among normal individuals. This would translate to lower levels of minute ventilation (less tachypnea or respiratory effort) with hypoxemia. Hypocapnic hypoxemia also blunts the ventilatory response to hypoxemia. Subjects do not increase their minute ventilation if the PaCO2 remains low despite oxygen desaturation to < 70%, especially if PaCO2 < 30 mm Hg or alternatively, increases in minute ventilation are not seen until the PaCO2 exceeds 39 mm Hg.27 Both scenarios occur in those with COVID-19 pneumonia and provide another explanation for the absence of respiratory symptoms or signs of respiratory distress in some patients.

The observation of more compliant lungs may help in the understanding of the variable presentation of these patients. Compliant lungs do not require the increased pressure needed to achieve a specific tidal volume that, in turn, may increase the work of breathing. This may add to the explanation of seemingly paradoxical silent hypoxemia in those patients where the combination of a blunted ventilatory response, hypocapnia, shunt physiology, and normal respiratory system compliance is represented by the absence of increased breathing effort despite severe hypoxemia.

If not for the patient’s refusal of medical services, this patient quite possibly would have been intubated due to hypoxemia and health care providers’ concern for her risk of deterioration. Reported intubation and mechanical ventilation rates have varied widely from extremes of from < 5 to 88% in severely ill patients.9,22 About 75% will need oxygen, but many can be treated and recover without the need for intubation and mechanical ventilation.

As previously mentioned, options for treatment include standard and high-flow oxygen delivery, noninvasive ventilation, and awake prone ventilation. Their role in patient management has been recently outlined, and instead of an early intubation strategy, represents gradual escalation of support that may be sufficient to treat hypoxemia and avoid the need for intubation and mechanical ventilation (Table 2).



In addition, the patient’s hospital course was notable for the decline in known markers of active inflammation that mirrored the resolution of her hypoxemia and pneumonia. This included elevated lactate dehydrogenase, D-dimer, ferritin, and C-reactive protein with all but the latter rising and decreasing over 2 weeks. These findings provide additional information of the time for recovery and supports the use of these markers to monitor the course of pneumonia.

The patient declined all intervention, including oxygen, and recovered to her presumed prehospitalization condition. This experiment of nature due to unique circumstances may shed light on the natural time course of untreated hypoxemic COVID-19 pneumonia that has not previously been well appreciated. It is important to recognize that recovery occurred over 2 weeks. This is close to the observed and expected time for recovery that has been reported for those with severe COVID-19 pneumonia.

Conclusions

Since the emergence of the COVID-19, evidence has accumulated for the benefit of several adjunctive therapies in the treatment of this type of pneumonia, with corticosteroids providing a mortality benefit. Although unknown whether this patient’s experience can be generalized to others or whether it represents her unique response, this case provides another perspective for comparison of treatments and reinforces the need for prospective, randomized clinical trials to establish treatment efficacy. The exact nature of silent hypoxemia of COVID-19 remains incompletely understood; however, this case highlights the importance of treating the individual instead of clinical markers and provides a time course for recovery from pneumonia and severe hypoxemia that occurs without oxygen or any other treatment over about 2 weeks.

References

1. Ioannou GN, Locke E, Green P, et al. Risk factors for hospitalization, mechanical ventilation, or death among 10131 US veterans with SARS-CoV-2 infection. JAMA Netw Open. 2020;3(9):e2022310. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2020.22310

2. Wiersinga WJ, Rhodes A, Cheng AC, Peacock SJ, Prescott HC. Pathophysiology, transmission, diagnosis, and treatment of coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19): a review. JAMA. 2020;324(8):782-793. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.12839

3. Alhazzani W, Moller MH, Arabi YM, et al. Surviving sepsis campaign: guidelines on the management of critically ill adults with coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). Crit Care Med. 2020;48(6):e440-e469. doi:10.1097/CCM.0000000000004363

4. Ziehr DR, Alladina J, Petri CR, et al. Respiratory pathophysiology of mechanically ventilated patients with COVID-19: a cohort study. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2020;201(12):1560-1564. doi:10.1164/rccm.202004-1163LE

5. Wu Z, McGoogan JM. Characteristics of and important lessons from the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) outbreak in China: summary of a report of 72314 cases from the Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention. JAMA. 2020;323(13):1239-1242. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.2648

6. Zhou F, Yu T, Du R, et al. Clinical course and risk factors for mortality of adult inpatients with COVID-19 in Wuhan, China: a retrospective cohort study. Lancet. 2020;395(10229):1054-1062. doi:10.1016/S01406736(20)30566-3

7. Tobin MJ, Laghi F, Jubran A. Why COVID-19 silent hypoxemia is baffling to physicians. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2020;202(3):356-360. doi:10.1164/rccm.202006-2157CP

8. Guan WJ, Ni ZY, Hu Y, et al. Clinical characteristics of coronavirus disease 2019 in China. N Engl J Med. 2020;382(18):1708-1720. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa2002032

9. Grasselli G, Zangrillo A, Zanella A, et al. Baseline characteristics and outcomes of 1591 patients infected with SARS-CoV-2 admitted to ICUs of the Lombardy Region, Italy. JAMA. 2020;323(16):1574-1581. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.5394

10. Raoof S, Nava S, Carpati C, Hill NS. High-flow, noninvasive ventilation and awake (nonintubation) proning in patients with coronavirus disease 2019 with respiratory failure. Chest. 2020;158(5):1992-2002. doi:10.1016/j.chest.2020.07.013

11. Ackermann M, Mentzer SJ, Jonigk D. Pulmonary vascular pathology in COVID-19. Reply. N Engl J Med. 2020;383(9):888-889. doi:10.1056/NEJMc2022068

12. McDonough G, Khaing P, Treacy T, McGrath C, Yoo EJ. The use of high-flow nasal oxygen in the ICU as a first-line therapy for acute hypoxemic respiratory failure secondary to coronavirus disease 2019. Crit Care Explor. 2020;2(10):e0257. doi:10.1097/CCE.0000000000000257

13. Hernandez-Romieu AC, Adelman MW, et al. Timing of intubation and mortality among critically ill coronavirus disease 2019 patients: a single-center cohort study. Crit Care Med. 2020;48(11):e1045-e1053. doi:10.1097/CCM.0000000000004600

14. Cummings MJ, Baldwin MR, Abrams D, et al. Epidemiology, clinical course, and outcomes of critically ill adults with COVID-19 in New York City: a prospective cohort study. Lancet. 2020;395(10239):1763-1770. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(20)31189-2

15. Dhont S, Derom E, Van Braeckel E, Depuydt P, Lambrecht BN. The pathophysiology of ‘happy’ hypoxemia in COVID-19. Respir Res. 2020;21(1):198. doi:10.1186/s12931-020-01462-5

16. Wilkerson RG, Adler JD, Shah NG, Brown R. Silent hypoxia: a harbinger of clinical deterioration in patients with COVID-19. Am J Emerg Med. 2020;38(10):2243.e5-2243.e6. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2020.05.044

17. Gong J, Ou J, Qiu X, et al. A tool for early prediction of severe coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19): a multicenter study using the risk nomogram in Wuhan and Guangdong, China. Clin Infect Dis. 2020;71(15):833-840. doi:10.1093/cid/ciaa443

18. Force ADT, Ranieri VM, Rubenfeld GD, et al. Acute respiratory distress syndrome: the Berlin Definition. JAMA. 2012;307(23):2526-2533. doi:10.1001/jama.2012.5669

19. Marini JJ, Gattinoni L. Management of COVID-19 respiratory distress. JAMA. 2020;323(22):2329-2330. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.6825

20. Schaller T, Hirschbuhl K, Burkhardt K, et al. Postmortem examination of patients with COVID-19. JAMA. 2020;323(24):2518-2520. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.8907

21. Ackermann M, Verleden SE, Kuehnel M, et al. Pulmonary vascular endothelialitis, thrombosis, and angiogenesis in Covid-19. N Engl J Med. 2020;383(2):120-128. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa2015432

22. Wu C, Chen X, Cai Y, et al. Risk factors associated with acute respiratory distress syndrome and death in patients with coronavirus disease 2019 pneumonia in Wuhan, China. JAMA Intern Med. 2020;180(7):934-943. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2020.0994. Published correction appeared May 11, 2020. Errors in data and units of measure. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2020.1429

23. Yang J, Zheng Y, Gou X, et al. Prevalence of comorbidities and its effects in patients infected with SARS-CoV-2: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Infect Dis. 2020;94:91-95. doi:10.1016/j.ijid.2020.03.017

24. Richardson S, Hirsch JS, Narasimhan M, et al. Presenting characteristics, comorbidities, and outcomes among 5700 patients hospitalized with COVID-19 in the New York City area. JAMA. 2020;323(20):2052-2059. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.6775

25. Tobin MJ, Jubran A, Laghi F. Misconceptions of pathophysiology of happy hypoxemia and implications for management of COVID-19. Respir Res. 2020;21(1):249. doi:10.1186/s12931-020-01520-y

26. Bickler PE, Feiner JR, Lipnick MS, McKleroy W. “Silent” presentation of hypoxemia and cardiorespiratory compensation in COVID-19. Anesthesiology. 2020;134(2):262-269. doi:10.1097/ALN.0000000000003578

27. Jounieaux V, Parreira VF, Aubert G, Dury M, Delguste P, Rodenstein DO. Effects of hypocapnic hyperventilation on the response to hypoxia in normal subjects receiving intermittent positive-pressure ventilation. Chest. 2002;121(4):1141-1148. doi:10.1378/chest.121.4.1141

References

1. Ioannou GN, Locke E, Green P, et al. Risk factors for hospitalization, mechanical ventilation, or death among 10131 US veterans with SARS-CoV-2 infection. JAMA Netw Open. 2020;3(9):e2022310. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2020.22310

2. Wiersinga WJ, Rhodes A, Cheng AC, Peacock SJ, Prescott HC. Pathophysiology, transmission, diagnosis, and treatment of coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19): a review. JAMA. 2020;324(8):782-793. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.12839

3. Alhazzani W, Moller MH, Arabi YM, et al. Surviving sepsis campaign: guidelines on the management of critically ill adults with coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). Crit Care Med. 2020;48(6):e440-e469. doi:10.1097/CCM.0000000000004363

4. Ziehr DR, Alladina J, Petri CR, et al. Respiratory pathophysiology of mechanically ventilated patients with COVID-19: a cohort study. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2020;201(12):1560-1564. doi:10.1164/rccm.202004-1163LE

5. Wu Z, McGoogan JM. Characteristics of and important lessons from the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) outbreak in China: summary of a report of 72314 cases from the Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention. JAMA. 2020;323(13):1239-1242. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.2648

6. Zhou F, Yu T, Du R, et al. Clinical course and risk factors for mortality of adult inpatients with COVID-19 in Wuhan, China: a retrospective cohort study. Lancet. 2020;395(10229):1054-1062. doi:10.1016/S01406736(20)30566-3

7. Tobin MJ, Laghi F, Jubran A. Why COVID-19 silent hypoxemia is baffling to physicians. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2020;202(3):356-360. doi:10.1164/rccm.202006-2157CP

8. Guan WJ, Ni ZY, Hu Y, et al. Clinical characteristics of coronavirus disease 2019 in China. N Engl J Med. 2020;382(18):1708-1720. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa2002032

9. Grasselli G, Zangrillo A, Zanella A, et al. Baseline characteristics and outcomes of 1591 patients infected with SARS-CoV-2 admitted to ICUs of the Lombardy Region, Italy. JAMA. 2020;323(16):1574-1581. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.5394

10. Raoof S, Nava S, Carpati C, Hill NS. High-flow, noninvasive ventilation and awake (nonintubation) proning in patients with coronavirus disease 2019 with respiratory failure. Chest. 2020;158(5):1992-2002. doi:10.1016/j.chest.2020.07.013

11. Ackermann M, Mentzer SJ, Jonigk D. Pulmonary vascular pathology in COVID-19. Reply. N Engl J Med. 2020;383(9):888-889. doi:10.1056/NEJMc2022068

12. McDonough G, Khaing P, Treacy T, McGrath C, Yoo EJ. The use of high-flow nasal oxygen in the ICU as a first-line therapy for acute hypoxemic respiratory failure secondary to coronavirus disease 2019. Crit Care Explor. 2020;2(10):e0257. doi:10.1097/CCE.0000000000000257

13. Hernandez-Romieu AC, Adelman MW, et al. Timing of intubation and mortality among critically ill coronavirus disease 2019 patients: a single-center cohort study. Crit Care Med. 2020;48(11):e1045-e1053. doi:10.1097/CCM.0000000000004600

14. Cummings MJ, Baldwin MR, Abrams D, et al. Epidemiology, clinical course, and outcomes of critically ill adults with COVID-19 in New York City: a prospective cohort study. Lancet. 2020;395(10239):1763-1770. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(20)31189-2

15. Dhont S, Derom E, Van Braeckel E, Depuydt P, Lambrecht BN. The pathophysiology of ‘happy’ hypoxemia in COVID-19. Respir Res. 2020;21(1):198. doi:10.1186/s12931-020-01462-5

16. Wilkerson RG, Adler JD, Shah NG, Brown R. Silent hypoxia: a harbinger of clinical deterioration in patients with COVID-19. Am J Emerg Med. 2020;38(10):2243.e5-2243.e6. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2020.05.044

17. Gong J, Ou J, Qiu X, et al. A tool for early prediction of severe coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19): a multicenter study using the risk nomogram in Wuhan and Guangdong, China. Clin Infect Dis. 2020;71(15):833-840. doi:10.1093/cid/ciaa443

18. Force ADT, Ranieri VM, Rubenfeld GD, et al. Acute respiratory distress syndrome: the Berlin Definition. JAMA. 2012;307(23):2526-2533. doi:10.1001/jama.2012.5669

19. Marini JJ, Gattinoni L. Management of COVID-19 respiratory distress. JAMA. 2020;323(22):2329-2330. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.6825

20. Schaller T, Hirschbuhl K, Burkhardt K, et al. Postmortem examination of patients with COVID-19. JAMA. 2020;323(24):2518-2520. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.8907

21. Ackermann M, Verleden SE, Kuehnel M, et al. Pulmonary vascular endothelialitis, thrombosis, and angiogenesis in Covid-19. N Engl J Med. 2020;383(2):120-128. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa2015432

22. Wu C, Chen X, Cai Y, et al. Risk factors associated with acute respiratory distress syndrome and death in patients with coronavirus disease 2019 pneumonia in Wuhan, China. JAMA Intern Med. 2020;180(7):934-943. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2020.0994. Published correction appeared May 11, 2020. Errors in data and units of measure. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2020.1429

23. Yang J, Zheng Y, Gou X, et al. Prevalence of comorbidities and its effects in patients infected with SARS-CoV-2: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Infect Dis. 2020;94:91-95. doi:10.1016/j.ijid.2020.03.017

24. Richardson S, Hirsch JS, Narasimhan M, et al. Presenting characteristics, comorbidities, and outcomes among 5700 patients hospitalized with COVID-19 in the New York City area. JAMA. 2020;323(20):2052-2059. doi:10.1001/jama.2020.6775

25. Tobin MJ, Jubran A, Laghi F. Misconceptions of pathophysiology of happy hypoxemia and implications for management of COVID-19. Respir Res. 2020;21(1):249. doi:10.1186/s12931-020-01520-y

26. Bickler PE, Feiner JR, Lipnick MS, McKleroy W. “Silent” presentation of hypoxemia and cardiorespiratory compensation in COVID-19. Anesthesiology. 2020;134(2):262-269. doi:10.1097/ALN.0000000000003578

27. Jounieaux V, Parreira VF, Aubert G, Dury M, Delguste P, Rodenstein DO. Effects of hypocapnic hyperventilation on the response to hypoxia in normal subjects receiving intermittent positive-pressure ventilation. Chest. 2002;121(4):1141-1148. doi:10.1378/chest.121.4.1141

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Page Number
184-189
Page Number
184-189
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
Article PDF Media

Bariatric surgery may cut cancer in obesity with liver disease

Article Type
Changed

In a large cohort of insured working adults with severe obesity and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), the rate of incident cancer was lower during a 10-month median follow-up period among those who underwent bariatric surgery. The rate was especially lower with regard to obesity-related cancers. The risk reduction was greater among patients with cirrhosis.

Among almost 100,000 patients with severe obesity (body mass index >40 kg/m2) and NAFLD, those who underwent bariatric surgery had an 18% and 35% lower risk of developing any cancer or obesity-related cancer, respectively.

Bariatric surgery was associated with a significantly lower risk of being diagnosed with colorectal, pancreatic, endometrial, and thyroid cancer, as well as hepatocellular carcinoma and multiple myeloma (all obesity-related cancers). The findings are from an observational study by Vinod K. Rustgi, MD, MBA, and colleagues, which was published online March 17, 2021, in Gastroenterology.

It was not surprising that bariatric surgery is effective in reducing the malignancy rate among patients with cirrhosis, the researchers wrote, because the surgery results in long-term weight loss, resolution of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), and regression of fibrosis.

“Cirrhosis can happen from fatty liver disease or NASH,” Dr. Rustgi, a hepatologist at Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, New Brunswick, N.J., explained to this news organization. “It’s becoming the fastest growing indication for liver transplant, but also the reason for increased rates of hepatocellular carcinoma.”

Current treatment for patients with obesity and fatty liver disease begins with lifestyle changes to lose weight, he continued. “As people lose 10% of their weight, they actually start to see regression of fibrosis in the liver that is correlated with [lower rates of] malignancy outcomes and other deleterious outcomes.” But long-lasting weight loss is extremely difficult to achieve.

Future studies “may identify new targets and treatments, such as antidiabetic-, satiety-, or GLP-1-based medications, for chemoprevention in NAFLD/NASH,” the investigators suggested. However, pharmaceutical agents will likely be very expensive when they eventually get marketed, Dr. Rustgi observed.

Although “bariatric surgery is a more aggressive approach than lifestyle modifications, surgery may provide additional benefits, such as improved quality of life and decreased long-term health care costs,” he and his coauthors concluded.
 

Rising rates of fatty liver disease, obesity

An estimated 30% of the population of the United States has NAFLD, the most common chronic liver disease, the researchers noted in their article. The prevalence of NAFLD increased 2.8-fold in the United States between 2003 and 2011, in parallel with increasing obesity.

NAFLD is more common among male patients with obesity and diabetes and Hispanic patients; “70% of [patients with diabetes] may have fatty liver disease, according to certain surveys,” Dr. Rustgi noted.

Cancer is the second greatest cause of mortality among patients with obesity and NAFLD, he continued, after cardiovascular disease. Cancer mortality is higher than mortality from liver disease.

Obesity-related cancers include adenocarcinoma of the esophagus, cancers of the breast (in postmenopausal women), colon, rectum, endometrium (corpus uterus), gallbladder, gastric cardia, kidney (renal cell), liver, ovary, pancreas, and thyroid, as well as meningioma and multiple myeloma, according to a 2016 report from the International Agency for Research on Cancer working group.

Obesity-related cancer accounted for 40% of all cancer in the United States in 2014 – 55% of cancers in women, and 24% of cancers in men, according to a study published in Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report in 2017, as previously reported by this news organization.

Several studies, including one presented at Obesity Week in 2019 and later published, have shown that bariatric surgery is linked with a lower risk for cancer in general populations.

One meta-analysis reported that NAFLD is an independent risk factor for cholangiocarcinoma and colorectal, breast, gastric, pancreatic, prostate, and esophageal cancers. In another study, NAFLD was associated with a twofold increased risk for hepatocellular carcinoma and uterine, stomach, pancreatic, and colon cancers, Dr. Rustgi and colleagues noted.

Until now, the impact of bariatric surgery on the risk for cancer among patients with obesity and NAFLD was unknown.
 

 

 

Does bariatric surgery curb cancer risk in liver disease?

The researchers examined insurance claims data from the national MarketScan database from Jan. 1, 2007, to Dec. 31, 2017, for patients aged 18-64 years who had health insurance from 350 employers and 100 insurers. They identified 98,090 patients with severe obesity who were newly diagnosed with NAFLD during 2008-2017.

Roughly a third of the cohort (33,435 patients) underwent bariatric surgery. From 2008 to 2017, laparoscopic sleeve gastrectomies increased from 4% of bariatric procedures to 68% of all surgeries. Laparoscopic adjustable gastric band and laparoscopic Roux-en-Y gastric bypass procedures fell from 35% to less than 1% and from 49% to 28%, respectively.

Patients who underwent bariatric surgery were younger (mean age, 44 vs. 46 years), were more likely to be women (74% vs. 62%), and were less likely to have a history of smoking (6% vs. 10%).

During a mean follow-up of 22 months (and a median follow-up of 10 months), there were 911 incident cases of obesity-related cancers. These included cancer of the colon (116 cases), rectum (15), breast (in postmenopausal women; 131), kidney (120), esophagus (16), gastric cardia (8), gallbladder (4), pancreas (44), ovaries (74), endometrium (135), and thyroid (143), as well as hepatocellular carcinoma (49), multiple myeloma (50), and meningioma (6). There were 1,912 incident cases of other cancers, such as brain and lung cancers and leukemia.

A total of 258 patients who underwent bariatric surgery developed an obesity-related cancer (an incidence of 3.83 per 1,000 person-years), compared with 653 patients who did not have bariatric surgery (an incidence of 5.63 per 1,000 person-years).

The researchers noted that study limitations include the fact that it was restricted to privately insured individuals aged 18-64 years with severe obesity. In addition, “the short median follow-up may underestimate the full effect of bariatric surgery on cancer risk,” they wrote.

The authors disclosed no relevant financial relationships.

A version of this article first appeared on Medscape.com.

Publications
Topics
Sections

In a large cohort of insured working adults with severe obesity and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), the rate of incident cancer was lower during a 10-month median follow-up period among those who underwent bariatric surgery. The rate was especially lower with regard to obesity-related cancers. The risk reduction was greater among patients with cirrhosis.

Among almost 100,000 patients with severe obesity (body mass index >40 kg/m2) and NAFLD, those who underwent bariatric surgery had an 18% and 35% lower risk of developing any cancer or obesity-related cancer, respectively.

Bariatric surgery was associated with a significantly lower risk of being diagnosed with colorectal, pancreatic, endometrial, and thyroid cancer, as well as hepatocellular carcinoma and multiple myeloma (all obesity-related cancers). The findings are from an observational study by Vinod K. Rustgi, MD, MBA, and colleagues, which was published online March 17, 2021, in Gastroenterology.

It was not surprising that bariatric surgery is effective in reducing the malignancy rate among patients with cirrhosis, the researchers wrote, because the surgery results in long-term weight loss, resolution of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), and regression of fibrosis.

“Cirrhosis can happen from fatty liver disease or NASH,” Dr. Rustgi, a hepatologist at Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, New Brunswick, N.J., explained to this news organization. “It’s becoming the fastest growing indication for liver transplant, but also the reason for increased rates of hepatocellular carcinoma.”

Current treatment for patients with obesity and fatty liver disease begins with lifestyle changes to lose weight, he continued. “As people lose 10% of their weight, they actually start to see regression of fibrosis in the liver that is correlated with [lower rates of] malignancy outcomes and other deleterious outcomes.” But long-lasting weight loss is extremely difficult to achieve.

Future studies “may identify new targets and treatments, such as antidiabetic-, satiety-, or GLP-1-based medications, for chemoprevention in NAFLD/NASH,” the investigators suggested. However, pharmaceutical agents will likely be very expensive when they eventually get marketed, Dr. Rustgi observed.

Although “bariatric surgery is a more aggressive approach than lifestyle modifications, surgery may provide additional benefits, such as improved quality of life and decreased long-term health care costs,” he and his coauthors concluded.
 

Rising rates of fatty liver disease, obesity

An estimated 30% of the population of the United States has NAFLD, the most common chronic liver disease, the researchers noted in their article. The prevalence of NAFLD increased 2.8-fold in the United States between 2003 and 2011, in parallel with increasing obesity.

NAFLD is more common among male patients with obesity and diabetes and Hispanic patients; “70% of [patients with diabetes] may have fatty liver disease, according to certain surveys,” Dr. Rustgi noted.

Cancer is the second greatest cause of mortality among patients with obesity and NAFLD, he continued, after cardiovascular disease. Cancer mortality is higher than mortality from liver disease.

Obesity-related cancers include adenocarcinoma of the esophagus, cancers of the breast (in postmenopausal women), colon, rectum, endometrium (corpus uterus), gallbladder, gastric cardia, kidney (renal cell), liver, ovary, pancreas, and thyroid, as well as meningioma and multiple myeloma, according to a 2016 report from the International Agency for Research on Cancer working group.

Obesity-related cancer accounted for 40% of all cancer in the United States in 2014 – 55% of cancers in women, and 24% of cancers in men, according to a study published in Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report in 2017, as previously reported by this news organization.

Several studies, including one presented at Obesity Week in 2019 and later published, have shown that bariatric surgery is linked with a lower risk for cancer in general populations.

One meta-analysis reported that NAFLD is an independent risk factor for cholangiocarcinoma and colorectal, breast, gastric, pancreatic, prostate, and esophageal cancers. In another study, NAFLD was associated with a twofold increased risk for hepatocellular carcinoma and uterine, stomach, pancreatic, and colon cancers, Dr. Rustgi and colleagues noted.

Until now, the impact of bariatric surgery on the risk for cancer among patients with obesity and NAFLD was unknown.
 

 

 

Does bariatric surgery curb cancer risk in liver disease?

The researchers examined insurance claims data from the national MarketScan database from Jan. 1, 2007, to Dec. 31, 2017, for patients aged 18-64 years who had health insurance from 350 employers and 100 insurers. They identified 98,090 patients with severe obesity who were newly diagnosed with NAFLD during 2008-2017.

Roughly a third of the cohort (33,435 patients) underwent bariatric surgery. From 2008 to 2017, laparoscopic sleeve gastrectomies increased from 4% of bariatric procedures to 68% of all surgeries. Laparoscopic adjustable gastric band and laparoscopic Roux-en-Y gastric bypass procedures fell from 35% to less than 1% and from 49% to 28%, respectively.

Patients who underwent bariatric surgery were younger (mean age, 44 vs. 46 years), were more likely to be women (74% vs. 62%), and were less likely to have a history of smoking (6% vs. 10%).

During a mean follow-up of 22 months (and a median follow-up of 10 months), there were 911 incident cases of obesity-related cancers. These included cancer of the colon (116 cases), rectum (15), breast (in postmenopausal women; 131), kidney (120), esophagus (16), gastric cardia (8), gallbladder (4), pancreas (44), ovaries (74), endometrium (135), and thyroid (143), as well as hepatocellular carcinoma (49), multiple myeloma (50), and meningioma (6). There were 1,912 incident cases of other cancers, such as brain and lung cancers and leukemia.

A total of 258 patients who underwent bariatric surgery developed an obesity-related cancer (an incidence of 3.83 per 1,000 person-years), compared with 653 patients who did not have bariatric surgery (an incidence of 5.63 per 1,000 person-years).

The researchers noted that study limitations include the fact that it was restricted to privately insured individuals aged 18-64 years with severe obesity. In addition, “the short median follow-up may underestimate the full effect of bariatric surgery on cancer risk,” they wrote.

The authors disclosed no relevant financial relationships.

A version of this article first appeared on Medscape.com.

In a large cohort of insured working adults with severe obesity and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), the rate of incident cancer was lower during a 10-month median follow-up period among those who underwent bariatric surgery. The rate was especially lower with regard to obesity-related cancers. The risk reduction was greater among patients with cirrhosis.

Among almost 100,000 patients with severe obesity (body mass index >40 kg/m2) and NAFLD, those who underwent bariatric surgery had an 18% and 35% lower risk of developing any cancer or obesity-related cancer, respectively.

Bariatric surgery was associated with a significantly lower risk of being diagnosed with colorectal, pancreatic, endometrial, and thyroid cancer, as well as hepatocellular carcinoma and multiple myeloma (all obesity-related cancers). The findings are from an observational study by Vinod K. Rustgi, MD, MBA, and colleagues, which was published online March 17, 2021, in Gastroenterology.

It was not surprising that bariatric surgery is effective in reducing the malignancy rate among patients with cirrhosis, the researchers wrote, because the surgery results in long-term weight loss, resolution of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), and regression of fibrosis.

“Cirrhosis can happen from fatty liver disease or NASH,” Dr. Rustgi, a hepatologist at Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, New Brunswick, N.J., explained to this news organization. “It’s becoming the fastest growing indication for liver transplant, but also the reason for increased rates of hepatocellular carcinoma.”

Current treatment for patients with obesity and fatty liver disease begins with lifestyle changes to lose weight, he continued. “As people lose 10% of their weight, they actually start to see regression of fibrosis in the liver that is correlated with [lower rates of] malignancy outcomes and other deleterious outcomes.” But long-lasting weight loss is extremely difficult to achieve.

Future studies “may identify new targets and treatments, such as antidiabetic-, satiety-, or GLP-1-based medications, for chemoprevention in NAFLD/NASH,” the investigators suggested. However, pharmaceutical agents will likely be very expensive when they eventually get marketed, Dr. Rustgi observed.

Although “bariatric surgery is a more aggressive approach than lifestyle modifications, surgery may provide additional benefits, such as improved quality of life and decreased long-term health care costs,” he and his coauthors concluded.
 

Rising rates of fatty liver disease, obesity

An estimated 30% of the population of the United States has NAFLD, the most common chronic liver disease, the researchers noted in their article. The prevalence of NAFLD increased 2.8-fold in the United States between 2003 and 2011, in parallel with increasing obesity.

NAFLD is more common among male patients with obesity and diabetes and Hispanic patients; “70% of [patients with diabetes] may have fatty liver disease, according to certain surveys,” Dr. Rustgi noted.

Cancer is the second greatest cause of mortality among patients with obesity and NAFLD, he continued, after cardiovascular disease. Cancer mortality is higher than mortality from liver disease.

Obesity-related cancers include adenocarcinoma of the esophagus, cancers of the breast (in postmenopausal women), colon, rectum, endometrium (corpus uterus), gallbladder, gastric cardia, kidney (renal cell), liver, ovary, pancreas, and thyroid, as well as meningioma and multiple myeloma, according to a 2016 report from the International Agency for Research on Cancer working group.

Obesity-related cancer accounted for 40% of all cancer in the United States in 2014 – 55% of cancers in women, and 24% of cancers in men, according to a study published in Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report in 2017, as previously reported by this news organization.

Several studies, including one presented at Obesity Week in 2019 and later published, have shown that bariatric surgery is linked with a lower risk for cancer in general populations.

One meta-analysis reported that NAFLD is an independent risk factor for cholangiocarcinoma and colorectal, breast, gastric, pancreatic, prostate, and esophageal cancers. In another study, NAFLD was associated with a twofold increased risk for hepatocellular carcinoma and uterine, stomach, pancreatic, and colon cancers, Dr. Rustgi and colleagues noted.

Until now, the impact of bariatric surgery on the risk for cancer among patients with obesity and NAFLD was unknown.
 

 

 

Does bariatric surgery curb cancer risk in liver disease?

The researchers examined insurance claims data from the national MarketScan database from Jan. 1, 2007, to Dec. 31, 2017, for patients aged 18-64 years who had health insurance from 350 employers and 100 insurers. They identified 98,090 patients with severe obesity who were newly diagnosed with NAFLD during 2008-2017.

Roughly a third of the cohort (33,435 patients) underwent bariatric surgery. From 2008 to 2017, laparoscopic sleeve gastrectomies increased from 4% of bariatric procedures to 68% of all surgeries. Laparoscopic adjustable gastric band and laparoscopic Roux-en-Y gastric bypass procedures fell from 35% to less than 1% and from 49% to 28%, respectively.

Patients who underwent bariatric surgery were younger (mean age, 44 vs. 46 years), were more likely to be women (74% vs. 62%), and were less likely to have a history of smoking (6% vs. 10%).

During a mean follow-up of 22 months (and a median follow-up of 10 months), there were 911 incident cases of obesity-related cancers. These included cancer of the colon (116 cases), rectum (15), breast (in postmenopausal women; 131), kidney (120), esophagus (16), gastric cardia (8), gallbladder (4), pancreas (44), ovaries (74), endometrium (135), and thyroid (143), as well as hepatocellular carcinoma (49), multiple myeloma (50), and meningioma (6). There were 1,912 incident cases of other cancers, such as brain and lung cancers and leukemia.

A total of 258 patients who underwent bariatric surgery developed an obesity-related cancer (an incidence of 3.83 per 1,000 person-years), compared with 653 patients who did not have bariatric surgery (an incidence of 5.63 per 1,000 person-years).

The researchers noted that study limitations include the fact that it was restricted to privately insured individuals aged 18-64 years with severe obesity. In addition, “the short median follow-up may underestimate the full effect of bariatric surgery on cancer risk,” they wrote.

The authors disclosed no relevant financial relationships.

A version of this article first appeared on Medscape.com.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article

Creating a Sustainable and Reliable Emergency Preparedness Program to Promote Appropriate Health Care Resources Use

Article Type
Changed

Over the past decade, natural disasters and health care emergencies have increased 74%, averaging 400 documented events per year.1 These unpredictable and sometimes devastating events negatively impact the physical and mental health of communities, taxing already stretched health care system resources and the economy.2,3 During many of these events, patients inappropriately use hospitals, emergency departments (EDs), and critical care resources for chronic disease and elective health care management, resulting in medication shortages, health care access concerns, and treatment delays.4

Most available emergency preparedness programs rely solely on volunteers and/or public health providers to address the resultant coverage gap; however, instability in state and federal funding can make it difficult to maintain and sustain focused preparedness and response efforts. Alaska’s vast geography, low population density (1.2 people per square mile), and access limitations (about 200 villages only reachable by air or boat) make it especially challenging to provide reliable and sustained emergency preparedness and response support. Therefore, all eligible health care providers (HCPs) in Alaska must be involved in preparedness and response efforts.

Despite being the most accessible HCPs, pharmacists and student pharmacists, have not been actively involved in statewide emergency preparedness planning and disaster management efforts in Alaska. In preparation for and during disasters, for example, pharmacists may administer vaccinations, conduct point of care testing, dispense emergency medications, provide emergency medication refills, help mitigate medication shortages, and provide reliable health information to other health care professionals, patients, and their families as they prepare for and manage care during the event.4

The goal of this paper is to share the experience at the University of Alaska Anchorage/Idaho State University College of Pharmacy (UAA/ISU) in the development and implementation of a sustainable emergency preparedness and response support network (EPRSN) model; leveraging an established university student leadership structure and Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) students to support sharing of information among community pharmacies, state emergency response teams, and community members. 

2018 Alaska Earthquake

On November 30, 2018, southcentral Alaska experienced a magnitude 7.1 earthquake, affecting nearly 295,000 people (approximately 40% of Alaska’s population) damaging roads, buildings, homes, and health care facilities. Emergency response efforts were quickly overwhelmed and hospital EDs became overburdened with patients seeking not only emergent, but also chronic care along with requests for prescription refills.

During disasters, disruptions in medication access and adherence are common. Disruptions can lead to disease exacerbation or progression, hospitalization, and/or death; all of which further contribute to the health care system and economic health burden. For example, after Hurricane Katrina, 46% of patients on hypertension medications had less than perfect adherence due to a variety of reasons (eg, not bringing any or enough medications during evacuation, lack of access to refills).5 Nonadherence to prescription hypertension medication specifically can lead to stroke, heart attack, and more rapidly progressing kidney dysfunction. Patients with diabetes mellitus (DM) also experience negative consequences due to disruptions in medication adherence.6 Lack of access to medications and supplies for DM can likewise lead to significant health sequelae, including acute hyperglycemic events, which can be life-threatening; ongoing hyperglycemia can lead to higher rates of cardiovascular disease, kidney disease, nerve damage, and diabetic retinopathy.7 However, the long-term effects of a natural disaster on health in terms of morbidity and mortality often go unreported, and their impact on chronic health conditions may be underestimated and last for years after the event.

As future health care professionals, student pharmacists continually seek opportunities to engage with and support communities; including preparing for, responding to, mitigating against, and recovering from disasters that affect the health care system and access to needed drug therapies. After the earthquake, student pharmacists reached out to state and local emergency response programs detailed within The State of Alaska Emergency Operations Plan to find opportunities to volunteer.

Agencies contacted included the Office of Emergency Management (OEM) for the Municipality of Anchorage. OEM partners with local health, fire, and police departments, the Alaska Department of Health and Social Services and Emergency Management, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, American Red Cross, and the Salvation Army. It is important to note, due to lack of funding, Alaska no longer has a Medical Reserve Corps, which significantly impacts community emergency response and resilience efforts. After the earthquake, the emergency program manager extended an invitation to student pharmacists to join the joint medical emergency conference call, where local HCPs discuss emergency protocols, identify gaps, and work together to identify solutions.

During this call there was a consensus among HCPs that many patients were inappropriately seeking to fill and refill prescription medications in the ED, and staff were ill-prepared to guide patients to the appropriate services, unaware of which pharmacies were impacted by the earthquake; therefore unable to direct patients to still-operational pharmacies in the area. Together faculty and students discussed how student pharmacists could be involved in filling these identified information gaps and enhance communication among HCPs and entities. It was determined that if student pharmacists established and maintained open lines of communication with community pharmacists, they could efficiently determine which pharmacies were open and operational after disasters and disseminate that information to EDs and health care facilities in order to better direct patients to appropriate health care services.

 

 

Observations 

A question/answer format and time line approach was used to review the steps leading to EPRSN program development and establishment of project/model deliverables.

Identified gaps

Chronic disease management. According to interviews conducted by the National Center for Disaster Preparedness, people often inappropriately use EDs during disasters.8 EDs do not stock enough medications to refill prescriptions for patients outside of their emergent care needs and are typically ill-suited for patients’ chronic disease management. At the time of the earthquake in Alaska no specific place/organization had been established to collect, store, or disseminate information regarding available pharmacy resources in an emergency. Had such a system been in place to actively inform HCPs and community members which pharmacies were open and operational, it is likely that many negative consequences related to health care utilization could have been reduced or avoided, including the number of people inappropriately using EDs for chronic prescription medication refills. This would not only reduce the burden on the health care system but allow for patients with both emergency and chronic needs to be seen quickly and prevent unnecessary health care costs.

Pharmacists play a vital role in managing chronic diseases.9 Due to extensive education and training, they are considered medication experts, ideally suited to manage chronic medication therapy, help prevent or minimize disease exacerbation and/or progression, reduce preventable health care costs, improve patient quality of life, and reduce morbidity and mortality.9 Pharmacists are accessible and strategically located throughout communities and provide patients with continuity of care other HCPs may be unable to provide. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, pharmacies remained open when other primary care providers (PCPs) were not. In addition, during times of natural disasters pharmacies tend to remain open unless there are extenuating circumstances (eg, unsafe building infrastructure, unsafe drug supply).

Emergency Response. To determine the role pharmacists play in emergency preparedness efforts we looked initially to the peer-reviewed literature (search terms: emergency preparedness, natural disasters, pharmacy/pharmacies) then turned to materials and research produced by organizations outside of the traditional commercial and academic publishing channels; however, most emergency preparedness protocols and standard operating procedures (SOPs) did not pertain to pharmacies or acknowledge the contribution of pharmacists. Researchers urge both state and federal governments to foster relationships with and use community pharmacist’s expertise and expanded roles in order to improve the nation’s public health.10

Historically, pharmacists within the US Public Health Service (PHS) have responded alongside local HCPs to meet the needs of communities during public health emergencies. Pharmacists were pivotal in the 2009 response to H1N1 influenza and the 2015 Ebola response, both abroad and within the United States.6 Pharmacists screened and triaged patients, provided life-saving vaccinations, and supported community and health care system education initiatives. However, as the COVID-19 pandemic has demonstrated, responding to a public health crisis takes more than the 1,000 pharmacists serving in the PHS.11 The American Society of Health-System Pharmacists argues that all pharmacists should be involved in working with public health planners.12

Community and health-systems pharmacists are vital to current and future public health responses and represent a largely untapped resource. Pharmacists across the country, especially in rural and underserved communities, have the potential to significantly impact emergency preparedness and response efforts. The > 319,000 US pharmacists comprise a sizable portion of the population and can play vital roles during emergency situations or disasters.13 Often after catastrophic events, community pharmacists provide first-aid, emergency refills, medication counseling, point of care testing, triage patients and serve on emergency response teams.14 However, pharmacists alone cannot address all medication-related patient needs and student pharmacists likewise have a role in emergency preparedness and response efforts. By participating in these efforts and learning these roles as students, they are better prepared to engage in emergency efforts as pharmacists.

 

 

Student pharmacist support. There are more than 140 accredited pharmacy schools across the United States, employing > 6,500 pharmacy faculty, and teaching > 63,000 student pharmacists.15 The majority of schools provide free and volunteer-based health care services and collaborate with local, regional, and national entities such as state boards of pharmacy, professional pharmacy organizations, and the American Pharmacist Association (APhA). Through the APhA Academy of Student Pharmacists (ASP), in 2018 and 2019 Operation Heart Campaign, 4,239 patients were referred to a PCP for follow-up care, 117,251 patients received health and wellness services, and 2,772,179 patients were educated regarding cardiovascular disease, the most common noncommunicable disease in the United States.16,17 Also, in 2018 and 2019, APhA-ASPs Operation Diabetes Campaign referred 3,785 patients to their PCP, provided health and wellness services to 36,334 patients, and educated 1,114,281 patients regarding DM.18

Student pharmacists are positioned across the country with reach to rural and underserved communities and have student organizational structures in place to manage student volunteers and support health care service opportunities. These structures could readily be used to augment and provide emergency pharmacy services and the coordination of chronic care services during times of emergency or disaster. Student leaders are well situated to coordinate communication and cooperation across health care disciplines and to facilitate local community pharmacy resource information collection and distribution.

Emergency Preparation Program

To address gaps in emergency preparedness and response, student pharmacists at UAA/ISU took the following steps to develop the EPRSN. Planning involved a multistep process. Step 1 identified important uncaptured data (eg, operational status, staffing, hours of operation, continuity and safety of drug supply chain, building/parking lot damage) required to direct patients to the appropriate medication-related care during an emergency. For step 2, student pharmacists obtained a list of the 138 pharmacies in Alaska from the state board of pharmacy. Pharmacies were contacted by student pharmacists using an established telephone script and updated contact information collected was stored on a secure, online drive accessible to UAA/ISU College of Pharmacy faculty and students using their UAA/ISU email address. In step 3, the APhA-ASP president elect and 3 leaders in each of the 16 APhA-ASP operation in charge of the EPRSN Alaska initiative, surveyed student leaders to determine student willingness to participate. Step 4 was to develop an organizational structure using established leadership structure to collect, capture, update, and share pharmacy data with state emergency response teams. Sustainability from year to year will be ensured through incorporation into the APhA-ASP student engagement framework (eg, annual training led by the president elect, contact information updated biyearly by student leaders, and oversight provided by College of Pharmacy faculty). Step 5 was to create SOPs, flowcharts, telephone scripts, talking points, and student training materials. And in the final preparatory step, plan documents and deliverables were provided to faculty administration and advisors within the College of Pharmacy for initial approval and presented to the student leadership for final approval.

EPRSN will be activated in the case of a natural disaster or state of emergency. Pharmacy students will contact all pharmacies within the designated area to collect up-to-date vital information (eg, operational status, staffing, hours of operation, safe drug supply, building/parking lot damage). Collected information will be disseminated to appropriate community members, HCPs, health care facilities, and emergency preparedness officials, under the direction of the Emergency Program Manager. 

 

 

Discussion

In order to make informed and timely decisions during emergency situations, patients, HCPs, and health care systems must have appropriate situational awareness. The ability of decision makers to respond is directly dependent on timeliness and relevance of the information collected and shared and greatly contributes to this awareness. Accurate, effective, and consistent information collection has historically been one of the greatest challenges to situational awareness. This is particularly important in times of disaster when necessary emergency situation data may not exist, tools to collect data are inefficient and/or ineffective, and/or current data are inaccessible to relevant parties.19 This was the case in the Alaska earthquake of 2018 and more recently the COVID-19 pandemic of 2020 where information sharing deficits and structural barriers became even more evident.  

Transfer of knowledge and information is especially critical during an emergency situation. Ineffective communication and information sharing results in transfer gaps. Gaps that result from inadequate transfers of care between HCPs are referred to as hand-off gaps. Training gaps result from inadequate preparation on the part of HCPs and civic leaders as well as in public health policies and procedures and in understanding of needs in emergent situations. Organization gaps occur when an individual changes positions or leaves a given institution and the acquired knowledge is not shared with others before departure or the replacement individual does not receive necessary training. 

In both the Alaska earthquake and the COVID-19 pandemic, gaps in hand-offs, training, and organization were identified. Pharmacists were involved in the solution, providing care, addressing unmet health needs, and supporting the health care system. Many patients and HCPs remain unaware of the services pharmacists are capable and willing to provide, but at even a more basic level they are unsure of what services may be needed in emergency situations. Pharmacists are often used and considered vital HCPs after natural disasters or emergency situations, providing services that extend beyond their normal duties, yet remain within their SOP and expertise and address the medication management needs of their patients, ensuring safe, effective, and continuous access to needed pharmaceuticals.

It is vital that pharmacists and student pharmacists take an active role in emergency preparedness, that students get involved early in outreach and engagement initiatives for which they are ideally suited to coordinate in their communities, and that College of Pharmacy faculty support student pharmacist efforts to continue to highlight the professional roles of pharmacists, in routine health care as well as during times of crisis or disaster. It is important to note that an indirect but important cause of patient mortality related to an emergency event is the inability to access routine health care. If pharmacists and student pharmacists were more involved in emergency preparedness and response efforts, they could play an even greater role in providing much needed health care to patients during times when the health care system is overtaxed (facilitating medication refills and providing administrative and health care support).

Conclusions

Emergency and disaster preparedness are vital to promote the appropriate use of health care resources and prevent health-related complications. Student pharmacists represent a sustainable resource, uniquely positioned to identify community needs, support emergency efforts, coordinate with local pharmacies, and work with pharmacists and others to ensure patients receive the care they need. This work has the potential to improve utilization of health care resources and service delivery during natural disasters and emergencies, on a local, state, and regional level, with the overall goal of maintaining patient health and well-being.

References

1. Ritchie H, Roser M. Natural disasters. Updated November 2019. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://ourworldindata.org/natural-disasters

2. Freedy JR, Simpson WM Jr. Disaster-related physical and mental health: a role for the family physician. Am Fam Physician. 2007;75(6):841-846.

3. Martin U. Health after disaster: a perspective of psychological/health reactions to disaster. Cogent Psychol. 2015;2(1):1053741. doi:10.1080/23311908.2015.1053741

4. Joy K. Ripple effect: how hurricanes and other disasters affect hospital care. Published September 11, 2017. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://labblog.uofmhealth.org/industry-dx/ripple-effect-how-hurricanes-and-other-disasters-affect-hospital-care

5. Krousel-Wood MA, Islam T, Muntner P, et al. Medication adherence in older clinic patients with hypertension after Hurricane Katrina: implications for clinical practice and disaster management. Am J Med Sci. 2008;336(2):99-104. doi:10.1097/MAJ.0b013e318180f14f

6. Cefalu WT, Smith SR, Blonde L, Fonseca V. The Hurricane Katrina aftermath and its impact on diabetes care: observations from “ground zero”: lessons in disaster preparedness of people with diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2006;29(1):158-160. doi:10.2337/diacare.29.1.158

7. Fonseca VA, Smith H, Kuhadiya N, et al. Impact of a natural disaster on diabetes: exacerbation of disparities and long-term consequences. Diabetes Care. 2009;32(9):1632-1638. doi:10.2337/dc09-0670

8. Suneja A, Chandler TE, Schlegelmilch J, May M, Redlener IE; Columbia University Earth Institute. Chronic disease after natural disasters: public health, policy, and provider perspectives. Published November 12, 2018. Accessed March 12, 2021. doi:10.7916/D8ZP5Q23

9. Kehrer JP, Eberhart G, Wing M, Horon K. Pharmacy’s role in a modern health continuum. Can Pharm J (Ott). 2013;146(6):321-324. doi:10.1177/1715163513506370

10. Shearer MP, Geleta A, Adalja A, Gronvall GK; Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health Center for Health Security. Serving the greater good: public health & community pharmacy partnerships. Published October 2017. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.centerforhealthsecurity.org/our-work/pubs_archive/pubs-pdfs/2017/public-health-and-community-pharmacy-partnerships-report.pdf

11. Flowers L, Wick J, Figg WD Sr, et al. U.S. Public Health Service Commissioned Corps pharmacists: making a difference in advancing the nation’s health. J Am Pharm Assoc (2003). 2009;49(3):446-452. doi:10.1331/JAPhA.2009.08036

12. American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. ASHP Statement on the Role of Health-System Pharmacists in Public Health. Am J Health Syst Pharm. 2008;65(5):462-467. doi:10.2146/ajhp070399

13. Deloitte. Data USA: pharmacists. Accessed June 2, 2020. https://datausa.io/profile/soc/pharmacists

14. Menighan TE. Pharmacists have major role in emergency response. Pharmacy Today. 2016;22(8):8. doi:10.1016/j.ptdy.2016.07.009

15. American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy. Academic pharmacy’s vital statistics. Updated July 2020. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.aacp.org/article/academic-pharmacys-vital-statistics

16. American Pharmacists Association. APhA-ASP Operation Heart. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.pharmacist.com/apha-asp-operation-heart

17. World Health Organization. Noncommunicable diseases. Updated June 1, 2018. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.who.int/en/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/noncommunicable-diseases

18. American Pharmacists Association. APhA-ASP Operation Diabetes. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.pharmacist.com/apha-asp-operation-diabetes

19. Reeve M, Wizemann T, Altevogt B. Enabling Rapid and Sustainable Public Health Research During Disasters: Summary of a Joint Workshop by the Institute of Medicine and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. National Academies Press; 2015.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Talethia Bogart is a Pharmacy Student, and Renee Robinson is an Associate Professor, both at the University of Alaska Anchorage/Idaho State University College of Pharmacy, in Anchorage. Elaine Nguyen is an Assistant Professor, and Christopher Owens is an Associate Professor in Pharmacy Practice and Administrative Sciences, both at Idaho State University College of Pharmacy. Christopher Owens is an Associate Vice President for Health Sciences at the Kasiska Division of Health Sciences in Pocatello, Idaho.
Correspondence: Renee Robinson (reneerobinson@isu.edu)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Publications
Topics
Page Number
154-159
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Talethia Bogart is a Pharmacy Student, and Renee Robinson is an Associate Professor, both at the University of Alaska Anchorage/Idaho State University College of Pharmacy, in Anchorage. Elaine Nguyen is an Assistant Professor, and Christopher Owens is an Associate Professor in Pharmacy Practice and Administrative Sciences, both at Idaho State University College of Pharmacy. Christopher Owens is an Associate Vice President for Health Sciences at the Kasiska Division of Health Sciences in Pocatello, Idaho.
Correspondence: Renee Robinson (reneerobinson@isu.edu)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Author and Disclosure Information

Talethia Bogart is a Pharmacy Student, and Renee Robinson is an Associate Professor, both at the University of Alaska Anchorage/Idaho State University College of Pharmacy, in Anchorage. Elaine Nguyen is an Assistant Professor, and Christopher Owens is an Associate Professor in Pharmacy Practice and Administrative Sciences, both at Idaho State University College of Pharmacy. Christopher Owens is an Associate Vice President for Health Sciences at the Kasiska Division of Health Sciences in Pocatello, Idaho.
Correspondence: Renee Robinson (reneerobinson@isu.edu)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Over the past decade, natural disasters and health care emergencies have increased 74%, averaging 400 documented events per year.1 These unpredictable and sometimes devastating events negatively impact the physical and mental health of communities, taxing already stretched health care system resources and the economy.2,3 During many of these events, patients inappropriately use hospitals, emergency departments (EDs), and critical care resources for chronic disease and elective health care management, resulting in medication shortages, health care access concerns, and treatment delays.4

Most available emergency preparedness programs rely solely on volunteers and/or public health providers to address the resultant coverage gap; however, instability in state and federal funding can make it difficult to maintain and sustain focused preparedness and response efforts. Alaska’s vast geography, low population density (1.2 people per square mile), and access limitations (about 200 villages only reachable by air or boat) make it especially challenging to provide reliable and sustained emergency preparedness and response support. Therefore, all eligible health care providers (HCPs) in Alaska must be involved in preparedness and response efforts.

Despite being the most accessible HCPs, pharmacists and student pharmacists, have not been actively involved in statewide emergency preparedness planning and disaster management efforts in Alaska. In preparation for and during disasters, for example, pharmacists may administer vaccinations, conduct point of care testing, dispense emergency medications, provide emergency medication refills, help mitigate medication shortages, and provide reliable health information to other health care professionals, patients, and their families as they prepare for and manage care during the event.4

The goal of this paper is to share the experience at the University of Alaska Anchorage/Idaho State University College of Pharmacy (UAA/ISU) in the development and implementation of a sustainable emergency preparedness and response support network (EPRSN) model; leveraging an established university student leadership structure and Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) students to support sharing of information among community pharmacies, state emergency response teams, and community members. 

2018 Alaska Earthquake

On November 30, 2018, southcentral Alaska experienced a magnitude 7.1 earthquake, affecting nearly 295,000 people (approximately 40% of Alaska’s population) damaging roads, buildings, homes, and health care facilities. Emergency response efforts were quickly overwhelmed and hospital EDs became overburdened with patients seeking not only emergent, but also chronic care along with requests for prescription refills.

During disasters, disruptions in medication access and adherence are common. Disruptions can lead to disease exacerbation or progression, hospitalization, and/or death; all of which further contribute to the health care system and economic health burden. For example, after Hurricane Katrina, 46% of patients on hypertension medications had less than perfect adherence due to a variety of reasons (eg, not bringing any or enough medications during evacuation, lack of access to refills).5 Nonadherence to prescription hypertension medication specifically can lead to stroke, heart attack, and more rapidly progressing kidney dysfunction. Patients with diabetes mellitus (DM) also experience negative consequences due to disruptions in medication adherence.6 Lack of access to medications and supplies for DM can likewise lead to significant health sequelae, including acute hyperglycemic events, which can be life-threatening; ongoing hyperglycemia can lead to higher rates of cardiovascular disease, kidney disease, nerve damage, and diabetic retinopathy.7 However, the long-term effects of a natural disaster on health in terms of morbidity and mortality often go unreported, and their impact on chronic health conditions may be underestimated and last for years after the event.

As future health care professionals, student pharmacists continually seek opportunities to engage with and support communities; including preparing for, responding to, mitigating against, and recovering from disasters that affect the health care system and access to needed drug therapies. After the earthquake, student pharmacists reached out to state and local emergency response programs detailed within The State of Alaska Emergency Operations Plan to find opportunities to volunteer.

Agencies contacted included the Office of Emergency Management (OEM) for the Municipality of Anchorage. OEM partners with local health, fire, and police departments, the Alaska Department of Health and Social Services and Emergency Management, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, American Red Cross, and the Salvation Army. It is important to note, due to lack of funding, Alaska no longer has a Medical Reserve Corps, which significantly impacts community emergency response and resilience efforts. After the earthquake, the emergency program manager extended an invitation to student pharmacists to join the joint medical emergency conference call, where local HCPs discuss emergency protocols, identify gaps, and work together to identify solutions.

During this call there was a consensus among HCPs that many patients were inappropriately seeking to fill and refill prescription medications in the ED, and staff were ill-prepared to guide patients to the appropriate services, unaware of which pharmacies were impacted by the earthquake; therefore unable to direct patients to still-operational pharmacies in the area. Together faculty and students discussed how student pharmacists could be involved in filling these identified information gaps and enhance communication among HCPs and entities. It was determined that if student pharmacists established and maintained open lines of communication with community pharmacists, they could efficiently determine which pharmacies were open and operational after disasters and disseminate that information to EDs and health care facilities in order to better direct patients to appropriate health care services.

 

 

Observations 

A question/answer format and time line approach was used to review the steps leading to EPRSN program development and establishment of project/model deliverables.

Identified gaps

Chronic disease management. According to interviews conducted by the National Center for Disaster Preparedness, people often inappropriately use EDs during disasters.8 EDs do not stock enough medications to refill prescriptions for patients outside of their emergent care needs and are typically ill-suited for patients’ chronic disease management. At the time of the earthquake in Alaska no specific place/organization had been established to collect, store, or disseminate information regarding available pharmacy resources in an emergency. Had such a system been in place to actively inform HCPs and community members which pharmacies were open and operational, it is likely that many negative consequences related to health care utilization could have been reduced or avoided, including the number of people inappropriately using EDs for chronic prescription medication refills. This would not only reduce the burden on the health care system but allow for patients with both emergency and chronic needs to be seen quickly and prevent unnecessary health care costs.

Pharmacists play a vital role in managing chronic diseases.9 Due to extensive education and training, they are considered medication experts, ideally suited to manage chronic medication therapy, help prevent or minimize disease exacerbation and/or progression, reduce preventable health care costs, improve patient quality of life, and reduce morbidity and mortality.9 Pharmacists are accessible and strategically located throughout communities and provide patients with continuity of care other HCPs may be unable to provide. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, pharmacies remained open when other primary care providers (PCPs) were not. In addition, during times of natural disasters pharmacies tend to remain open unless there are extenuating circumstances (eg, unsafe building infrastructure, unsafe drug supply).

Emergency Response. To determine the role pharmacists play in emergency preparedness efforts we looked initially to the peer-reviewed literature (search terms: emergency preparedness, natural disasters, pharmacy/pharmacies) then turned to materials and research produced by organizations outside of the traditional commercial and academic publishing channels; however, most emergency preparedness protocols and standard operating procedures (SOPs) did not pertain to pharmacies or acknowledge the contribution of pharmacists. Researchers urge both state and federal governments to foster relationships with and use community pharmacist’s expertise and expanded roles in order to improve the nation’s public health.10

Historically, pharmacists within the US Public Health Service (PHS) have responded alongside local HCPs to meet the needs of communities during public health emergencies. Pharmacists were pivotal in the 2009 response to H1N1 influenza and the 2015 Ebola response, both abroad and within the United States.6 Pharmacists screened and triaged patients, provided life-saving vaccinations, and supported community and health care system education initiatives. However, as the COVID-19 pandemic has demonstrated, responding to a public health crisis takes more than the 1,000 pharmacists serving in the PHS.11 The American Society of Health-System Pharmacists argues that all pharmacists should be involved in working with public health planners.12

Community and health-systems pharmacists are vital to current and future public health responses and represent a largely untapped resource. Pharmacists across the country, especially in rural and underserved communities, have the potential to significantly impact emergency preparedness and response efforts. The > 319,000 US pharmacists comprise a sizable portion of the population and can play vital roles during emergency situations or disasters.13 Often after catastrophic events, community pharmacists provide first-aid, emergency refills, medication counseling, point of care testing, triage patients and serve on emergency response teams.14 However, pharmacists alone cannot address all medication-related patient needs and student pharmacists likewise have a role in emergency preparedness and response efforts. By participating in these efforts and learning these roles as students, they are better prepared to engage in emergency efforts as pharmacists.

 

 

Student pharmacist support. There are more than 140 accredited pharmacy schools across the United States, employing > 6,500 pharmacy faculty, and teaching > 63,000 student pharmacists.15 The majority of schools provide free and volunteer-based health care services and collaborate with local, regional, and national entities such as state boards of pharmacy, professional pharmacy organizations, and the American Pharmacist Association (APhA). Through the APhA Academy of Student Pharmacists (ASP), in 2018 and 2019 Operation Heart Campaign, 4,239 patients were referred to a PCP for follow-up care, 117,251 patients received health and wellness services, and 2,772,179 patients were educated regarding cardiovascular disease, the most common noncommunicable disease in the United States.16,17 Also, in 2018 and 2019, APhA-ASPs Operation Diabetes Campaign referred 3,785 patients to their PCP, provided health and wellness services to 36,334 patients, and educated 1,114,281 patients regarding DM.18

Student pharmacists are positioned across the country with reach to rural and underserved communities and have student organizational structures in place to manage student volunteers and support health care service opportunities. These structures could readily be used to augment and provide emergency pharmacy services and the coordination of chronic care services during times of emergency or disaster. Student leaders are well situated to coordinate communication and cooperation across health care disciplines and to facilitate local community pharmacy resource information collection and distribution.

Emergency Preparation Program

To address gaps in emergency preparedness and response, student pharmacists at UAA/ISU took the following steps to develop the EPRSN. Planning involved a multistep process. Step 1 identified important uncaptured data (eg, operational status, staffing, hours of operation, continuity and safety of drug supply chain, building/parking lot damage) required to direct patients to the appropriate medication-related care during an emergency. For step 2, student pharmacists obtained a list of the 138 pharmacies in Alaska from the state board of pharmacy. Pharmacies were contacted by student pharmacists using an established telephone script and updated contact information collected was stored on a secure, online drive accessible to UAA/ISU College of Pharmacy faculty and students using their UAA/ISU email address. In step 3, the APhA-ASP president elect and 3 leaders in each of the 16 APhA-ASP operation in charge of the EPRSN Alaska initiative, surveyed student leaders to determine student willingness to participate. Step 4 was to develop an organizational structure using established leadership structure to collect, capture, update, and share pharmacy data with state emergency response teams. Sustainability from year to year will be ensured through incorporation into the APhA-ASP student engagement framework (eg, annual training led by the president elect, contact information updated biyearly by student leaders, and oversight provided by College of Pharmacy faculty). Step 5 was to create SOPs, flowcharts, telephone scripts, talking points, and student training materials. And in the final preparatory step, plan documents and deliverables were provided to faculty administration and advisors within the College of Pharmacy for initial approval and presented to the student leadership for final approval.

EPRSN will be activated in the case of a natural disaster or state of emergency. Pharmacy students will contact all pharmacies within the designated area to collect up-to-date vital information (eg, operational status, staffing, hours of operation, safe drug supply, building/parking lot damage). Collected information will be disseminated to appropriate community members, HCPs, health care facilities, and emergency preparedness officials, under the direction of the Emergency Program Manager. 

 

 

Discussion

In order to make informed and timely decisions during emergency situations, patients, HCPs, and health care systems must have appropriate situational awareness. The ability of decision makers to respond is directly dependent on timeliness and relevance of the information collected and shared and greatly contributes to this awareness. Accurate, effective, and consistent information collection has historically been one of the greatest challenges to situational awareness. This is particularly important in times of disaster when necessary emergency situation data may not exist, tools to collect data are inefficient and/or ineffective, and/or current data are inaccessible to relevant parties.19 This was the case in the Alaska earthquake of 2018 and more recently the COVID-19 pandemic of 2020 where information sharing deficits and structural barriers became even more evident.  

Transfer of knowledge and information is especially critical during an emergency situation. Ineffective communication and information sharing results in transfer gaps. Gaps that result from inadequate transfers of care between HCPs are referred to as hand-off gaps. Training gaps result from inadequate preparation on the part of HCPs and civic leaders as well as in public health policies and procedures and in understanding of needs in emergent situations. Organization gaps occur when an individual changes positions or leaves a given institution and the acquired knowledge is not shared with others before departure or the replacement individual does not receive necessary training. 

In both the Alaska earthquake and the COVID-19 pandemic, gaps in hand-offs, training, and organization were identified. Pharmacists were involved in the solution, providing care, addressing unmet health needs, and supporting the health care system. Many patients and HCPs remain unaware of the services pharmacists are capable and willing to provide, but at even a more basic level they are unsure of what services may be needed in emergency situations. Pharmacists are often used and considered vital HCPs after natural disasters or emergency situations, providing services that extend beyond their normal duties, yet remain within their SOP and expertise and address the medication management needs of their patients, ensuring safe, effective, and continuous access to needed pharmaceuticals.

It is vital that pharmacists and student pharmacists take an active role in emergency preparedness, that students get involved early in outreach and engagement initiatives for which they are ideally suited to coordinate in their communities, and that College of Pharmacy faculty support student pharmacist efforts to continue to highlight the professional roles of pharmacists, in routine health care as well as during times of crisis or disaster. It is important to note that an indirect but important cause of patient mortality related to an emergency event is the inability to access routine health care. If pharmacists and student pharmacists were more involved in emergency preparedness and response efforts, they could play an even greater role in providing much needed health care to patients during times when the health care system is overtaxed (facilitating medication refills and providing administrative and health care support).

Conclusions

Emergency and disaster preparedness are vital to promote the appropriate use of health care resources and prevent health-related complications. Student pharmacists represent a sustainable resource, uniquely positioned to identify community needs, support emergency efforts, coordinate with local pharmacies, and work with pharmacists and others to ensure patients receive the care they need. This work has the potential to improve utilization of health care resources and service delivery during natural disasters and emergencies, on a local, state, and regional level, with the overall goal of maintaining patient health and well-being.

Over the past decade, natural disasters and health care emergencies have increased 74%, averaging 400 documented events per year.1 These unpredictable and sometimes devastating events negatively impact the physical and mental health of communities, taxing already stretched health care system resources and the economy.2,3 During many of these events, patients inappropriately use hospitals, emergency departments (EDs), and critical care resources for chronic disease and elective health care management, resulting in medication shortages, health care access concerns, and treatment delays.4

Most available emergency preparedness programs rely solely on volunteers and/or public health providers to address the resultant coverage gap; however, instability in state and federal funding can make it difficult to maintain and sustain focused preparedness and response efforts. Alaska’s vast geography, low population density (1.2 people per square mile), and access limitations (about 200 villages only reachable by air or boat) make it especially challenging to provide reliable and sustained emergency preparedness and response support. Therefore, all eligible health care providers (HCPs) in Alaska must be involved in preparedness and response efforts.

Despite being the most accessible HCPs, pharmacists and student pharmacists, have not been actively involved in statewide emergency preparedness planning and disaster management efforts in Alaska. In preparation for and during disasters, for example, pharmacists may administer vaccinations, conduct point of care testing, dispense emergency medications, provide emergency medication refills, help mitigate medication shortages, and provide reliable health information to other health care professionals, patients, and their families as they prepare for and manage care during the event.4

The goal of this paper is to share the experience at the University of Alaska Anchorage/Idaho State University College of Pharmacy (UAA/ISU) in the development and implementation of a sustainable emergency preparedness and response support network (EPRSN) model; leveraging an established university student leadership structure and Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) students to support sharing of information among community pharmacies, state emergency response teams, and community members. 

2018 Alaska Earthquake

On November 30, 2018, southcentral Alaska experienced a magnitude 7.1 earthquake, affecting nearly 295,000 people (approximately 40% of Alaska’s population) damaging roads, buildings, homes, and health care facilities. Emergency response efforts were quickly overwhelmed and hospital EDs became overburdened with patients seeking not only emergent, but also chronic care along with requests for prescription refills.

During disasters, disruptions in medication access and adherence are common. Disruptions can lead to disease exacerbation or progression, hospitalization, and/or death; all of which further contribute to the health care system and economic health burden. For example, after Hurricane Katrina, 46% of patients on hypertension medications had less than perfect adherence due to a variety of reasons (eg, not bringing any or enough medications during evacuation, lack of access to refills).5 Nonadherence to prescription hypertension medication specifically can lead to stroke, heart attack, and more rapidly progressing kidney dysfunction. Patients with diabetes mellitus (DM) also experience negative consequences due to disruptions in medication adherence.6 Lack of access to medications and supplies for DM can likewise lead to significant health sequelae, including acute hyperglycemic events, which can be life-threatening; ongoing hyperglycemia can lead to higher rates of cardiovascular disease, kidney disease, nerve damage, and diabetic retinopathy.7 However, the long-term effects of a natural disaster on health in terms of morbidity and mortality often go unreported, and their impact on chronic health conditions may be underestimated and last for years after the event.

As future health care professionals, student pharmacists continually seek opportunities to engage with and support communities; including preparing for, responding to, mitigating against, and recovering from disasters that affect the health care system and access to needed drug therapies. After the earthquake, student pharmacists reached out to state and local emergency response programs detailed within The State of Alaska Emergency Operations Plan to find opportunities to volunteer.

Agencies contacted included the Office of Emergency Management (OEM) for the Municipality of Anchorage. OEM partners with local health, fire, and police departments, the Alaska Department of Health and Social Services and Emergency Management, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, American Red Cross, and the Salvation Army. It is important to note, due to lack of funding, Alaska no longer has a Medical Reserve Corps, which significantly impacts community emergency response and resilience efforts. After the earthquake, the emergency program manager extended an invitation to student pharmacists to join the joint medical emergency conference call, where local HCPs discuss emergency protocols, identify gaps, and work together to identify solutions.

During this call there was a consensus among HCPs that many patients were inappropriately seeking to fill and refill prescription medications in the ED, and staff were ill-prepared to guide patients to the appropriate services, unaware of which pharmacies were impacted by the earthquake; therefore unable to direct patients to still-operational pharmacies in the area. Together faculty and students discussed how student pharmacists could be involved in filling these identified information gaps and enhance communication among HCPs and entities. It was determined that if student pharmacists established and maintained open lines of communication with community pharmacists, they could efficiently determine which pharmacies were open and operational after disasters and disseminate that information to EDs and health care facilities in order to better direct patients to appropriate health care services.

 

 

Observations 

A question/answer format and time line approach was used to review the steps leading to EPRSN program development and establishment of project/model deliverables.

Identified gaps

Chronic disease management. According to interviews conducted by the National Center for Disaster Preparedness, people often inappropriately use EDs during disasters.8 EDs do not stock enough medications to refill prescriptions for patients outside of their emergent care needs and are typically ill-suited for patients’ chronic disease management. At the time of the earthquake in Alaska no specific place/organization had been established to collect, store, or disseminate information regarding available pharmacy resources in an emergency. Had such a system been in place to actively inform HCPs and community members which pharmacies were open and operational, it is likely that many negative consequences related to health care utilization could have been reduced or avoided, including the number of people inappropriately using EDs for chronic prescription medication refills. This would not only reduce the burden on the health care system but allow for patients with both emergency and chronic needs to be seen quickly and prevent unnecessary health care costs.

Pharmacists play a vital role in managing chronic diseases.9 Due to extensive education and training, they are considered medication experts, ideally suited to manage chronic medication therapy, help prevent or minimize disease exacerbation and/or progression, reduce preventable health care costs, improve patient quality of life, and reduce morbidity and mortality.9 Pharmacists are accessible and strategically located throughout communities and provide patients with continuity of care other HCPs may be unable to provide. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, pharmacies remained open when other primary care providers (PCPs) were not. In addition, during times of natural disasters pharmacies tend to remain open unless there are extenuating circumstances (eg, unsafe building infrastructure, unsafe drug supply).

Emergency Response. To determine the role pharmacists play in emergency preparedness efforts we looked initially to the peer-reviewed literature (search terms: emergency preparedness, natural disasters, pharmacy/pharmacies) then turned to materials and research produced by organizations outside of the traditional commercial and academic publishing channels; however, most emergency preparedness protocols and standard operating procedures (SOPs) did not pertain to pharmacies or acknowledge the contribution of pharmacists. Researchers urge both state and federal governments to foster relationships with and use community pharmacist’s expertise and expanded roles in order to improve the nation’s public health.10

Historically, pharmacists within the US Public Health Service (PHS) have responded alongside local HCPs to meet the needs of communities during public health emergencies. Pharmacists were pivotal in the 2009 response to H1N1 influenza and the 2015 Ebola response, both abroad and within the United States.6 Pharmacists screened and triaged patients, provided life-saving vaccinations, and supported community and health care system education initiatives. However, as the COVID-19 pandemic has demonstrated, responding to a public health crisis takes more than the 1,000 pharmacists serving in the PHS.11 The American Society of Health-System Pharmacists argues that all pharmacists should be involved in working with public health planners.12

Community and health-systems pharmacists are vital to current and future public health responses and represent a largely untapped resource. Pharmacists across the country, especially in rural and underserved communities, have the potential to significantly impact emergency preparedness and response efforts. The > 319,000 US pharmacists comprise a sizable portion of the population and can play vital roles during emergency situations or disasters.13 Often after catastrophic events, community pharmacists provide first-aid, emergency refills, medication counseling, point of care testing, triage patients and serve on emergency response teams.14 However, pharmacists alone cannot address all medication-related patient needs and student pharmacists likewise have a role in emergency preparedness and response efforts. By participating in these efforts and learning these roles as students, they are better prepared to engage in emergency efforts as pharmacists.

 

 

Student pharmacist support. There are more than 140 accredited pharmacy schools across the United States, employing > 6,500 pharmacy faculty, and teaching > 63,000 student pharmacists.15 The majority of schools provide free and volunteer-based health care services and collaborate with local, regional, and national entities such as state boards of pharmacy, professional pharmacy organizations, and the American Pharmacist Association (APhA). Through the APhA Academy of Student Pharmacists (ASP), in 2018 and 2019 Operation Heart Campaign, 4,239 patients were referred to a PCP for follow-up care, 117,251 patients received health and wellness services, and 2,772,179 patients were educated regarding cardiovascular disease, the most common noncommunicable disease in the United States.16,17 Also, in 2018 and 2019, APhA-ASPs Operation Diabetes Campaign referred 3,785 patients to their PCP, provided health and wellness services to 36,334 patients, and educated 1,114,281 patients regarding DM.18

Student pharmacists are positioned across the country with reach to rural and underserved communities and have student organizational structures in place to manage student volunteers and support health care service opportunities. These structures could readily be used to augment and provide emergency pharmacy services and the coordination of chronic care services during times of emergency or disaster. Student leaders are well situated to coordinate communication and cooperation across health care disciplines and to facilitate local community pharmacy resource information collection and distribution.

Emergency Preparation Program

To address gaps in emergency preparedness and response, student pharmacists at UAA/ISU took the following steps to develop the EPRSN. Planning involved a multistep process. Step 1 identified important uncaptured data (eg, operational status, staffing, hours of operation, continuity and safety of drug supply chain, building/parking lot damage) required to direct patients to the appropriate medication-related care during an emergency. For step 2, student pharmacists obtained a list of the 138 pharmacies in Alaska from the state board of pharmacy. Pharmacies were contacted by student pharmacists using an established telephone script and updated contact information collected was stored on a secure, online drive accessible to UAA/ISU College of Pharmacy faculty and students using their UAA/ISU email address. In step 3, the APhA-ASP president elect and 3 leaders in each of the 16 APhA-ASP operation in charge of the EPRSN Alaska initiative, surveyed student leaders to determine student willingness to participate. Step 4 was to develop an organizational structure using established leadership structure to collect, capture, update, and share pharmacy data with state emergency response teams. Sustainability from year to year will be ensured through incorporation into the APhA-ASP student engagement framework (eg, annual training led by the president elect, contact information updated biyearly by student leaders, and oversight provided by College of Pharmacy faculty). Step 5 was to create SOPs, flowcharts, telephone scripts, talking points, and student training materials. And in the final preparatory step, plan documents and deliverables were provided to faculty administration and advisors within the College of Pharmacy for initial approval and presented to the student leadership for final approval.

EPRSN will be activated in the case of a natural disaster or state of emergency. Pharmacy students will contact all pharmacies within the designated area to collect up-to-date vital information (eg, operational status, staffing, hours of operation, safe drug supply, building/parking lot damage). Collected information will be disseminated to appropriate community members, HCPs, health care facilities, and emergency preparedness officials, under the direction of the Emergency Program Manager. 

 

 

Discussion

In order to make informed and timely decisions during emergency situations, patients, HCPs, and health care systems must have appropriate situational awareness. The ability of decision makers to respond is directly dependent on timeliness and relevance of the information collected and shared and greatly contributes to this awareness. Accurate, effective, and consistent information collection has historically been one of the greatest challenges to situational awareness. This is particularly important in times of disaster when necessary emergency situation data may not exist, tools to collect data are inefficient and/or ineffective, and/or current data are inaccessible to relevant parties.19 This was the case in the Alaska earthquake of 2018 and more recently the COVID-19 pandemic of 2020 where information sharing deficits and structural barriers became even more evident.  

Transfer of knowledge and information is especially critical during an emergency situation. Ineffective communication and information sharing results in transfer gaps. Gaps that result from inadequate transfers of care between HCPs are referred to as hand-off gaps. Training gaps result from inadequate preparation on the part of HCPs and civic leaders as well as in public health policies and procedures and in understanding of needs in emergent situations. Organization gaps occur when an individual changes positions or leaves a given institution and the acquired knowledge is not shared with others before departure or the replacement individual does not receive necessary training. 

In both the Alaska earthquake and the COVID-19 pandemic, gaps in hand-offs, training, and organization were identified. Pharmacists were involved in the solution, providing care, addressing unmet health needs, and supporting the health care system. Many patients and HCPs remain unaware of the services pharmacists are capable and willing to provide, but at even a more basic level they are unsure of what services may be needed in emergency situations. Pharmacists are often used and considered vital HCPs after natural disasters or emergency situations, providing services that extend beyond their normal duties, yet remain within their SOP and expertise and address the medication management needs of their patients, ensuring safe, effective, and continuous access to needed pharmaceuticals.

It is vital that pharmacists and student pharmacists take an active role in emergency preparedness, that students get involved early in outreach and engagement initiatives for which they are ideally suited to coordinate in their communities, and that College of Pharmacy faculty support student pharmacist efforts to continue to highlight the professional roles of pharmacists, in routine health care as well as during times of crisis or disaster. It is important to note that an indirect but important cause of patient mortality related to an emergency event is the inability to access routine health care. If pharmacists and student pharmacists were more involved in emergency preparedness and response efforts, they could play an even greater role in providing much needed health care to patients during times when the health care system is overtaxed (facilitating medication refills and providing administrative and health care support).

Conclusions

Emergency and disaster preparedness are vital to promote the appropriate use of health care resources and prevent health-related complications. Student pharmacists represent a sustainable resource, uniquely positioned to identify community needs, support emergency efforts, coordinate with local pharmacies, and work with pharmacists and others to ensure patients receive the care they need. This work has the potential to improve utilization of health care resources and service delivery during natural disasters and emergencies, on a local, state, and regional level, with the overall goal of maintaining patient health and well-being.

References

1. Ritchie H, Roser M. Natural disasters. Updated November 2019. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://ourworldindata.org/natural-disasters

2. Freedy JR, Simpson WM Jr. Disaster-related physical and mental health: a role for the family physician. Am Fam Physician. 2007;75(6):841-846.

3. Martin U. Health after disaster: a perspective of psychological/health reactions to disaster. Cogent Psychol. 2015;2(1):1053741. doi:10.1080/23311908.2015.1053741

4. Joy K. Ripple effect: how hurricanes and other disasters affect hospital care. Published September 11, 2017. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://labblog.uofmhealth.org/industry-dx/ripple-effect-how-hurricanes-and-other-disasters-affect-hospital-care

5. Krousel-Wood MA, Islam T, Muntner P, et al. Medication adherence in older clinic patients with hypertension after Hurricane Katrina: implications for clinical practice and disaster management. Am J Med Sci. 2008;336(2):99-104. doi:10.1097/MAJ.0b013e318180f14f

6. Cefalu WT, Smith SR, Blonde L, Fonseca V. The Hurricane Katrina aftermath and its impact on diabetes care: observations from “ground zero”: lessons in disaster preparedness of people with diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2006;29(1):158-160. doi:10.2337/diacare.29.1.158

7. Fonseca VA, Smith H, Kuhadiya N, et al. Impact of a natural disaster on diabetes: exacerbation of disparities and long-term consequences. Diabetes Care. 2009;32(9):1632-1638. doi:10.2337/dc09-0670

8. Suneja A, Chandler TE, Schlegelmilch J, May M, Redlener IE; Columbia University Earth Institute. Chronic disease after natural disasters: public health, policy, and provider perspectives. Published November 12, 2018. Accessed March 12, 2021. doi:10.7916/D8ZP5Q23

9. Kehrer JP, Eberhart G, Wing M, Horon K. Pharmacy’s role in a modern health continuum. Can Pharm J (Ott). 2013;146(6):321-324. doi:10.1177/1715163513506370

10. Shearer MP, Geleta A, Adalja A, Gronvall GK; Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health Center for Health Security. Serving the greater good: public health & community pharmacy partnerships. Published October 2017. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.centerforhealthsecurity.org/our-work/pubs_archive/pubs-pdfs/2017/public-health-and-community-pharmacy-partnerships-report.pdf

11. Flowers L, Wick J, Figg WD Sr, et al. U.S. Public Health Service Commissioned Corps pharmacists: making a difference in advancing the nation’s health. J Am Pharm Assoc (2003). 2009;49(3):446-452. doi:10.1331/JAPhA.2009.08036

12. American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. ASHP Statement on the Role of Health-System Pharmacists in Public Health. Am J Health Syst Pharm. 2008;65(5):462-467. doi:10.2146/ajhp070399

13. Deloitte. Data USA: pharmacists. Accessed June 2, 2020. https://datausa.io/profile/soc/pharmacists

14. Menighan TE. Pharmacists have major role in emergency response. Pharmacy Today. 2016;22(8):8. doi:10.1016/j.ptdy.2016.07.009

15. American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy. Academic pharmacy’s vital statistics. Updated July 2020. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.aacp.org/article/academic-pharmacys-vital-statistics

16. American Pharmacists Association. APhA-ASP Operation Heart. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.pharmacist.com/apha-asp-operation-heart

17. World Health Organization. Noncommunicable diseases. Updated June 1, 2018. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.who.int/en/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/noncommunicable-diseases

18. American Pharmacists Association. APhA-ASP Operation Diabetes. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.pharmacist.com/apha-asp-operation-diabetes

19. Reeve M, Wizemann T, Altevogt B. Enabling Rapid and Sustainable Public Health Research During Disasters: Summary of a Joint Workshop by the Institute of Medicine and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. National Academies Press; 2015.

References

1. Ritchie H, Roser M. Natural disasters. Updated November 2019. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://ourworldindata.org/natural-disasters

2. Freedy JR, Simpson WM Jr. Disaster-related physical and mental health: a role for the family physician. Am Fam Physician. 2007;75(6):841-846.

3. Martin U. Health after disaster: a perspective of psychological/health reactions to disaster. Cogent Psychol. 2015;2(1):1053741. doi:10.1080/23311908.2015.1053741

4. Joy K. Ripple effect: how hurricanes and other disasters affect hospital care. Published September 11, 2017. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://labblog.uofmhealth.org/industry-dx/ripple-effect-how-hurricanes-and-other-disasters-affect-hospital-care

5. Krousel-Wood MA, Islam T, Muntner P, et al. Medication adherence in older clinic patients with hypertension after Hurricane Katrina: implications for clinical practice and disaster management. Am J Med Sci. 2008;336(2):99-104. doi:10.1097/MAJ.0b013e318180f14f

6. Cefalu WT, Smith SR, Blonde L, Fonseca V. The Hurricane Katrina aftermath and its impact on diabetes care: observations from “ground zero”: lessons in disaster preparedness of people with diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2006;29(1):158-160. doi:10.2337/diacare.29.1.158

7. Fonseca VA, Smith H, Kuhadiya N, et al. Impact of a natural disaster on diabetes: exacerbation of disparities and long-term consequences. Diabetes Care. 2009;32(9):1632-1638. doi:10.2337/dc09-0670

8. Suneja A, Chandler TE, Schlegelmilch J, May M, Redlener IE; Columbia University Earth Institute. Chronic disease after natural disasters: public health, policy, and provider perspectives. Published November 12, 2018. Accessed March 12, 2021. doi:10.7916/D8ZP5Q23

9. Kehrer JP, Eberhart G, Wing M, Horon K. Pharmacy’s role in a modern health continuum. Can Pharm J (Ott). 2013;146(6):321-324. doi:10.1177/1715163513506370

10. Shearer MP, Geleta A, Adalja A, Gronvall GK; Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health Center for Health Security. Serving the greater good: public health & community pharmacy partnerships. Published October 2017. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.centerforhealthsecurity.org/our-work/pubs_archive/pubs-pdfs/2017/public-health-and-community-pharmacy-partnerships-report.pdf

11. Flowers L, Wick J, Figg WD Sr, et al. U.S. Public Health Service Commissioned Corps pharmacists: making a difference in advancing the nation’s health. J Am Pharm Assoc (2003). 2009;49(3):446-452. doi:10.1331/JAPhA.2009.08036

12. American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. ASHP Statement on the Role of Health-System Pharmacists in Public Health. Am J Health Syst Pharm. 2008;65(5):462-467. doi:10.2146/ajhp070399

13. Deloitte. Data USA: pharmacists. Accessed June 2, 2020. https://datausa.io/profile/soc/pharmacists

14. Menighan TE. Pharmacists have major role in emergency response. Pharmacy Today. 2016;22(8):8. doi:10.1016/j.ptdy.2016.07.009

15. American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy. Academic pharmacy’s vital statistics. Updated July 2020. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.aacp.org/article/academic-pharmacys-vital-statistics

16. American Pharmacists Association. APhA-ASP Operation Heart. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.pharmacist.com/apha-asp-operation-heart

17. World Health Organization. Noncommunicable diseases. Updated June 1, 2018. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.who.int/en/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/noncommunicable-diseases

18. American Pharmacists Association. APhA-ASP Operation Diabetes. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.pharmacist.com/apha-asp-operation-diabetes

19. Reeve M, Wizemann T, Altevogt B. Enabling Rapid and Sustainable Public Health Research During Disasters: Summary of a Joint Workshop by the Institute of Medicine and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. National Academies Press; 2015.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Page Number
154-159
Page Number
154-159
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
Article PDF Media

Lasting norovirus immunity may depend on T cells

Norovirus-specific cell immunity is durable
Article Type
Changed

 

Protection against norovirus gastroenteritis is supported in part by norovirus-specific CD8+ T cells that reside in peripheral, intestinal, and lymphoid tissues, according to investigators.

These findings, and the molecular tools used to discover them, could guide development of a norovirus vaccine and novel cellular therapies, according to lead author Ajinkya Pattekar, MD, of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, and colleagues.

“Currently, there are no approved pharmacologic therapies against norovirus, and despite several promising clinical trials, an effective vaccine is not available,” the investigators wrote in Cellular and Molecular Gastroenterology and Hepatology, which may stem from an incomplete understanding of norovirus immunity, according to Dr. Pattekar and colleagues.

They noted that most previous research has focused on humoral immunity, which appears variable between individuals, with some people exhibiting a strong humoral response, while others mount only partial humoral protection. The investigators also noted that, depending on which studies were examined, this type of defense could last years or fade within weeks to months and that “immune mechanisms other than antibodies may be important for protection against noroviruses.”

Specifically, cellular immunity may be at work. A 2020 study involving volunteers showed that T cells were cross-reactive to a type of norovirus the participants had never been exposed to.

“These findings suggest that T cells may target conserved epitopes and could offer cross-protection against a broad range of noroviruses,” Dr. Pattekar and colleagues wrote.

To test this hypothesis, they first collected peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) from three healthy volunteers with unknown norovirus exposure history. Then serum samples were screened for norovirus functional antibodies via the binding between virus-like particles (VLPs) and histo–blood group antigens (HBGAs). This revealed disparate profiles of blocking antibodies against various norovirus strains. While donor 1 and donor 2 had antibodies against multiple strains, donor 3 lacked norovirus antibodies. Further testing showed that this latter individual was a nonsecretor with limited exposure history.

Next, the investigators tested donor PBMCs for norovirus-specific T-cell responses with use of overlapping libraries of peptides for each of the three norovirus open reading frames (ORF1, ORF2, and ORF3). T-cell responses, predominantly involving CD8+ T cells, were observed in all donors. While donor 1 had the greatest response to ORF1, donors 2 and 3 had responses that focused on ORF2.

“Thus, norovirus-specific T cells targeting ORF1 and ORF2 epitopes are present in peripheral blood from healthy donors regardless of secretor status,” the investigators wrote.

To better characterize T-cell epitopes, the investigators subdivided the overlapping peptide libraries into groups of shorter peptides, then exposed serum to these smaller component pools. This revealed eight HLA class I restricted epitopes that were derived from a genogroup II.4 pandemic norovirus strain; this group of variants has been responsible for all six of the norovirus pandemics since 1996.

Closer examination of the epitopes showed that they were “broadly conserved beyond GII.4.” Only one epitope exhibited variation in the C-terminal aromatic anchor, and it was nondominant. The investigators therefore identified seven immunodominant CD8+ epitopes, which they considered “valuable targets for vaccine and cell-based therapies.

“These data further confirm that epitope-specific CD8+ T cells are a universal feature of the overall norovirus immune response and could be an attractive target for future vaccines,” the investigators wrote.

Additional testing involving samples of spleen, mesenteric lymph nodes, and duodenum from deceased individuals showed presence of norovirus-specific CD8+ T cells, with particular abundance in intestinal tissue, and distinct phenotypes and functional properties in different tissue types.

“Future studies using tetramers and intestinal samples should build on these observations and fully define the location and microenvironment of norovirus-specific T cells,” the investigators wrote. “If carried out in the context of a vaccine trial, such studies could be highly valuable in elucidating tissue-resident memory correlates of norovirus immunity.”

The study was funded by the National Institutes of Health, the Wellcome Trust, and Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft. The investigators reported no conflicts of interest.

Body

 

Understanding the immune correlates of protection for norovirus is important for the development and evaluation of candidate vaccines and to better clarify the variation in host susceptibility to infection.

Dr. Craig B. Wilen

Prior research on the human immune response to norovirus infection has largely focused on the antibody response. There is less known about the antinorovirus T cell response, which can target and clear virus-infected cells. Notably, anti-viral CD8+ T cells are critical for control of norovirus infection in mouse models, which suggests a similarly important role in humans. In this study by Dr. Pattekar and colleagues, the authors generated human norovirus-specific peptides covering the entire viral proteome, and then they used these peptides to identify and characterize norovirus-specific CD8+ T cells from the blood, spleen, lymph nodes, and intestinal lamina propria of human donors who were not actively infected by norovirus. The authors identified virus-specific memory T cells in the blood and intestines. Further, they found several HLA class I restricted virus epitopes that are highly conserved amongst the most commonly circulating GII.4 noroviruses. These norovirus-specific T cells represented about 0.5% of all cells and reveal that norovirus induces a durable population of memory T cells.

Further research is needed to determine whether norovirus-specific CD8+ T cells are necessary or sufficient for preventing norovirus infection and disease in people. This important study provides novel tools and increases our understanding of cell-mediated immunity to human norovirus infection that will influence future vaccine design and evaluation for this important human pathogen.

Craig B. Wilen, MD, PhD, is assistant professor of laboratory medicine and immunobiology at Yale University, New Haven, Conn. He does not have any conflicts to disclose.

Publications
Topics
Sections
Body

 

Understanding the immune correlates of protection for norovirus is important for the development and evaluation of candidate vaccines and to better clarify the variation in host susceptibility to infection.

Dr. Craig B. Wilen

Prior research on the human immune response to norovirus infection has largely focused on the antibody response. There is less known about the antinorovirus T cell response, which can target and clear virus-infected cells. Notably, anti-viral CD8+ T cells are critical for control of norovirus infection in mouse models, which suggests a similarly important role in humans. In this study by Dr. Pattekar and colleagues, the authors generated human norovirus-specific peptides covering the entire viral proteome, and then they used these peptides to identify and characterize norovirus-specific CD8+ T cells from the blood, spleen, lymph nodes, and intestinal lamina propria of human donors who were not actively infected by norovirus. The authors identified virus-specific memory T cells in the blood and intestines. Further, they found several HLA class I restricted virus epitopes that are highly conserved amongst the most commonly circulating GII.4 noroviruses. These norovirus-specific T cells represented about 0.5% of all cells and reveal that norovirus induces a durable population of memory T cells.

Further research is needed to determine whether norovirus-specific CD8+ T cells are necessary or sufficient for preventing norovirus infection and disease in people. This important study provides novel tools and increases our understanding of cell-mediated immunity to human norovirus infection that will influence future vaccine design and evaluation for this important human pathogen.

Craig B. Wilen, MD, PhD, is assistant professor of laboratory medicine and immunobiology at Yale University, New Haven, Conn. He does not have any conflicts to disclose.

Body

 

Understanding the immune correlates of protection for norovirus is important for the development and evaluation of candidate vaccines and to better clarify the variation in host susceptibility to infection.

Dr. Craig B. Wilen

Prior research on the human immune response to norovirus infection has largely focused on the antibody response. There is less known about the antinorovirus T cell response, which can target and clear virus-infected cells. Notably, anti-viral CD8+ T cells are critical for control of norovirus infection in mouse models, which suggests a similarly important role in humans. In this study by Dr. Pattekar and colleagues, the authors generated human norovirus-specific peptides covering the entire viral proteome, and then they used these peptides to identify and characterize norovirus-specific CD8+ T cells from the blood, spleen, lymph nodes, and intestinal lamina propria of human donors who were not actively infected by norovirus. The authors identified virus-specific memory T cells in the blood and intestines. Further, they found several HLA class I restricted virus epitopes that are highly conserved amongst the most commonly circulating GII.4 noroviruses. These norovirus-specific T cells represented about 0.5% of all cells and reveal that norovirus induces a durable population of memory T cells.

Further research is needed to determine whether norovirus-specific CD8+ T cells are necessary or sufficient for preventing norovirus infection and disease in people. This important study provides novel tools and increases our understanding of cell-mediated immunity to human norovirus infection that will influence future vaccine design and evaluation for this important human pathogen.

Craig B. Wilen, MD, PhD, is assistant professor of laboratory medicine and immunobiology at Yale University, New Haven, Conn. He does not have any conflicts to disclose.

Title
Norovirus-specific cell immunity is durable
Norovirus-specific cell immunity is durable

 

Protection against norovirus gastroenteritis is supported in part by norovirus-specific CD8+ T cells that reside in peripheral, intestinal, and lymphoid tissues, according to investigators.

These findings, and the molecular tools used to discover them, could guide development of a norovirus vaccine and novel cellular therapies, according to lead author Ajinkya Pattekar, MD, of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, and colleagues.

“Currently, there are no approved pharmacologic therapies against norovirus, and despite several promising clinical trials, an effective vaccine is not available,” the investigators wrote in Cellular and Molecular Gastroenterology and Hepatology, which may stem from an incomplete understanding of norovirus immunity, according to Dr. Pattekar and colleagues.

They noted that most previous research has focused on humoral immunity, which appears variable between individuals, with some people exhibiting a strong humoral response, while others mount only partial humoral protection. The investigators also noted that, depending on which studies were examined, this type of defense could last years or fade within weeks to months and that “immune mechanisms other than antibodies may be important for protection against noroviruses.”

Specifically, cellular immunity may be at work. A 2020 study involving volunteers showed that T cells were cross-reactive to a type of norovirus the participants had never been exposed to.

“These findings suggest that T cells may target conserved epitopes and could offer cross-protection against a broad range of noroviruses,” Dr. Pattekar and colleagues wrote.

To test this hypothesis, they first collected peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) from three healthy volunteers with unknown norovirus exposure history. Then serum samples were screened for norovirus functional antibodies via the binding between virus-like particles (VLPs) and histo–blood group antigens (HBGAs). This revealed disparate profiles of blocking antibodies against various norovirus strains. While donor 1 and donor 2 had antibodies against multiple strains, donor 3 lacked norovirus antibodies. Further testing showed that this latter individual was a nonsecretor with limited exposure history.

Next, the investigators tested donor PBMCs for norovirus-specific T-cell responses with use of overlapping libraries of peptides for each of the three norovirus open reading frames (ORF1, ORF2, and ORF3). T-cell responses, predominantly involving CD8+ T cells, were observed in all donors. While donor 1 had the greatest response to ORF1, donors 2 and 3 had responses that focused on ORF2.

“Thus, norovirus-specific T cells targeting ORF1 and ORF2 epitopes are present in peripheral blood from healthy donors regardless of secretor status,” the investigators wrote.

To better characterize T-cell epitopes, the investigators subdivided the overlapping peptide libraries into groups of shorter peptides, then exposed serum to these smaller component pools. This revealed eight HLA class I restricted epitopes that were derived from a genogroup II.4 pandemic norovirus strain; this group of variants has been responsible for all six of the norovirus pandemics since 1996.

Closer examination of the epitopes showed that they were “broadly conserved beyond GII.4.” Only one epitope exhibited variation in the C-terminal aromatic anchor, and it was nondominant. The investigators therefore identified seven immunodominant CD8+ epitopes, which they considered “valuable targets for vaccine and cell-based therapies.

“These data further confirm that epitope-specific CD8+ T cells are a universal feature of the overall norovirus immune response and could be an attractive target for future vaccines,” the investigators wrote.

Additional testing involving samples of spleen, mesenteric lymph nodes, and duodenum from deceased individuals showed presence of norovirus-specific CD8+ T cells, with particular abundance in intestinal tissue, and distinct phenotypes and functional properties in different tissue types.

“Future studies using tetramers and intestinal samples should build on these observations and fully define the location and microenvironment of norovirus-specific T cells,” the investigators wrote. “If carried out in the context of a vaccine trial, such studies could be highly valuable in elucidating tissue-resident memory correlates of norovirus immunity.”

The study was funded by the National Institutes of Health, the Wellcome Trust, and Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft. The investigators reported no conflicts of interest.

 

Protection against norovirus gastroenteritis is supported in part by norovirus-specific CD8+ T cells that reside in peripheral, intestinal, and lymphoid tissues, according to investigators.

These findings, and the molecular tools used to discover them, could guide development of a norovirus vaccine and novel cellular therapies, according to lead author Ajinkya Pattekar, MD, of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, and colleagues.

“Currently, there are no approved pharmacologic therapies against norovirus, and despite several promising clinical trials, an effective vaccine is not available,” the investigators wrote in Cellular and Molecular Gastroenterology and Hepatology, which may stem from an incomplete understanding of norovirus immunity, according to Dr. Pattekar and colleagues.

They noted that most previous research has focused on humoral immunity, which appears variable between individuals, with some people exhibiting a strong humoral response, while others mount only partial humoral protection. The investigators also noted that, depending on which studies were examined, this type of defense could last years or fade within weeks to months and that “immune mechanisms other than antibodies may be important for protection against noroviruses.”

Specifically, cellular immunity may be at work. A 2020 study involving volunteers showed that T cells were cross-reactive to a type of norovirus the participants had never been exposed to.

“These findings suggest that T cells may target conserved epitopes and could offer cross-protection against a broad range of noroviruses,” Dr. Pattekar and colleagues wrote.

To test this hypothesis, they first collected peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) from three healthy volunteers with unknown norovirus exposure history. Then serum samples were screened for norovirus functional antibodies via the binding between virus-like particles (VLPs) and histo–blood group antigens (HBGAs). This revealed disparate profiles of blocking antibodies against various norovirus strains. While donor 1 and donor 2 had antibodies against multiple strains, donor 3 lacked norovirus antibodies. Further testing showed that this latter individual was a nonsecretor with limited exposure history.

Next, the investigators tested donor PBMCs for norovirus-specific T-cell responses with use of overlapping libraries of peptides for each of the three norovirus open reading frames (ORF1, ORF2, and ORF3). T-cell responses, predominantly involving CD8+ T cells, were observed in all donors. While donor 1 had the greatest response to ORF1, donors 2 and 3 had responses that focused on ORF2.

“Thus, norovirus-specific T cells targeting ORF1 and ORF2 epitopes are present in peripheral blood from healthy donors regardless of secretor status,” the investigators wrote.

To better characterize T-cell epitopes, the investigators subdivided the overlapping peptide libraries into groups of shorter peptides, then exposed serum to these smaller component pools. This revealed eight HLA class I restricted epitopes that were derived from a genogroup II.4 pandemic norovirus strain; this group of variants has been responsible for all six of the norovirus pandemics since 1996.

Closer examination of the epitopes showed that they were “broadly conserved beyond GII.4.” Only one epitope exhibited variation in the C-terminal aromatic anchor, and it was nondominant. The investigators therefore identified seven immunodominant CD8+ epitopes, which they considered “valuable targets for vaccine and cell-based therapies.

“These data further confirm that epitope-specific CD8+ T cells are a universal feature of the overall norovirus immune response and could be an attractive target for future vaccines,” the investigators wrote.

Additional testing involving samples of spleen, mesenteric lymph nodes, and duodenum from deceased individuals showed presence of norovirus-specific CD8+ T cells, with particular abundance in intestinal tissue, and distinct phenotypes and functional properties in different tissue types.

“Future studies using tetramers and intestinal samples should build on these observations and fully define the location and microenvironment of norovirus-specific T cells,” the investigators wrote. “If carried out in the context of a vaccine trial, such studies could be highly valuable in elucidating tissue-resident memory correlates of norovirus immunity.”

The study was funded by the National Institutes of Health, the Wellcome Trust, and Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft. The investigators reported no conflicts of interest.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Article Source

FROM CELLULAR AND MOLECULAR GASTROENTEROLOGY AND HEPATOLOGY

Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads

Opioid Management in Older Adults: Lessons Learned From a Geriatric Patient-Centered Medical Home

Article Type
Changed

The United States continues to confront an opioid crisis that also affects older adults. According to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration from 1999 to 2010, there has been a 4-fold increase in opioid overdose deaths.1 Between 2010 and 2015, the rate of opioid-related inpatient stays and emergency department (ED) visits for people aged ≥ 65 years increased by 34% and 74%, respectively, and opioid-related overdose deaths continue to increase among older patients.1,2

Background

Chronic pain is estimated to affect 50 million US adults.3 Individuals receiving long-term opioid therapy may not have experienced relief with other medications or cannot take them for medical safety reasons. Losing access to opioid prescriptions can contribute to misuse of illicit opioids. Implementing best practices for prescription opioid management in older adults is challenging. Older adults have a high prevalence of chronic pain, which is linked to disability and loss of function, reduced mobility, falls, depression, anxiety, sleep disorders, social isolation, and suicide or suicidal ideation.4 Until recently, chronic pain in older adults was often treated primarily with long-term opioid prescriptions, despite little evidence for the effectiveness of that treatment for chronic conditions. The prevalence of long-term opioid use in adults has increased from 1.8% (1999-2000) to 5.4% (2013-2014), and 25% of adult long-term opioid users are aged ≥ 65 years.5

Older adults are especially vulnerable to developing adverse events (AEs) from opioid use, including constipation, confusion, nausea, falls, and overdose. These factors make safe prescribing more challenging even when opioids are an appropriate therapeutic choice. Older adults often have multiple chronic conditions and take multiple medications that increase risk of AEs due to drug-disease and drug-drug interactions. Finding appropriate alternatives for pain management can be challenging in the presence of dementia if other pharmacologic options are contraindicated or mobility issues limit access to other therapeutic options.

Pain treatment plans should be based on realistic functional goals using a shared decision-making approach accounting for patient and provider expectations. All reasonable nondrug and nonopioid treatments should be considered before opioids are initiated. A comprehensive, person-centered, approach to pain management in older adults that includes opioids, other medications, and complementary and integrative care could improve both pain control and function,and reduce the harms of unnecessary opioid exposure.6 A validated risk review should be performed and documented on all patients starting opioids except patients enrolled in hospice care.

In 2018, the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) required all facilities to complete case reviews for veterans identified in the Stratification Tool for Opioid Risk Mitigation (STORM) dashboard as being at particularly high risk for AEs among patients prescribed opioids.7 We present our experience with a 1-year management of 48 high-risk older patients receiving chronic prescription opioid therapy. These patients obtained all their care at the VA with complete record documentation.

Methods

The Tennessee Valley Healthcare System (TVHS) is an integrated VA health care system with > 100,000 veteran patients in middle Tennessee with 2 medical centers 40 miles apart, and 12 community-based outpatient clinics. In 2011, TVHS developed a geriatric patient-centered medical home model for geriatric primary care—the geriatric patient aligned care team (GeriPACT).8 GeriPACT consists of a GeriPACT primary care provider (geriatrician or geriatric nurse practitioner with a panel of about 800 outpatients), social worker, clinical pharmacist, registered nurse care manager, licensed vocational nurse, and clerical staff. GeriPACT is a special population PACT within primary care for complex geriatric and other high-risk vulnerable veterans providing integrated, interdisciplinary assessment and longitudinal management, and coordination of both VA and non-VA-funded (eg, Medicare and Medicaid) services for patients and caregivers. GeriPACT at the Nashville TVHS campus has an enrollment of 745 patients of whom 48 receive chronic prescription opioid therapy. The practice is supported by the VA Computerized Patients Record System (CPRS), including the electronic patient portal, My healtheVet, with telemedicine capabilities. Data were collected by chart review with operations data extracted from the Veterans Health Information System and Technology Architecture.

 

 

Best practices for prescription opioids for chronic pain follow the US Department of Health and Human Services Interagency Task Force pain management recommendations.4 These include: (1) Effective pain evaluation and management, including diagnostic evaluation and indicated referrals; (2) appropriately prescribed opioids when indicated; and (3) active management of opioid users to prevent AEs and misuse. Strategies used in GeriPACT were adopted from the pain management task force and designed to address needs and challenges associated with responsible chronic opioid prescribing (Table 1).



All 48 patients who were prescribed chronic opioid therapy received routine primary care at GeriPACT. A data tracking sheet was maintained from July 1, 2019 to June 30, 2020. Patients were presented for interdisciplinary collaboration and management at weekly GeriPACT where applicable continuous improvement processes were incorporated. Patients were seen every 3 to 6 months and offered dose reduction and alternative therapies at those times. All patients initiated monthly calls for medication refills and were monitored with an initial opioid contract and quarterly unannounced urine drug screens (UDSs) as well as a quarterly review of the prescription drug monitoring database (PDMD). Additionally, all patients received an Opioid Risk Tool assessment (scale 0-26; high risk ≥ 8) and a Risk Index for Overdose or Serious Opioid-Induced Respiratory Depression (RIOSORD) Score (scale 0-115).9,10 Patients with RIOSORD scores ≥ 25 (14% risk of opioid induced respiratory depression) were issued naloxone kits.

All VA patients additionally receive a risk stratification, the clinical assessment of need (CAN) score, which is a clinical predictor of hospitalization and death developed for VA populations.11 This methodology extracts predictors from 6 categories: social demographics, medical conditions, vital signs, prior year use of health services, medications, and laboratory tests and constructs logistic regression models to predict outcomes. CAN scores are on a 99-point scale, with higher scores corresponding to an increased probability of future health care events.

Our overall study was designed to meet standards for quality improvement reporting excellence (SQUIRE) criteria, and this report meets the quality improvement minimum quality criteria set (QI-MQCS) domains for reporting quality improvement work.12,13 The TVHS Institutional Review Board determined this study to be a quality improvement initiative.

Results

Chronic opioid patients comprised 6.4% of the GeriPACT population. These patients had many comorbidities, including diabetes mellitus (35%), pulmonary disease (25%), congestive heart failure (18.8%), and dementia (8%). There were 54% with estimated glomerular filtration rates (eGFR) < 60 mL/min, indicating at least stage 3 chronic kidney disease (Table 2). Patients had an average RIOSORD Score of 21 and a 14% risk of opioid induced respiratory depression, and 20% received mental health services.

The mean CAN score was 83.1, suggesting a 1-year risk of 20% for a major AE and 5% mortality risk. Many patients with chronic opioid use were transferred to GeriPACT from primary care due to presence of complex medical issues in addition to need for chronic pain management. In this population, 8% were coprescribed benzodiazepines and opioids. Consults were obtained from interventional pain for 37.5% of patients and palliative care for 27% of patients, the majority for goals of care related to chronic illness and advance directive discussions, and in 1 patient for pain and symptom management. The majority of patients (81%) had advance care planning documents or discussions documented in the electronic health record, and 87.5% of patients received home and community-based support in addition to GeriPACT care.



My healtheVet patient portal secure messaging was used a mean 2.1 times per patient (range 0-27) to maintain contact with GeriPACT providers and patients had a mean 14.5 outpatient visits yearly (range, 1-49) in addition to monthly clinic contact for opioid prescription refills (Table 3). One patient entered long-term care. Three patients expired due to congestive heart failure, sepsis, and complications following a hip fracture. Of the patients who expired, all had advance directives or hospice care involvement. The VA STORM risk tool identifies the highest risk patients: suicide risk, current opioid or substance use disorder, suicide attempt or overdose during the past year, and potential for opioid-related respiratory depression on the RIOSORD scale. None of the panel patients met high-risk criteria on the Opioid Risk Tool assessment or were identified on the facility’s highest risk category by the STORM risk tool.

 

 

Medication Reduction

Pharmacists routinely counseled patients regarding the appropriate timing of refills and made monthly calls to request refills of controlled drugs. Three patients agreed to opioid dose reduction due to improved clinical status. Two patients had 25% and 30% dose reductions, respectively, and 1 patient was able to be discontinue opioids. This was achieved through reduction of therapy and or substitution of alternative nonopioid pain medications. One patient was initiated on a slow benzodiazepine taper schedule after decades of benzodiazepine use in addition to engagement with a whole health coach and primary care mental health integration provider. Another patient was disenrolled from the clinic because of repeated nonadherence and positive UDSs for polysubstance use disorder.

Accidental Overdoses

There were 2 patients with accidental overdoses who survived, both on high morphine equivalent daily doses (MEDDs). One patient was admitted to the intensive care unit for increasing confusion after taking more than the prescribed opioids (120 mg MEDD) due to uncontrolled pain for 2 months following surgery. The second patient was taking 66 mg MEDD with multiple risk factors for respiratory depression (severe chronic obstructive pulmonary disease requiring oxygen, obstructive sleep apnea, and concomitant benzodiazepine use) who repeatedly refused tapering of opioids and benzodiazepines. He was found unresponsive in respiratory depression by home health staff. Both patients had naloxone kits in their home that were not administered.

Urine Drug Screening

There was an occasional negative opioid UDS attributed to patients on a low-dose opioid administered more than 24 hours before. Five patients (10.4%) had positive UDSs. Two patients were positive for cocaine, and because of chronic persistent pain and complex medical problems cared for in the clinic, counseled and continued on therapy with no repeat infractions. Two patients were positive for cannabinoids attributed to CBD oil products, which are legal in Tennessee. One patient had repeated positive UDSs for polysubstance abuse and was terminated from the clinic, preferring to use cannabinoids and other substances illegally. Meperidine, fentanyl, tramadol, and other synthetic opioids are not detected on a routine UDS.

Discussion

Primary care is critical in optimizing the prescribing and use of opioids in older adults. The patient-centered medical home can give health care providers the tools and support to provide evidence—based pain management for their older adult patients and to facilitate prescription and monitoring of appropriate opioid use to minimizing AEs and OUD risk. This includes a reliable health information technology monitoring system as part of a collaborative, person-centered care practice capable of managing frail older patients with multiple chronic conditions as well as social risk factors. GeriPACT was able to implement guideline—based evaluation and treatment of chronic pain patients through optimal management of opioids, risk reduction, and monitoring and management of AEs, misuse, and dose tapering using shared decision-making strategies when appropriate.

Complex older patients on chronic opioid treatment can do well and are best managed by an interdisciplinary team. Our panel had a high prevalence of chronic opioid patients and a high expected mortality based on the severity of comorbidities. Patients had frequent access to care with utilization of many support services. Patients received care for many chronic illnesses at the same time they received opioid therapy and generally were satisfied and adherent to their treatment plan. Published reports of the prevalence of coprescribing of benzodiazepines and opioids of 1.1 to 2.7% in the general population, may be lower than our veteran population.14 Despite the fact that nearly 20% of the population had a history of opioid misuse, only 1 patient was terminated from the clinic because of repeated episodes of polysubstance use disorder.

GeriPACT has the capability to be responsive to the changing needs of older chronic pain patients as a learning health system using continuous process improvement with frequent team meetings and interdisciplinary care.15 Our experience with chronic pain management demonstrates the feasibility and quality of guideline-based management and enhances our understanding of the intersection of care, chronic pain management, and opioid use disorder in older adults.

 

 

Limitations

Our experience with this population of older veterans may not be applicable to other geriatric populations. While all patients received their primary care at VA and patients were seen regularly, our data may not account for possible use of some community services, including hospitalization and long-term care.

Conclusions

Guideline-based patient-centered medical home management of patients with chronic pain treated with opioids can be an effective model to maintain and improve measures of health and well-being in older patients. Primary care management is critical in optimizing the prescribing and use of opioids in older adults. These complex older patients are best managed by an interdisciplinary team.

Acknowledgments

This work was supported in part by the Geriatric Workforce Enhancement Program, HRSA Grant: 1-U1Q-HP 033085-01-00.

References

1. Weiss AJ, Heslin KC, Barrett ML, Izar R, Bierman AS. Opioid-related inpatient stays and emergency department visits among patients aged 65 years and older, 2010 and 2015: Statistical Brief #244. In: Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project (HCUP) Statistical Briefs. Rockville (MD): Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (US); September 18, 2018.

2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. New data show significant changes in drug overdose deaths. Published March 18, 2020. Accessed March 11, 2021. https://www.cdc.gov/media/releases/2020/p0318-data-show-changes-overdose-deaths.html

3. Dahlhamer J, Lucas J, Zelaya C, et al. Prevalence of chronic pain and high-impact chronic pain among adults - United States, 2016. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2018;67(36):1001-1006. Published 2018 Sep 14. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm6736a2

4. National Institutes of Health, Interagency Pain Research Coordinating Committee. National pain strategy overview. Updated March 11, 2021. Accessed March 11, 2021. https://www.iprcc.nih.gov/national-pain-strategy-overview

5. Mojtabai R. National trends in long-term use of prescription opioids. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf. 2018;27(5):526-534. doi:10.1002/pds.4278

6. US Department of Health and Human Services. Pain management best practices inter-agency task force report: updates, gaps, inconsistencies, and recommendations. Published May 9, 2019. Accessed March 17, 2021.https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/pmtf-final-report-2019-05-23.pdf

7. Oliva EM, Bowe T, Tavakoli S, et al. Development and applications of the Veterans Health Administration’s Stratification Tool for Opioid Risk Mitigation (STORM) to improve opioid safety and prevent overdose and suicide. Psychol Serv. 2017;14(1):34-49. doi:10.1037/ser0000099

8. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Geriatric patient aligned care team (Geri-PACT). Published June 15, 2015. Accessed March 11, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vhapublications/ViewPublication.asp?pub_ID=3115

9. Webster LR, Webster RM. Predicting aberrant behaviors in opioid-treated patients: preliminary validation of the Opioid Risk Tool. Pain Med. 2005;6(6):432-442. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4637.2005.00072.x

10. Zedler B, Xie L, Wang L, et al. Development of a risk index for serious prescription opioid-induced respiratory depression or overdose in Veterans’ Health Administration patients. Pain Med. 2015;16(8):1566-1579. doi:10.1111/pme.12777

11. Wang L, Porter B, Maynard C, et al. Predicting risk of hospitalization or death among patients receiving primary care in the Veterans Health Administration. Med Care. 2013;51(4):368-373. doi:10.1097/MLR.0b013e31827da95a

12. Ogrinc G, Mooney SE, Estrada C, et al. The SQUIRE (Standards for QUality Improvement Reporting Excellence) guidelines for quality improvement reporting: explanation and elaboration. Qual Saf Health Care. 2008;17(suppl 1):i13-i32. doi:10.1136/qshc.2008.029058

13. Hempel S, Shekelle PG, Liu JL, et al. Development of the Quality Improvement Minimum Quality Criteria Set (QI-MQCS): a tool for critical appraisal of quality improvement intervention publications. BMJ Qual Saf. 2015;24(12):796-804. doi:10.1136/bmjqs-2014-003151

14. Rhee TG. Coprescribing of Benzodiazepines and Opioids in Older Adults: Rates, Correlates, and National Trends. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2019;74(12):1910-1915. doi:10.1093/gerona/gly283

15. National Academy of Medicine. The Learning Healthcare System: Workshop Summary. The National Academies Press; 2007. doi:10.17226/11903.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Nkechi Azubike is an Advanced Practice Nurse, Michelle Moseley is a Clinical Pharmacist, and James Powers is the Clinical Associate Director at the Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Center, all at the Tennessee Valley Healthcare System. James Powers is a Geriatrician at the Vanderbilt Center for Quality Aging in Nashville.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Publications
Topics
Page Number
168-173
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Nkechi Azubike is an Advanced Practice Nurse, Michelle Moseley is a Clinical Pharmacist, and James Powers is the Clinical Associate Director at the Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Center, all at the Tennessee Valley Healthcare System. James Powers is a Geriatrician at the Vanderbilt Center for Quality Aging in Nashville.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Author and Disclosure Information

Nkechi Azubike is an Advanced Practice Nurse, Michelle Moseley is a Clinical Pharmacist, and James Powers is the Clinical Associate Director at the Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Center, all at the Tennessee Valley Healthcare System. James Powers is a Geriatrician at the Vanderbilt Center for Quality Aging in Nashville.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

The United States continues to confront an opioid crisis that also affects older adults. According to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration from 1999 to 2010, there has been a 4-fold increase in opioid overdose deaths.1 Between 2010 and 2015, the rate of opioid-related inpatient stays and emergency department (ED) visits for people aged ≥ 65 years increased by 34% and 74%, respectively, and opioid-related overdose deaths continue to increase among older patients.1,2

Background

Chronic pain is estimated to affect 50 million US adults.3 Individuals receiving long-term opioid therapy may not have experienced relief with other medications or cannot take them for medical safety reasons. Losing access to opioid prescriptions can contribute to misuse of illicit opioids. Implementing best practices for prescription opioid management in older adults is challenging. Older adults have a high prevalence of chronic pain, which is linked to disability and loss of function, reduced mobility, falls, depression, anxiety, sleep disorders, social isolation, and suicide or suicidal ideation.4 Until recently, chronic pain in older adults was often treated primarily with long-term opioid prescriptions, despite little evidence for the effectiveness of that treatment for chronic conditions. The prevalence of long-term opioid use in adults has increased from 1.8% (1999-2000) to 5.4% (2013-2014), and 25% of adult long-term opioid users are aged ≥ 65 years.5

Older adults are especially vulnerable to developing adverse events (AEs) from opioid use, including constipation, confusion, nausea, falls, and overdose. These factors make safe prescribing more challenging even when opioids are an appropriate therapeutic choice. Older adults often have multiple chronic conditions and take multiple medications that increase risk of AEs due to drug-disease and drug-drug interactions. Finding appropriate alternatives for pain management can be challenging in the presence of dementia if other pharmacologic options are contraindicated or mobility issues limit access to other therapeutic options.

Pain treatment plans should be based on realistic functional goals using a shared decision-making approach accounting for patient and provider expectations. All reasonable nondrug and nonopioid treatments should be considered before opioids are initiated. A comprehensive, person-centered, approach to pain management in older adults that includes opioids, other medications, and complementary and integrative care could improve both pain control and function,and reduce the harms of unnecessary opioid exposure.6 A validated risk review should be performed and documented on all patients starting opioids except patients enrolled in hospice care.

In 2018, the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) required all facilities to complete case reviews for veterans identified in the Stratification Tool for Opioid Risk Mitigation (STORM) dashboard as being at particularly high risk for AEs among patients prescribed opioids.7 We present our experience with a 1-year management of 48 high-risk older patients receiving chronic prescription opioid therapy. These patients obtained all their care at the VA with complete record documentation.

Methods

The Tennessee Valley Healthcare System (TVHS) is an integrated VA health care system with > 100,000 veteran patients in middle Tennessee with 2 medical centers 40 miles apart, and 12 community-based outpatient clinics. In 2011, TVHS developed a geriatric patient-centered medical home model for geriatric primary care—the geriatric patient aligned care team (GeriPACT).8 GeriPACT consists of a GeriPACT primary care provider (geriatrician or geriatric nurse practitioner with a panel of about 800 outpatients), social worker, clinical pharmacist, registered nurse care manager, licensed vocational nurse, and clerical staff. GeriPACT is a special population PACT within primary care for complex geriatric and other high-risk vulnerable veterans providing integrated, interdisciplinary assessment and longitudinal management, and coordination of both VA and non-VA-funded (eg, Medicare and Medicaid) services for patients and caregivers. GeriPACT at the Nashville TVHS campus has an enrollment of 745 patients of whom 48 receive chronic prescription opioid therapy. The practice is supported by the VA Computerized Patients Record System (CPRS), including the electronic patient portal, My healtheVet, with telemedicine capabilities. Data were collected by chart review with operations data extracted from the Veterans Health Information System and Technology Architecture.

 

 

Best practices for prescription opioids for chronic pain follow the US Department of Health and Human Services Interagency Task Force pain management recommendations.4 These include: (1) Effective pain evaluation and management, including diagnostic evaluation and indicated referrals; (2) appropriately prescribed opioids when indicated; and (3) active management of opioid users to prevent AEs and misuse. Strategies used in GeriPACT were adopted from the pain management task force and designed to address needs and challenges associated with responsible chronic opioid prescribing (Table 1).



All 48 patients who were prescribed chronic opioid therapy received routine primary care at GeriPACT. A data tracking sheet was maintained from July 1, 2019 to June 30, 2020. Patients were presented for interdisciplinary collaboration and management at weekly GeriPACT where applicable continuous improvement processes were incorporated. Patients were seen every 3 to 6 months and offered dose reduction and alternative therapies at those times. All patients initiated monthly calls for medication refills and were monitored with an initial opioid contract and quarterly unannounced urine drug screens (UDSs) as well as a quarterly review of the prescription drug monitoring database (PDMD). Additionally, all patients received an Opioid Risk Tool assessment (scale 0-26; high risk ≥ 8) and a Risk Index for Overdose or Serious Opioid-Induced Respiratory Depression (RIOSORD) Score (scale 0-115).9,10 Patients with RIOSORD scores ≥ 25 (14% risk of opioid induced respiratory depression) were issued naloxone kits.

All VA patients additionally receive a risk stratification, the clinical assessment of need (CAN) score, which is a clinical predictor of hospitalization and death developed for VA populations.11 This methodology extracts predictors from 6 categories: social demographics, medical conditions, vital signs, prior year use of health services, medications, and laboratory tests and constructs logistic regression models to predict outcomes. CAN scores are on a 99-point scale, with higher scores corresponding to an increased probability of future health care events.

Our overall study was designed to meet standards for quality improvement reporting excellence (SQUIRE) criteria, and this report meets the quality improvement minimum quality criteria set (QI-MQCS) domains for reporting quality improvement work.12,13 The TVHS Institutional Review Board determined this study to be a quality improvement initiative.

Results

Chronic opioid patients comprised 6.4% of the GeriPACT population. These patients had many comorbidities, including diabetes mellitus (35%), pulmonary disease (25%), congestive heart failure (18.8%), and dementia (8%). There were 54% with estimated glomerular filtration rates (eGFR) < 60 mL/min, indicating at least stage 3 chronic kidney disease (Table 2). Patients had an average RIOSORD Score of 21 and a 14% risk of opioid induced respiratory depression, and 20% received mental health services.

The mean CAN score was 83.1, suggesting a 1-year risk of 20% for a major AE and 5% mortality risk. Many patients with chronic opioid use were transferred to GeriPACT from primary care due to presence of complex medical issues in addition to need for chronic pain management. In this population, 8% were coprescribed benzodiazepines and opioids. Consults were obtained from interventional pain for 37.5% of patients and palliative care for 27% of patients, the majority for goals of care related to chronic illness and advance directive discussions, and in 1 patient for pain and symptom management. The majority of patients (81%) had advance care planning documents or discussions documented in the electronic health record, and 87.5% of patients received home and community-based support in addition to GeriPACT care.



My healtheVet patient portal secure messaging was used a mean 2.1 times per patient (range 0-27) to maintain contact with GeriPACT providers and patients had a mean 14.5 outpatient visits yearly (range, 1-49) in addition to monthly clinic contact for opioid prescription refills (Table 3). One patient entered long-term care. Three patients expired due to congestive heart failure, sepsis, and complications following a hip fracture. Of the patients who expired, all had advance directives or hospice care involvement. The VA STORM risk tool identifies the highest risk patients: suicide risk, current opioid or substance use disorder, suicide attempt or overdose during the past year, and potential for opioid-related respiratory depression on the RIOSORD scale. None of the panel patients met high-risk criteria on the Opioid Risk Tool assessment or were identified on the facility’s highest risk category by the STORM risk tool.

 

 

Medication Reduction

Pharmacists routinely counseled patients regarding the appropriate timing of refills and made monthly calls to request refills of controlled drugs. Three patients agreed to opioid dose reduction due to improved clinical status. Two patients had 25% and 30% dose reductions, respectively, and 1 patient was able to be discontinue opioids. This was achieved through reduction of therapy and or substitution of alternative nonopioid pain medications. One patient was initiated on a slow benzodiazepine taper schedule after decades of benzodiazepine use in addition to engagement with a whole health coach and primary care mental health integration provider. Another patient was disenrolled from the clinic because of repeated nonadherence and positive UDSs for polysubstance use disorder.

Accidental Overdoses

There were 2 patients with accidental overdoses who survived, both on high morphine equivalent daily doses (MEDDs). One patient was admitted to the intensive care unit for increasing confusion after taking more than the prescribed opioids (120 mg MEDD) due to uncontrolled pain for 2 months following surgery. The second patient was taking 66 mg MEDD with multiple risk factors for respiratory depression (severe chronic obstructive pulmonary disease requiring oxygen, obstructive sleep apnea, and concomitant benzodiazepine use) who repeatedly refused tapering of opioids and benzodiazepines. He was found unresponsive in respiratory depression by home health staff. Both patients had naloxone kits in their home that were not administered.

Urine Drug Screening

There was an occasional negative opioid UDS attributed to patients on a low-dose opioid administered more than 24 hours before. Five patients (10.4%) had positive UDSs. Two patients were positive for cocaine, and because of chronic persistent pain and complex medical problems cared for in the clinic, counseled and continued on therapy with no repeat infractions. Two patients were positive for cannabinoids attributed to CBD oil products, which are legal in Tennessee. One patient had repeated positive UDSs for polysubstance abuse and was terminated from the clinic, preferring to use cannabinoids and other substances illegally. Meperidine, fentanyl, tramadol, and other synthetic opioids are not detected on a routine UDS.

Discussion

Primary care is critical in optimizing the prescribing and use of opioids in older adults. The patient-centered medical home can give health care providers the tools and support to provide evidence—based pain management for their older adult patients and to facilitate prescription and monitoring of appropriate opioid use to minimizing AEs and OUD risk. This includes a reliable health information technology monitoring system as part of a collaborative, person-centered care practice capable of managing frail older patients with multiple chronic conditions as well as social risk factors. GeriPACT was able to implement guideline—based evaluation and treatment of chronic pain patients through optimal management of opioids, risk reduction, and monitoring and management of AEs, misuse, and dose tapering using shared decision-making strategies when appropriate.

Complex older patients on chronic opioid treatment can do well and are best managed by an interdisciplinary team. Our panel had a high prevalence of chronic opioid patients and a high expected mortality based on the severity of comorbidities. Patients had frequent access to care with utilization of many support services. Patients received care for many chronic illnesses at the same time they received opioid therapy and generally were satisfied and adherent to their treatment plan. Published reports of the prevalence of coprescribing of benzodiazepines and opioids of 1.1 to 2.7% in the general population, may be lower than our veteran population.14 Despite the fact that nearly 20% of the population had a history of opioid misuse, only 1 patient was terminated from the clinic because of repeated episodes of polysubstance use disorder.

GeriPACT has the capability to be responsive to the changing needs of older chronic pain patients as a learning health system using continuous process improvement with frequent team meetings and interdisciplinary care.15 Our experience with chronic pain management demonstrates the feasibility and quality of guideline-based management and enhances our understanding of the intersection of care, chronic pain management, and opioid use disorder in older adults.

 

 

Limitations

Our experience with this population of older veterans may not be applicable to other geriatric populations. While all patients received their primary care at VA and patients were seen regularly, our data may not account for possible use of some community services, including hospitalization and long-term care.

Conclusions

Guideline-based patient-centered medical home management of patients with chronic pain treated with opioids can be an effective model to maintain and improve measures of health and well-being in older patients. Primary care management is critical in optimizing the prescribing and use of opioids in older adults. These complex older patients are best managed by an interdisciplinary team.

Acknowledgments

This work was supported in part by the Geriatric Workforce Enhancement Program, HRSA Grant: 1-U1Q-HP 033085-01-00.

The United States continues to confront an opioid crisis that also affects older adults. According to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration from 1999 to 2010, there has been a 4-fold increase in opioid overdose deaths.1 Between 2010 and 2015, the rate of opioid-related inpatient stays and emergency department (ED) visits for people aged ≥ 65 years increased by 34% and 74%, respectively, and opioid-related overdose deaths continue to increase among older patients.1,2

Background

Chronic pain is estimated to affect 50 million US adults.3 Individuals receiving long-term opioid therapy may not have experienced relief with other medications or cannot take them for medical safety reasons. Losing access to opioid prescriptions can contribute to misuse of illicit opioids. Implementing best practices for prescription opioid management in older adults is challenging. Older adults have a high prevalence of chronic pain, which is linked to disability and loss of function, reduced mobility, falls, depression, anxiety, sleep disorders, social isolation, and suicide or suicidal ideation.4 Until recently, chronic pain in older adults was often treated primarily with long-term opioid prescriptions, despite little evidence for the effectiveness of that treatment for chronic conditions. The prevalence of long-term opioid use in adults has increased from 1.8% (1999-2000) to 5.4% (2013-2014), and 25% of adult long-term opioid users are aged ≥ 65 years.5

Older adults are especially vulnerable to developing adverse events (AEs) from opioid use, including constipation, confusion, nausea, falls, and overdose. These factors make safe prescribing more challenging even when opioids are an appropriate therapeutic choice. Older adults often have multiple chronic conditions and take multiple medications that increase risk of AEs due to drug-disease and drug-drug interactions. Finding appropriate alternatives for pain management can be challenging in the presence of dementia if other pharmacologic options are contraindicated or mobility issues limit access to other therapeutic options.

Pain treatment plans should be based on realistic functional goals using a shared decision-making approach accounting for patient and provider expectations. All reasonable nondrug and nonopioid treatments should be considered before opioids are initiated. A comprehensive, person-centered, approach to pain management in older adults that includes opioids, other medications, and complementary and integrative care could improve both pain control and function,and reduce the harms of unnecessary opioid exposure.6 A validated risk review should be performed and documented on all patients starting opioids except patients enrolled in hospice care.

In 2018, the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) required all facilities to complete case reviews for veterans identified in the Stratification Tool for Opioid Risk Mitigation (STORM) dashboard as being at particularly high risk for AEs among patients prescribed opioids.7 We present our experience with a 1-year management of 48 high-risk older patients receiving chronic prescription opioid therapy. These patients obtained all their care at the VA with complete record documentation.

Methods

The Tennessee Valley Healthcare System (TVHS) is an integrated VA health care system with > 100,000 veteran patients in middle Tennessee with 2 medical centers 40 miles apart, and 12 community-based outpatient clinics. In 2011, TVHS developed a geriatric patient-centered medical home model for geriatric primary care—the geriatric patient aligned care team (GeriPACT).8 GeriPACT consists of a GeriPACT primary care provider (geriatrician or geriatric nurse practitioner with a panel of about 800 outpatients), social worker, clinical pharmacist, registered nurse care manager, licensed vocational nurse, and clerical staff. GeriPACT is a special population PACT within primary care for complex geriatric and other high-risk vulnerable veterans providing integrated, interdisciplinary assessment and longitudinal management, and coordination of both VA and non-VA-funded (eg, Medicare and Medicaid) services for patients and caregivers. GeriPACT at the Nashville TVHS campus has an enrollment of 745 patients of whom 48 receive chronic prescription opioid therapy. The practice is supported by the VA Computerized Patients Record System (CPRS), including the electronic patient portal, My healtheVet, with telemedicine capabilities. Data were collected by chart review with operations data extracted from the Veterans Health Information System and Technology Architecture.

 

 

Best practices for prescription opioids for chronic pain follow the US Department of Health and Human Services Interagency Task Force pain management recommendations.4 These include: (1) Effective pain evaluation and management, including diagnostic evaluation and indicated referrals; (2) appropriately prescribed opioids when indicated; and (3) active management of opioid users to prevent AEs and misuse. Strategies used in GeriPACT were adopted from the pain management task force and designed to address needs and challenges associated with responsible chronic opioid prescribing (Table 1).



All 48 patients who were prescribed chronic opioid therapy received routine primary care at GeriPACT. A data tracking sheet was maintained from July 1, 2019 to June 30, 2020. Patients were presented for interdisciplinary collaboration and management at weekly GeriPACT where applicable continuous improvement processes were incorporated. Patients were seen every 3 to 6 months and offered dose reduction and alternative therapies at those times. All patients initiated monthly calls for medication refills and were monitored with an initial opioid contract and quarterly unannounced urine drug screens (UDSs) as well as a quarterly review of the prescription drug monitoring database (PDMD). Additionally, all patients received an Opioid Risk Tool assessment (scale 0-26; high risk ≥ 8) and a Risk Index for Overdose or Serious Opioid-Induced Respiratory Depression (RIOSORD) Score (scale 0-115).9,10 Patients with RIOSORD scores ≥ 25 (14% risk of opioid induced respiratory depression) were issued naloxone kits.

All VA patients additionally receive a risk stratification, the clinical assessment of need (CAN) score, which is a clinical predictor of hospitalization and death developed for VA populations.11 This methodology extracts predictors from 6 categories: social demographics, medical conditions, vital signs, prior year use of health services, medications, and laboratory tests and constructs logistic regression models to predict outcomes. CAN scores are on a 99-point scale, with higher scores corresponding to an increased probability of future health care events.

Our overall study was designed to meet standards for quality improvement reporting excellence (SQUIRE) criteria, and this report meets the quality improvement minimum quality criteria set (QI-MQCS) domains for reporting quality improvement work.12,13 The TVHS Institutional Review Board determined this study to be a quality improvement initiative.

Results

Chronic opioid patients comprised 6.4% of the GeriPACT population. These patients had many comorbidities, including diabetes mellitus (35%), pulmonary disease (25%), congestive heart failure (18.8%), and dementia (8%). There were 54% with estimated glomerular filtration rates (eGFR) < 60 mL/min, indicating at least stage 3 chronic kidney disease (Table 2). Patients had an average RIOSORD Score of 21 and a 14% risk of opioid induced respiratory depression, and 20% received mental health services.

The mean CAN score was 83.1, suggesting a 1-year risk of 20% for a major AE and 5% mortality risk. Many patients with chronic opioid use were transferred to GeriPACT from primary care due to presence of complex medical issues in addition to need for chronic pain management. In this population, 8% were coprescribed benzodiazepines and opioids. Consults were obtained from interventional pain for 37.5% of patients and palliative care for 27% of patients, the majority for goals of care related to chronic illness and advance directive discussions, and in 1 patient for pain and symptom management. The majority of patients (81%) had advance care planning documents or discussions documented in the electronic health record, and 87.5% of patients received home and community-based support in addition to GeriPACT care.



My healtheVet patient portal secure messaging was used a mean 2.1 times per patient (range 0-27) to maintain contact with GeriPACT providers and patients had a mean 14.5 outpatient visits yearly (range, 1-49) in addition to monthly clinic contact for opioid prescription refills (Table 3). One patient entered long-term care. Three patients expired due to congestive heart failure, sepsis, and complications following a hip fracture. Of the patients who expired, all had advance directives or hospice care involvement. The VA STORM risk tool identifies the highest risk patients: suicide risk, current opioid or substance use disorder, suicide attempt or overdose during the past year, and potential for opioid-related respiratory depression on the RIOSORD scale. None of the panel patients met high-risk criteria on the Opioid Risk Tool assessment or were identified on the facility’s highest risk category by the STORM risk tool.

 

 

Medication Reduction

Pharmacists routinely counseled patients regarding the appropriate timing of refills and made monthly calls to request refills of controlled drugs. Three patients agreed to opioid dose reduction due to improved clinical status. Two patients had 25% and 30% dose reductions, respectively, and 1 patient was able to be discontinue opioids. This was achieved through reduction of therapy and or substitution of alternative nonopioid pain medications. One patient was initiated on a slow benzodiazepine taper schedule after decades of benzodiazepine use in addition to engagement with a whole health coach and primary care mental health integration provider. Another patient was disenrolled from the clinic because of repeated nonadherence and positive UDSs for polysubstance use disorder.

Accidental Overdoses

There were 2 patients with accidental overdoses who survived, both on high morphine equivalent daily doses (MEDDs). One patient was admitted to the intensive care unit for increasing confusion after taking more than the prescribed opioids (120 mg MEDD) due to uncontrolled pain for 2 months following surgery. The second patient was taking 66 mg MEDD with multiple risk factors for respiratory depression (severe chronic obstructive pulmonary disease requiring oxygen, obstructive sleep apnea, and concomitant benzodiazepine use) who repeatedly refused tapering of opioids and benzodiazepines. He was found unresponsive in respiratory depression by home health staff. Both patients had naloxone kits in their home that were not administered.

Urine Drug Screening

There was an occasional negative opioid UDS attributed to patients on a low-dose opioid administered more than 24 hours before. Five patients (10.4%) had positive UDSs. Two patients were positive for cocaine, and because of chronic persistent pain and complex medical problems cared for in the clinic, counseled and continued on therapy with no repeat infractions. Two patients were positive for cannabinoids attributed to CBD oil products, which are legal in Tennessee. One patient had repeated positive UDSs for polysubstance abuse and was terminated from the clinic, preferring to use cannabinoids and other substances illegally. Meperidine, fentanyl, tramadol, and other synthetic opioids are not detected on a routine UDS.

Discussion

Primary care is critical in optimizing the prescribing and use of opioids in older adults. The patient-centered medical home can give health care providers the tools and support to provide evidence—based pain management for their older adult patients and to facilitate prescription and monitoring of appropriate opioid use to minimizing AEs and OUD risk. This includes a reliable health information technology monitoring system as part of a collaborative, person-centered care practice capable of managing frail older patients with multiple chronic conditions as well as social risk factors. GeriPACT was able to implement guideline—based evaluation and treatment of chronic pain patients through optimal management of opioids, risk reduction, and monitoring and management of AEs, misuse, and dose tapering using shared decision-making strategies when appropriate.

Complex older patients on chronic opioid treatment can do well and are best managed by an interdisciplinary team. Our panel had a high prevalence of chronic opioid patients and a high expected mortality based on the severity of comorbidities. Patients had frequent access to care with utilization of many support services. Patients received care for many chronic illnesses at the same time they received opioid therapy and generally were satisfied and adherent to their treatment plan. Published reports of the prevalence of coprescribing of benzodiazepines and opioids of 1.1 to 2.7% in the general population, may be lower than our veteran population.14 Despite the fact that nearly 20% of the population had a history of opioid misuse, only 1 patient was terminated from the clinic because of repeated episodes of polysubstance use disorder.

GeriPACT has the capability to be responsive to the changing needs of older chronic pain patients as a learning health system using continuous process improvement with frequent team meetings and interdisciplinary care.15 Our experience with chronic pain management demonstrates the feasibility and quality of guideline-based management and enhances our understanding of the intersection of care, chronic pain management, and opioid use disorder in older adults.

 

 

Limitations

Our experience with this population of older veterans may not be applicable to other geriatric populations. While all patients received their primary care at VA and patients were seen regularly, our data may not account for possible use of some community services, including hospitalization and long-term care.

Conclusions

Guideline-based patient-centered medical home management of patients with chronic pain treated with opioids can be an effective model to maintain and improve measures of health and well-being in older patients. Primary care management is critical in optimizing the prescribing and use of opioids in older adults. These complex older patients are best managed by an interdisciplinary team.

Acknowledgments

This work was supported in part by the Geriatric Workforce Enhancement Program, HRSA Grant: 1-U1Q-HP 033085-01-00.

References

1. Weiss AJ, Heslin KC, Barrett ML, Izar R, Bierman AS. Opioid-related inpatient stays and emergency department visits among patients aged 65 years and older, 2010 and 2015: Statistical Brief #244. In: Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project (HCUP) Statistical Briefs. Rockville (MD): Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (US); September 18, 2018.

2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. New data show significant changes in drug overdose deaths. Published March 18, 2020. Accessed March 11, 2021. https://www.cdc.gov/media/releases/2020/p0318-data-show-changes-overdose-deaths.html

3. Dahlhamer J, Lucas J, Zelaya C, et al. Prevalence of chronic pain and high-impact chronic pain among adults - United States, 2016. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2018;67(36):1001-1006. Published 2018 Sep 14. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm6736a2

4. National Institutes of Health, Interagency Pain Research Coordinating Committee. National pain strategy overview. Updated March 11, 2021. Accessed March 11, 2021. https://www.iprcc.nih.gov/national-pain-strategy-overview

5. Mojtabai R. National trends in long-term use of prescription opioids. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf. 2018;27(5):526-534. doi:10.1002/pds.4278

6. US Department of Health and Human Services. Pain management best practices inter-agency task force report: updates, gaps, inconsistencies, and recommendations. Published May 9, 2019. Accessed March 17, 2021.https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/pmtf-final-report-2019-05-23.pdf

7. Oliva EM, Bowe T, Tavakoli S, et al. Development and applications of the Veterans Health Administration’s Stratification Tool for Opioid Risk Mitigation (STORM) to improve opioid safety and prevent overdose and suicide. Psychol Serv. 2017;14(1):34-49. doi:10.1037/ser0000099

8. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Geriatric patient aligned care team (Geri-PACT). Published June 15, 2015. Accessed March 11, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vhapublications/ViewPublication.asp?pub_ID=3115

9. Webster LR, Webster RM. Predicting aberrant behaviors in opioid-treated patients: preliminary validation of the Opioid Risk Tool. Pain Med. 2005;6(6):432-442. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4637.2005.00072.x

10. Zedler B, Xie L, Wang L, et al. Development of a risk index for serious prescription opioid-induced respiratory depression or overdose in Veterans’ Health Administration patients. Pain Med. 2015;16(8):1566-1579. doi:10.1111/pme.12777

11. Wang L, Porter B, Maynard C, et al. Predicting risk of hospitalization or death among patients receiving primary care in the Veterans Health Administration. Med Care. 2013;51(4):368-373. doi:10.1097/MLR.0b013e31827da95a

12. Ogrinc G, Mooney SE, Estrada C, et al. The SQUIRE (Standards for QUality Improvement Reporting Excellence) guidelines for quality improvement reporting: explanation and elaboration. Qual Saf Health Care. 2008;17(suppl 1):i13-i32. doi:10.1136/qshc.2008.029058

13. Hempel S, Shekelle PG, Liu JL, et al. Development of the Quality Improvement Minimum Quality Criteria Set (QI-MQCS): a tool for critical appraisal of quality improvement intervention publications. BMJ Qual Saf. 2015;24(12):796-804. doi:10.1136/bmjqs-2014-003151

14. Rhee TG. Coprescribing of Benzodiazepines and Opioids in Older Adults: Rates, Correlates, and National Trends. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2019;74(12):1910-1915. doi:10.1093/gerona/gly283

15. National Academy of Medicine. The Learning Healthcare System: Workshop Summary. The National Academies Press; 2007. doi:10.17226/11903.

References

1. Weiss AJ, Heslin KC, Barrett ML, Izar R, Bierman AS. Opioid-related inpatient stays and emergency department visits among patients aged 65 years and older, 2010 and 2015: Statistical Brief #244. In: Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project (HCUP) Statistical Briefs. Rockville (MD): Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (US); September 18, 2018.

2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. New data show significant changes in drug overdose deaths. Published March 18, 2020. Accessed March 11, 2021. https://www.cdc.gov/media/releases/2020/p0318-data-show-changes-overdose-deaths.html

3. Dahlhamer J, Lucas J, Zelaya C, et al. Prevalence of chronic pain and high-impact chronic pain among adults - United States, 2016. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2018;67(36):1001-1006. Published 2018 Sep 14. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm6736a2

4. National Institutes of Health, Interagency Pain Research Coordinating Committee. National pain strategy overview. Updated March 11, 2021. Accessed March 11, 2021. https://www.iprcc.nih.gov/national-pain-strategy-overview

5. Mojtabai R. National trends in long-term use of prescription opioids. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf. 2018;27(5):526-534. doi:10.1002/pds.4278

6. US Department of Health and Human Services. Pain management best practices inter-agency task force report: updates, gaps, inconsistencies, and recommendations. Published May 9, 2019. Accessed March 17, 2021.https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/pmtf-final-report-2019-05-23.pdf

7. Oliva EM, Bowe T, Tavakoli S, et al. Development and applications of the Veterans Health Administration’s Stratification Tool for Opioid Risk Mitigation (STORM) to improve opioid safety and prevent overdose and suicide. Psychol Serv. 2017;14(1):34-49. doi:10.1037/ser0000099

8. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Geriatric patient aligned care team (Geri-PACT). Published June 15, 2015. Accessed March 11, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vhapublications/ViewPublication.asp?pub_ID=3115

9. Webster LR, Webster RM. Predicting aberrant behaviors in opioid-treated patients: preliminary validation of the Opioid Risk Tool. Pain Med. 2005;6(6):432-442. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4637.2005.00072.x

10. Zedler B, Xie L, Wang L, et al. Development of a risk index for serious prescription opioid-induced respiratory depression or overdose in Veterans’ Health Administration patients. Pain Med. 2015;16(8):1566-1579. doi:10.1111/pme.12777

11. Wang L, Porter B, Maynard C, et al. Predicting risk of hospitalization or death among patients receiving primary care in the Veterans Health Administration. Med Care. 2013;51(4):368-373. doi:10.1097/MLR.0b013e31827da95a

12. Ogrinc G, Mooney SE, Estrada C, et al. The SQUIRE (Standards for QUality Improvement Reporting Excellence) guidelines for quality improvement reporting: explanation and elaboration. Qual Saf Health Care. 2008;17(suppl 1):i13-i32. doi:10.1136/qshc.2008.029058

13. Hempel S, Shekelle PG, Liu JL, et al. Development of the Quality Improvement Minimum Quality Criteria Set (QI-MQCS): a tool for critical appraisal of quality improvement intervention publications. BMJ Qual Saf. 2015;24(12):796-804. doi:10.1136/bmjqs-2014-003151

14. Rhee TG. Coprescribing of Benzodiazepines and Opioids in Older Adults: Rates, Correlates, and National Trends. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2019;74(12):1910-1915. doi:10.1093/gerona/gly283

15. National Academy of Medicine. The Learning Healthcare System: Workshop Summary. The National Academies Press; 2007. doi:10.17226/11903.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Page Number
168-173
Page Number
168-173
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
Article PDF Media

Systemic Literature Review of the Use of Virtual Reality for Rehabilitation in Parkinson Disease

Article Type
Changed

Parkinson disease (PD) is the second most common neurodegenerative disorder after Alzheimer disease.1 Age-standardized incidence rates of PD in population-based studies in Europe and the United States range from 8.6 to 19.0 per 100,000 individuals, using a strict diagnostic criterion for PD.2 The negative impact of PD on health-related quality of life imposes a heavy burden on veterans. According to the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) National Parkinson’s Disease Consortium, the VA has as many as 50,000 patients with PD under its care. Because of this demand, the VA has strived to revolutionize available services for veterans with PD and related movement disorders.3

The classic motor symptoms of resting tremors, bradykinesia, postural instability, and rigidity of this progressive neurodegenerative disorder is a significant cause of functional limitations that lead to increased falls and inability to perform activities of daily living that challenges the individual and caregiver. 4 Rehabilitation has been considered as an adjuvant to surgical and medical treatments for PD to maximize function and minimize complications. High-intensity multimodal exercise boot camps and therapy that focuses on intensely exercising high-amplitude movements, have been shown to improve motor performance in PD.5,6 Available evidence has shown that exercise-dependent plasticity is the main mechanism underlying the effects of physiotherapy because it increases synaptic strength and affects neurotransmission.7 Although there is no consensus on the optimal approach for rehabilitation, innovative techniques have been proposed and studied. One such approach involves virtual reality (VR), which has begun to attract attention for its potential use during rehabilitation.8

VR is a simulated experience created by computer-based technology that grants users access to a virtual environment. There are 2 categories of VR: immersive and nonimmersive. Immersive VR is the most direct experience of virtual environments and usually is implemented through a head-mounted display. These displays have monitors in front of each eye, which can provide monocular or biocular imaging with the most common display being small liquid crystal display (LCD) panels.

Nonimmersive VR typically allows a participant to view a virtual environment by using standard high-resolution monitors rather than a headset or an immersive screen room. Many systems are readily available to the general public as electronic interactive entertainment (ie, video games). Interaction with the virtual world happens through interfaces such as keyboards and controllers while viewing a television or computer monitor. These systems often are more accessible and affordable when compared with immersive VR, although this is changing rapidly.

VR therapy is a noninvasive therapeutic alternative modality for PD. This review aims to study the use of VR to treat PD from a rehabilitative standpoint. Although not the only review on the topic, this systematic review is the first to examine the differences between immersive and nonimmersive VR rehabilitation for PD. VR technology is evolving rapidly and the research behind its clinical applications is steadily growing, especially as accessibility improves. This review also is an updated summary of the current literature on the effectiveness of VR therapy during PD rehabilitation.

 

 

Methods

Starting in July 2019, the authors searched several databases (PubMed, Google Scholar, Cochrane, and the Physiotherapy Evidence Database [PEDro]) for articles by using the keyword “Parkinson’s disease” combined with either “virtual reality” or “video games.” To find studies specific to rehabilitation, searches included the additional keyword: “rehabilitation.” After compiling an initial set of 89 articles, titles were reviewed to eliminate duplicates. The authors then read the abstracts to exclude study protocols, systematic reviews, and studies that used VR but did not focus on PD or any therapeutic outcome.

Articles were sorted into immersive or nonimmersive virtual reality categories. To be included as immersive VR, studies had to use any type of VR headset or full-scale VR room. Anything less immersive or similar to a traditional video game was included in the nonimmersive VR category. Articles that met inclusion criteria were selected for the systematic review. Criteria for inclusion in this review were: (1) English language; (2) included a study population focused on PD; (3) used some form of VR therapy; and (4) assessed potential rehabilitation by quantitative outcome measures. Only articles published in peer-reviewed journals were included.

Data were extracted into 2 tables specifically modified for this review: immersive and nonimmersive VR. Extracted data included study author name and publication date, study design, methodologic quality, sample size and group allocation, symptom progression via the Hoehn and Yahr Scale (1 to 5), VR modality, presence of control groups, primary outcomes, and primary findings.



Two of the authors (AS, BC) assessed the quality of each study by using the 11-point PEDro scale for randomized controlled trials (RCTs) (Table 1). Most criterion relate to the design and conduct of the study, but 3 focus on eligibility criteria (item 1), between-group statistical comparisons (item 10), and measures of variability (item 11). The total possible score was 10 because only 2 out of the 3 items on reporting quality contributed points to the total score (eligibility criteria specified did not).9

 

Results

This review is reported according to Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses guidelines (PRISMA).10 After screening and assessment, 28 articles met inclusion criteria for this review: 7 using immersive VR and 21 using nonimmersive VR (Figure). The immersive studies included 2 RCTs (both with PEDro scores of 5), 1 controlled study with a PEDro score of 5, 1 pre-post pilot study, and 3 cohort studies (Table 2). The nonimmersive studies included 13 RCTs with an average PEDro score of 5.8; 2 pre-post pilot studies, 1 repeated measures study with a historic control, 1 non-RCT, 2 pre-post prospective studies, and 2 cohort studies (1 retrospective and 1 prospective) (Table 3).

 

  

 

Several outcome and assessment tools were used; the most common measures were related to gait, balance, kinematics, and VR feasibility. Studies varied in VR modalities and protocol, ranging from 21 sessions of Nintendo Wii Fit gaming for 7 weeks to 1 session of VR headset use.

Immersive VR

There were fewer immersive VR studies and these studies had lower mean PEDro scores when compared with nonimmersive VR studies. The VR modalities in the immersive studies used a VR headset or a multisensory immersive system that included polarized glasses. All the studies showed positive improvement in primary outcomes with the exception of Ma and colleagues,which showed no difference in success rates or kinematics with moving balls, and only showed improvement in reaching for stationary balls.11 The mean number of participants in the studies was 18.4.

 

 

All 7 studies had each participant complete tasks without VR then with the VR therapy. None of the studies compared immersive VR therapy with more conventional therapies. Robles-Garcia and colleagues compared 2 VR groups where the experimental group imitated an avatar’s finger tapping in the VR system while the control group lacked this imitation.12 The authors found that adding that imitation to the VR group lead to an increase in movement amplitude.

Among the immersive VR studies, only Janeh and colleagues commented on possible adverse effects (AEs) and found that VR was a safe method without AEs of discomfort or simulator sickness.13 The other 6 studies did not make any mention or discussion of AEs related to the training.

Nonimmersive VR

VR modalities used in nonimmersive studies included consumer video gaming systems. Nintendo Wii and Microsoft Xbox Kinect were most commonly used. Among the 21 studies, 14 compared VR therapy with a type of traditional exercise (eg, treadmill training, stretching exercises, balance training). The mean number of participants of the studies was 28.3.

Five studies showed a difference between the VR and traditional training groups.14-18 However, 9 studies showed positive improvement in both groups and found no between-group differences.19-25 Among the remaining 7 studies, all showed improvement in primary outcomes after adding VR interventional therapy. In 1 RCT, 3 groups were compared (no intervention, Nintendo Wii, and Xbox Kinect) for gait tests, anxiety levels, memory, and attention.26 The authors found that only the Nintendo Wii group showed improvement in outcomes. A prospective cohort study was the only one to compare different doses of VR therapy (10 sessions vs 15 sessions of Nintendo Wii Fit).27 The authors found that both groups demonstrated the same amount of improvement on balance performances with no group effect.

Ten studiesreported no AEs during the training, but also did not define what was considered an AE.15,16,19,22-25,27-29 Eight studies did not make any mention of AEs.14,17,21,26,27,30-32 Yen and colleagues reported no AEs during training except for the patients’ tendency to fall.20 However, therapists supervised the patients to avoid falls and no falls occurred. Nuic and colleaguesreported 3 serious AEs, unrelated to the training: severe pneumonia (n = 1) and deep-brain stimulation generator replacement (n = 2).33 During the video game training sessions no specific AEs occurred. Only Pompeu and colleagues defined an AE as any untoward medical occurrence such as convulsion, syncope, dizziness, vertigo, falls, or any medical condition that required hospitalization or disability.34 One researcher registered the occurrence of any AE; however, none occurred during the study period.

Discussion

This systematic review demonstrates that VR therapy is a promising addition to rehabilitation for PD. Evidence supporting VR therapy is limited, but is continually expanding, and current evidence has shown improvement in assessments and rehabilitative outcomes involving PD. Most nonimmersive studies have shown that VR therapy does not lead to better outcomes when compared with traditional therapy but also is not harmful and does provide similar improvement. Immersive VR studies, on the other hand, have not compared therapy with conventional training extensively, and tend to focus more on time for task completion or movement.

 

 

There were fewer immersive VR studies than nonimmersive VR studies. This could be because of the increased technological difficulty and demand to correctly execute immersive VR modalities, as well as the—until recently—substantial expense. This might be another reason why the mean PEDro scores for immersive VR RCTs were lower than the mean scores found in nonimmersive RCTs.

Limitations

This review was limited by several factors related to the included studies. A variety of rating scales were used in the immersive and nonimmersive VR studies. Although there was some general overlap with common measurements such as gait, balance, kinematics, and VR feasibility, no studies had the same primary and secondary outcomes. Such heterogeneity in protocols and outcomes limited our ability to draw conclusions from these differing studies. Additionally, the average number of participants of both immersive and nonimmersive studies were small and the statistical significance of findings should be interpreted with caution. Finally, VR devices and systems differed between studies, further limiting comparisons. Although these factors limit this systematic review, we can still identify treatment and research implications. Adequately powered future studies with standardized protocols would further improve the available evidence and support for VR as an intervention.

Conclusions

VR therapy is a promising rehabilitation modality for PD. Additional investigations of VR therapy and PD should include direct comparisons between immersive and nonimmersive VR therapies. It could be hypothesized that the greater immersion and engagement potential of immersive VR would demonstrate greater functional improvement compared with nonimmersive VR, but there is no data to support this for PD. VR therapy for PD appears to be a relatively safe alternative or adjunct to traditional therapy with a potentially positive impact on a variety of symptoms and is growing as an innovative therapeutic approach for PD patients.

References

1. de Lau LM, Breteler MM. Epidemiology of Parkinson’s disease. Lancet Neurol. 2006;5(6):525-535. doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(06)70471-9

2. Alves G, Forsaa EB, Pedersen KF, Dreetz Gjerstad M, Larsen JP. Epidemiology of Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol. 2008;255 Suppl 5:18-32. doi:10.1007/s00415-008-5004-3

3. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Parkinson’s Disease Research, Education and Clinical Centers. Updated March 4, 2021. Accessed March 5, 2021. https://www.parkinsons.va.gov/index.asp.

4. Raza C, Anjum R, Shakeel NUA. Parkinson’s disease: mechanisms, translational models and management strategies. Life Sci. 2019;226:77-90. doi:10.1016/j.lfs.2019.03.057

5. Landers MR, Navalta JW, Murtishaw AS, Kinney JW, Pirio Richardson S. A high-intensity exercise boot camp for persons with Parkinson disease: a phase ii, pragmatic, randomized clinical trial of feasibility, safety, signal of efficacy, and disease mechanisms. J Neurol Phys Ther. 2019;43(1):12-25. doi:10.1097/NPT.0000000000000249

6. Ebersbach G, Ebersbach A, Edler D, et al. Comparing exercise in Parkinson’s disease--the Berlin LSVT®BIG study [published correction appears in Mov Disord. 2010 Oct 30;25(14):2478]. Mov Disord. 2010;25(12):1902-1908. doi:10.1002/mds.23212

7. Abbruzzese G, Marchese R, Avanzino L, Pelosin E. Rehabilitation for Parkinson’s disease: current outlook and future challenges. Parkinsonism Relat Disord. 2016;22(suppl 1):S60-S64. doi:10.1016/j.parkreldis.2015.09.005

8. Weiss PL, Katz N. The potential of virtual reality for rehabilitation. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2004;41(5):vii-x.

9. da Costa BR, Hilfiker R, Egger M. PEDro’s bias: summary quality scores should not be used in meta-analysis. J Clin Epidemiol. 2013;66(1):75-77.doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2012.08.003

10. Moher D, Liberati A, Tetzlaff J, Altman DG; PRISMA Group. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. PLoS Med. 2009;6(7):e1000097. doi:10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097

11. Ma HI, Hwang WJ, Fang JJ, et al. Effects of virtual reality training on functional reaching movements in people with Parkinson’s disease: a randomized controlled pilot trial. Clin Rehabil. 2011;25(10):892-902. doi:10.1177/0269215511406757

12. Robles-García V, Corral-Bergantiños Y, Espinosa N, et al. Effects of movement imitation training in Parkinson’s disease: a virtual reality pilot study. Parkinsonism Relat Disord. 2016;26:17-23. doi:10.1016/j.parkreldis.2016.02.022

13. Janeh O, Fründt O, Schönwald B, et al. Gait Training in virtual reality: short-term effects of different virtual manipulation techniques in Parkinson’s Disease. Cells. 2019;8(5):419. Published 2019 May 6.doi:10.3390/cells8050419

14. Pelosin E, Cerulli C, Ogliastro C, et al. A multimodal training modulates short afferent inhibition and improves complex walking in a cohort of faller older adults with an increased prevalence of Parkinson’s disease. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2020;75(4):722-728.doi:10.1093/gerona/glz072

15. Liao YY, Yang YR, Cheng SJ, Wu YR, Fuh JL, Wang RY. Virtual reality-based training to improve obstacle-crossing performance and dynamic balance in patients with Parkinson’s disease. Neurorehabil Neural Repair. 2015;29(7):658-667. doi:10.1177/1545968314562111

16. Mirelman A, Maidan I, Herman T, Deutsch JE, Giladi N, Hausdorff JM. Virtual reality for gait training: can it induce motor learning to enhance complex walking and reduce fall risk in patients with Parkinson’s disease?. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2011;66(2):234-240.doi:10.1093/gerona/glq201

17. Lee NY, Lee DK, Song HS. Effect of virtual reality dance exercise on the balance, activities of daily living, and depressive disorder status of Parkinson’s disease patients. J Phys Ther Sci. 2015;27(1):145-147. doi:10.1589/jpts.27.145

18. Feng H, Li C, Liu J, et al. Virtual reality rehabilitation versus conventional physical therapy for improving balance and gait in Parkinson’s disease patients: a randomized controlled trial. Med Sci Monit. 2019;25:4186-4192. Published 2019 Jun 5. doi:10.12659/MSM.916455

19. Gandolfi M, Geroin C, Dimitrova E, et al. Virtual reality telerehabilitation for postural instability in Parkinson’s disease: a multicenter, single-blind, randomized, controlled trial. Biomed Res Int. 2017;2017:7962826. doi:10.1155/2017/7962826

20. Yen CY, Lin KH, Hu MH, Wu RM, Lu TW, Lin CH. Effects of virtual reality-augmented balance training on sensory organization and attentional demand for postural control in people with Parkinson disease: a randomized controlled trial. Phys Ther. 2011;91(6):862-874. doi:10.2522/ptj.20100050

21. Yang WC, Wang HK, Wu RM, Lo CS, Lin KH. Home-based virtual reality balance training and conventional balance training in Parkinson’s disease: a randomized controlled trial. J Formos Med Assoc. 2016;115(9):734-743. doi:10.1016/j.jfma.2015.07.012

22. Pompeu JE, Mendes FA, Silva KG, et al. Effect of Nintendo Wii™-based motor and cognitive training on activities of daily living in patients with Parkinson’s disease: a randomised clinical trial. Physiotherapy. 2012;98(3):196-204. doi:10.1016/j.physio.2012.06.004

23. van den Heuvel MR, Kwakkel G, Beek PJ, Berendse HW, Daffertshofer A, van Wegen EE. Effects of augmented visual feedback during balance training in Parkinson’s disease: a pilot randomized clinical trial. Parkinsonism Relat Disord. 2014;20(12):1352-1358. doi:10.1016/j.parkreldis.2014.09.022

24. Liao YY, Yang YR, Cheng SJ, Wu YR, Fuh JL, Wang RY. Virtual reality-based training to improve obstacle-crossing performance and dynamic balance in patients with Parkinson’s disease. Neurorehabil Neural Repair. 2015;29(7):658-667. doi:10.1177/1545968314562111

25. Fundarò C, Maestri R, Ferriero G, Chimento P, Taveggia G, Casale R. Self-selected speed gait training in Parkinson’s disease: robot-assisted gait training with virtual reality versus gait training on the ground. Eur J Phys Rehabil Med. 2019;55(4):456-462. doi:10.23736/S1973-9087.18.05368-6

26. Alves MLM, Mesquita BS, Morais WS, Leal JC, Satler CE, Dos Santos Mendes FA. Nintendo Wii™ versus Xbox Kinect™ for assisting people with Parkinson’s disease. Percept Mot Skills. 2018;125(3):546-565. doi:10.1177/0031512518769204

27. Negrini S, Bissolotti L, Ferraris A, Noro F, Bishop MD, Villafañe JH. Nintendo Wii Fit for balance rehabilitation in patients with Parkinson’s disease: A comparative study. J Bodyw Mov Ther. 2017;21(1):117-123. doi:10.1016/j.jbmt.2016.06.001

28. van Beek JJW, van Wegen EEH, Bohlhalter S, Vanbellingen T. Exergaming-based dexterity training in persons with Parkinson disease: a pilot feasibility study. J Neurol Phys Ther. 2019;43(3):168-174. doi:10.1097/NPT.0000000000000278

29. Palacios-Navarro G, García-Magariño I, Ramos-Lorente P. A kinect-based system for lower limb rehabilitation in Parkinson’s disease patients: a pilot study. J Med Syst. 2015;39(9):103. doi:10.1007/s10916-015-0289-0

30. dos Santos Mendes FA, Pompeu JE, Modenesi Lobo A, et al. Motor learning, retention and transfer after virtual-reality-based training in Parkinson’s disease--effect of motor and cognitive demands of games: a longitudinal, controlled clinical study. Physiotherapy. 2012;98(3):217-223. doi:10.1016/j.physio.2012.06.001

31. de Melo GEL, Kleiner AFR, Lopes JBP, et al. Effect of virtual reality training on walking distance and physical fitness in individuals with Parkinson’s disease. Neuro Rehabilitation. 2018;42(4):473-480. doi:10.3233/NRE-172355

32. Maidan I, Nieuwhof F, Bernad-Elazari H, et al. Evidence for differential effects of 2 forms of exercise on prefrontal plasticity during walking in Parkinson’s disease. Neurorehabil Neural Repair. 2018;32(3):200-208. doi:10.1177/1545968318763750

33. Nuic D, Vinti M, Karachi C, Foulon P, Van Hamme A, Welter ML. The feasibility and positive effects of a customised videogame rehabilitation programme for freezing of gait and falls in Parkinson’s disease patients: a pilot study. J Neuroeng Rehabil. 2018;15(1):31. Published 2018 Apr 10. doi:10.1186/s12984-018-0375-x

34. Pompeu JE, Arduini LA, Botelho AR, et al. Feasibility, safety and outcomes of playing Kinect Adventures!™ for people with Parkinson’s disease: a pilot study. Physiotherapy. 2014;100(2):162-168. doi:10.1016/j.physio.2013.10.003

35. Ma HI, Hwang WJ, Wang CY, Fang JJ, Leong IF, Wang TY. Trunk-arm coordination in reaching for moving targets in people with Parkinson’s disease: comparison between virtual and physical reality. Hum Mov Sci. 2012;31(5):1340-1352. doi:10.1016/j.humov.2011.11.004

36. Griffin HJ, Greenlaw R, Limousin P, Bhatia K, Quinn NP, Jahanshahi M. The effect of real and virtual visual cues on walking in Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol. 2011;258(6):991-1000. doi:10.1007/s00415-010-5866-z

37. Espay AJ, Baram Y, Dwivedi AK, et al. At-home training with closed-loop augmented-reality cueing device for improving gait in patients with Parkinson disease. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2010;47(6):573-581. doi:10.1682/jrrd.2009.10.0165

38. Espay AJ, Gaines L, Gupta R. Sensory feedback in Parkinson’s disease patients with “on”-predominant freezing of gait. Front Neurol. 2013;4:14. Published 2013 Feb 25. doi:10.3389/fneur.2013.00014

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian Chau is a Diplomat of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation and Sarah Humbert is an Attending Physician, both at the US Department of Veteran Affairs Loma Linda Healthcare System. Sarah Humbert is a Diplomat of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, a Diplomat of Neuromuscular Medicine, and an Assistant Professor; Brian Chau is an Assistant Professor of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation; and Aaron Shou was a Medical Student at the time the article was written and is now a Resident Physician in Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation; all at Loma Linda University School of Medicine in California .

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(1)s
Publications
Topics
Page Number
S20 - S27
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian Chau is a Diplomat of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation and Sarah Humbert is an Attending Physician, both at the US Department of Veteran Affairs Loma Linda Healthcare System. Sarah Humbert is a Diplomat of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, a Diplomat of Neuromuscular Medicine, and an Assistant Professor; Brian Chau is an Assistant Professor of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation; and Aaron Shou was a Medical Student at the time the article was written and is now a Resident Physician in Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation; all at Loma Linda University School of Medicine in California .

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Author and Disclosure Information

Brian Chau is a Diplomat of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation and Sarah Humbert is an Attending Physician, both at the US Department of Veteran Affairs Loma Linda Healthcare System. Sarah Humbert is a Diplomat of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, a Diplomat of Neuromuscular Medicine, and an Assistant Professor; Brian Chau is an Assistant Professor of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation; and Aaron Shou was a Medical Student at the time the article was written and is now a Resident Physician in Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation; all at Loma Linda University School of Medicine in California .

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Parkinson disease (PD) is the second most common neurodegenerative disorder after Alzheimer disease.1 Age-standardized incidence rates of PD in population-based studies in Europe and the United States range from 8.6 to 19.0 per 100,000 individuals, using a strict diagnostic criterion for PD.2 The negative impact of PD on health-related quality of life imposes a heavy burden on veterans. According to the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) National Parkinson’s Disease Consortium, the VA has as many as 50,000 patients with PD under its care. Because of this demand, the VA has strived to revolutionize available services for veterans with PD and related movement disorders.3

The classic motor symptoms of resting tremors, bradykinesia, postural instability, and rigidity of this progressive neurodegenerative disorder is a significant cause of functional limitations that lead to increased falls and inability to perform activities of daily living that challenges the individual and caregiver. 4 Rehabilitation has been considered as an adjuvant to surgical and medical treatments for PD to maximize function and minimize complications. High-intensity multimodal exercise boot camps and therapy that focuses on intensely exercising high-amplitude movements, have been shown to improve motor performance in PD.5,6 Available evidence has shown that exercise-dependent plasticity is the main mechanism underlying the effects of physiotherapy because it increases synaptic strength and affects neurotransmission.7 Although there is no consensus on the optimal approach for rehabilitation, innovative techniques have been proposed and studied. One such approach involves virtual reality (VR), which has begun to attract attention for its potential use during rehabilitation.8

VR is a simulated experience created by computer-based technology that grants users access to a virtual environment. There are 2 categories of VR: immersive and nonimmersive. Immersive VR is the most direct experience of virtual environments and usually is implemented through a head-mounted display. These displays have monitors in front of each eye, which can provide monocular or biocular imaging with the most common display being small liquid crystal display (LCD) panels.

Nonimmersive VR typically allows a participant to view a virtual environment by using standard high-resolution monitors rather than a headset or an immersive screen room. Many systems are readily available to the general public as electronic interactive entertainment (ie, video games). Interaction with the virtual world happens through interfaces such as keyboards and controllers while viewing a television or computer monitor. These systems often are more accessible and affordable when compared with immersive VR, although this is changing rapidly.

VR therapy is a noninvasive therapeutic alternative modality for PD. This review aims to study the use of VR to treat PD from a rehabilitative standpoint. Although not the only review on the topic, this systematic review is the first to examine the differences between immersive and nonimmersive VR rehabilitation for PD. VR technology is evolving rapidly and the research behind its clinical applications is steadily growing, especially as accessibility improves. This review also is an updated summary of the current literature on the effectiveness of VR therapy during PD rehabilitation.

 

 

Methods

Starting in July 2019, the authors searched several databases (PubMed, Google Scholar, Cochrane, and the Physiotherapy Evidence Database [PEDro]) for articles by using the keyword “Parkinson’s disease” combined with either “virtual reality” or “video games.” To find studies specific to rehabilitation, searches included the additional keyword: “rehabilitation.” After compiling an initial set of 89 articles, titles were reviewed to eliminate duplicates. The authors then read the abstracts to exclude study protocols, systematic reviews, and studies that used VR but did not focus on PD or any therapeutic outcome.

Articles were sorted into immersive or nonimmersive virtual reality categories. To be included as immersive VR, studies had to use any type of VR headset or full-scale VR room. Anything less immersive or similar to a traditional video game was included in the nonimmersive VR category. Articles that met inclusion criteria were selected for the systematic review. Criteria for inclusion in this review were: (1) English language; (2) included a study population focused on PD; (3) used some form of VR therapy; and (4) assessed potential rehabilitation by quantitative outcome measures. Only articles published in peer-reviewed journals were included.

Data were extracted into 2 tables specifically modified for this review: immersive and nonimmersive VR. Extracted data included study author name and publication date, study design, methodologic quality, sample size and group allocation, symptom progression via the Hoehn and Yahr Scale (1 to 5), VR modality, presence of control groups, primary outcomes, and primary findings.



Two of the authors (AS, BC) assessed the quality of each study by using the 11-point PEDro scale for randomized controlled trials (RCTs) (Table 1). Most criterion relate to the design and conduct of the study, but 3 focus on eligibility criteria (item 1), between-group statistical comparisons (item 10), and measures of variability (item 11). The total possible score was 10 because only 2 out of the 3 items on reporting quality contributed points to the total score (eligibility criteria specified did not).9

 

Results

This review is reported according to Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses guidelines (PRISMA).10 After screening and assessment, 28 articles met inclusion criteria for this review: 7 using immersive VR and 21 using nonimmersive VR (Figure). The immersive studies included 2 RCTs (both with PEDro scores of 5), 1 controlled study with a PEDro score of 5, 1 pre-post pilot study, and 3 cohort studies (Table 2). The nonimmersive studies included 13 RCTs with an average PEDro score of 5.8; 2 pre-post pilot studies, 1 repeated measures study with a historic control, 1 non-RCT, 2 pre-post prospective studies, and 2 cohort studies (1 retrospective and 1 prospective) (Table 3).

 

  

 

Several outcome and assessment tools were used; the most common measures were related to gait, balance, kinematics, and VR feasibility. Studies varied in VR modalities and protocol, ranging from 21 sessions of Nintendo Wii Fit gaming for 7 weeks to 1 session of VR headset use.

Immersive VR

There were fewer immersive VR studies and these studies had lower mean PEDro scores when compared with nonimmersive VR studies. The VR modalities in the immersive studies used a VR headset or a multisensory immersive system that included polarized glasses. All the studies showed positive improvement in primary outcomes with the exception of Ma and colleagues,which showed no difference in success rates or kinematics with moving balls, and only showed improvement in reaching for stationary balls.11 The mean number of participants in the studies was 18.4.

 

 

All 7 studies had each participant complete tasks without VR then with the VR therapy. None of the studies compared immersive VR therapy with more conventional therapies. Robles-Garcia and colleagues compared 2 VR groups where the experimental group imitated an avatar’s finger tapping in the VR system while the control group lacked this imitation.12 The authors found that adding that imitation to the VR group lead to an increase in movement amplitude.

Among the immersive VR studies, only Janeh and colleagues commented on possible adverse effects (AEs) and found that VR was a safe method without AEs of discomfort or simulator sickness.13 The other 6 studies did not make any mention or discussion of AEs related to the training.

Nonimmersive VR

VR modalities used in nonimmersive studies included consumer video gaming systems. Nintendo Wii and Microsoft Xbox Kinect were most commonly used. Among the 21 studies, 14 compared VR therapy with a type of traditional exercise (eg, treadmill training, stretching exercises, balance training). The mean number of participants of the studies was 28.3.

Five studies showed a difference between the VR and traditional training groups.14-18 However, 9 studies showed positive improvement in both groups and found no between-group differences.19-25 Among the remaining 7 studies, all showed improvement in primary outcomes after adding VR interventional therapy. In 1 RCT, 3 groups were compared (no intervention, Nintendo Wii, and Xbox Kinect) for gait tests, anxiety levels, memory, and attention.26 The authors found that only the Nintendo Wii group showed improvement in outcomes. A prospective cohort study was the only one to compare different doses of VR therapy (10 sessions vs 15 sessions of Nintendo Wii Fit).27 The authors found that both groups demonstrated the same amount of improvement on balance performances with no group effect.

Ten studiesreported no AEs during the training, but also did not define what was considered an AE.15,16,19,22-25,27-29 Eight studies did not make any mention of AEs.14,17,21,26,27,30-32 Yen and colleagues reported no AEs during training except for the patients’ tendency to fall.20 However, therapists supervised the patients to avoid falls and no falls occurred. Nuic and colleaguesreported 3 serious AEs, unrelated to the training: severe pneumonia (n = 1) and deep-brain stimulation generator replacement (n = 2).33 During the video game training sessions no specific AEs occurred. Only Pompeu and colleagues defined an AE as any untoward medical occurrence such as convulsion, syncope, dizziness, vertigo, falls, or any medical condition that required hospitalization or disability.34 One researcher registered the occurrence of any AE; however, none occurred during the study period.

Discussion

This systematic review demonstrates that VR therapy is a promising addition to rehabilitation for PD. Evidence supporting VR therapy is limited, but is continually expanding, and current evidence has shown improvement in assessments and rehabilitative outcomes involving PD. Most nonimmersive studies have shown that VR therapy does not lead to better outcomes when compared with traditional therapy but also is not harmful and does provide similar improvement. Immersive VR studies, on the other hand, have not compared therapy with conventional training extensively, and tend to focus more on time for task completion or movement.

 

 

There were fewer immersive VR studies than nonimmersive VR studies. This could be because of the increased technological difficulty and demand to correctly execute immersive VR modalities, as well as the—until recently—substantial expense. This might be another reason why the mean PEDro scores for immersive VR RCTs were lower than the mean scores found in nonimmersive RCTs.

Limitations

This review was limited by several factors related to the included studies. A variety of rating scales were used in the immersive and nonimmersive VR studies. Although there was some general overlap with common measurements such as gait, balance, kinematics, and VR feasibility, no studies had the same primary and secondary outcomes. Such heterogeneity in protocols and outcomes limited our ability to draw conclusions from these differing studies. Additionally, the average number of participants of both immersive and nonimmersive studies were small and the statistical significance of findings should be interpreted with caution. Finally, VR devices and systems differed between studies, further limiting comparisons. Although these factors limit this systematic review, we can still identify treatment and research implications. Adequately powered future studies with standardized protocols would further improve the available evidence and support for VR as an intervention.

Conclusions

VR therapy is a promising rehabilitation modality for PD. Additional investigations of VR therapy and PD should include direct comparisons between immersive and nonimmersive VR therapies. It could be hypothesized that the greater immersion and engagement potential of immersive VR would demonstrate greater functional improvement compared with nonimmersive VR, but there is no data to support this for PD. VR therapy for PD appears to be a relatively safe alternative or adjunct to traditional therapy with a potentially positive impact on a variety of symptoms and is growing as an innovative therapeutic approach for PD patients.

Parkinson disease (PD) is the second most common neurodegenerative disorder after Alzheimer disease.1 Age-standardized incidence rates of PD in population-based studies in Europe and the United States range from 8.6 to 19.0 per 100,000 individuals, using a strict diagnostic criterion for PD.2 The negative impact of PD on health-related quality of life imposes a heavy burden on veterans. According to the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) National Parkinson’s Disease Consortium, the VA has as many as 50,000 patients with PD under its care. Because of this demand, the VA has strived to revolutionize available services for veterans with PD and related movement disorders.3

The classic motor symptoms of resting tremors, bradykinesia, postural instability, and rigidity of this progressive neurodegenerative disorder is a significant cause of functional limitations that lead to increased falls and inability to perform activities of daily living that challenges the individual and caregiver. 4 Rehabilitation has been considered as an adjuvant to surgical and medical treatments for PD to maximize function and minimize complications. High-intensity multimodal exercise boot camps and therapy that focuses on intensely exercising high-amplitude movements, have been shown to improve motor performance in PD.5,6 Available evidence has shown that exercise-dependent plasticity is the main mechanism underlying the effects of physiotherapy because it increases synaptic strength and affects neurotransmission.7 Although there is no consensus on the optimal approach for rehabilitation, innovative techniques have been proposed and studied. One such approach involves virtual reality (VR), which has begun to attract attention for its potential use during rehabilitation.8

VR is a simulated experience created by computer-based technology that grants users access to a virtual environment. There are 2 categories of VR: immersive and nonimmersive. Immersive VR is the most direct experience of virtual environments and usually is implemented through a head-mounted display. These displays have monitors in front of each eye, which can provide monocular or biocular imaging with the most common display being small liquid crystal display (LCD) panels.

Nonimmersive VR typically allows a participant to view a virtual environment by using standard high-resolution monitors rather than a headset or an immersive screen room. Many systems are readily available to the general public as electronic interactive entertainment (ie, video games). Interaction with the virtual world happens through interfaces such as keyboards and controllers while viewing a television or computer monitor. These systems often are more accessible and affordable when compared with immersive VR, although this is changing rapidly.

VR therapy is a noninvasive therapeutic alternative modality for PD. This review aims to study the use of VR to treat PD from a rehabilitative standpoint. Although not the only review on the topic, this systematic review is the first to examine the differences between immersive and nonimmersive VR rehabilitation for PD. VR technology is evolving rapidly and the research behind its clinical applications is steadily growing, especially as accessibility improves. This review also is an updated summary of the current literature on the effectiveness of VR therapy during PD rehabilitation.

 

 

Methods

Starting in July 2019, the authors searched several databases (PubMed, Google Scholar, Cochrane, and the Physiotherapy Evidence Database [PEDro]) for articles by using the keyword “Parkinson’s disease” combined with either “virtual reality” or “video games.” To find studies specific to rehabilitation, searches included the additional keyword: “rehabilitation.” After compiling an initial set of 89 articles, titles were reviewed to eliminate duplicates. The authors then read the abstracts to exclude study protocols, systematic reviews, and studies that used VR but did not focus on PD or any therapeutic outcome.

Articles were sorted into immersive or nonimmersive virtual reality categories. To be included as immersive VR, studies had to use any type of VR headset or full-scale VR room. Anything less immersive or similar to a traditional video game was included in the nonimmersive VR category. Articles that met inclusion criteria were selected for the systematic review. Criteria for inclusion in this review were: (1) English language; (2) included a study population focused on PD; (3) used some form of VR therapy; and (4) assessed potential rehabilitation by quantitative outcome measures. Only articles published in peer-reviewed journals were included.

Data were extracted into 2 tables specifically modified for this review: immersive and nonimmersive VR. Extracted data included study author name and publication date, study design, methodologic quality, sample size and group allocation, symptom progression via the Hoehn and Yahr Scale (1 to 5), VR modality, presence of control groups, primary outcomes, and primary findings.



Two of the authors (AS, BC) assessed the quality of each study by using the 11-point PEDro scale for randomized controlled trials (RCTs) (Table 1). Most criterion relate to the design and conduct of the study, but 3 focus on eligibility criteria (item 1), between-group statistical comparisons (item 10), and measures of variability (item 11). The total possible score was 10 because only 2 out of the 3 items on reporting quality contributed points to the total score (eligibility criteria specified did not).9

 

Results

This review is reported according to Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses guidelines (PRISMA).10 After screening and assessment, 28 articles met inclusion criteria for this review: 7 using immersive VR and 21 using nonimmersive VR (Figure). The immersive studies included 2 RCTs (both with PEDro scores of 5), 1 controlled study with a PEDro score of 5, 1 pre-post pilot study, and 3 cohort studies (Table 2). The nonimmersive studies included 13 RCTs with an average PEDro score of 5.8; 2 pre-post pilot studies, 1 repeated measures study with a historic control, 1 non-RCT, 2 pre-post prospective studies, and 2 cohort studies (1 retrospective and 1 prospective) (Table 3).

 

  

 

Several outcome and assessment tools were used; the most common measures were related to gait, balance, kinematics, and VR feasibility. Studies varied in VR modalities and protocol, ranging from 21 sessions of Nintendo Wii Fit gaming for 7 weeks to 1 session of VR headset use.

Immersive VR

There were fewer immersive VR studies and these studies had lower mean PEDro scores when compared with nonimmersive VR studies. The VR modalities in the immersive studies used a VR headset or a multisensory immersive system that included polarized glasses. All the studies showed positive improvement in primary outcomes with the exception of Ma and colleagues,which showed no difference in success rates or kinematics with moving balls, and only showed improvement in reaching for stationary balls.11 The mean number of participants in the studies was 18.4.

 

 

All 7 studies had each participant complete tasks without VR then with the VR therapy. None of the studies compared immersive VR therapy with more conventional therapies. Robles-Garcia and colleagues compared 2 VR groups where the experimental group imitated an avatar’s finger tapping in the VR system while the control group lacked this imitation.12 The authors found that adding that imitation to the VR group lead to an increase in movement amplitude.

Among the immersive VR studies, only Janeh and colleagues commented on possible adverse effects (AEs) and found that VR was a safe method without AEs of discomfort or simulator sickness.13 The other 6 studies did not make any mention or discussion of AEs related to the training.

Nonimmersive VR

VR modalities used in nonimmersive studies included consumer video gaming systems. Nintendo Wii and Microsoft Xbox Kinect were most commonly used. Among the 21 studies, 14 compared VR therapy with a type of traditional exercise (eg, treadmill training, stretching exercises, balance training). The mean number of participants of the studies was 28.3.

Five studies showed a difference between the VR and traditional training groups.14-18 However, 9 studies showed positive improvement in both groups and found no between-group differences.19-25 Among the remaining 7 studies, all showed improvement in primary outcomes after adding VR interventional therapy. In 1 RCT, 3 groups were compared (no intervention, Nintendo Wii, and Xbox Kinect) for gait tests, anxiety levels, memory, and attention.26 The authors found that only the Nintendo Wii group showed improvement in outcomes. A prospective cohort study was the only one to compare different doses of VR therapy (10 sessions vs 15 sessions of Nintendo Wii Fit).27 The authors found that both groups demonstrated the same amount of improvement on balance performances with no group effect.

Ten studiesreported no AEs during the training, but also did not define what was considered an AE.15,16,19,22-25,27-29 Eight studies did not make any mention of AEs.14,17,21,26,27,30-32 Yen and colleagues reported no AEs during training except for the patients’ tendency to fall.20 However, therapists supervised the patients to avoid falls and no falls occurred. Nuic and colleaguesreported 3 serious AEs, unrelated to the training: severe pneumonia (n = 1) and deep-brain stimulation generator replacement (n = 2).33 During the video game training sessions no specific AEs occurred. Only Pompeu and colleagues defined an AE as any untoward medical occurrence such as convulsion, syncope, dizziness, vertigo, falls, or any medical condition that required hospitalization or disability.34 One researcher registered the occurrence of any AE; however, none occurred during the study period.

Discussion

This systematic review demonstrates that VR therapy is a promising addition to rehabilitation for PD. Evidence supporting VR therapy is limited, but is continually expanding, and current evidence has shown improvement in assessments and rehabilitative outcomes involving PD. Most nonimmersive studies have shown that VR therapy does not lead to better outcomes when compared with traditional therapy but also is not harmful and does provide similar improvement. Immersive VR studies, on the other hand, have not compared therapy with conventional training extensively, and tend to focus more on time for task completion or movement.

 

 

There were fewer immersive VR studies than nonimmersive VR studies. This could be because of the increased technological difficulty and demand to correctly execute immersive VR modalities, as well as the—until recently—substantial expense. This might be another reason why the mean PEDro scores for immersive VR RCTs were lower than the mean scores found in nonimmersive RCTs.

Limitations

This review was limited by several factors related to the included studies. A variety of rating scales were used in the immersive and nonimmersive VR studies. Although there was some general overlap with common measurements such as gait, balance, kinematics, and VR feasibility, no studies had the same primary and secondary outcomes. Such heterogeneity in protocols and outcomes limited our ability to draw conclusions from these differing studies. Additionally, the average number of participants of both immersive and nonimmersive studies were small and the statistical significance of findings should be interpreted with caution. Finally, VR devices and systems differed between studies, further limiting comparisons. Although these factors limit this systematic review, we can still identify treatment and research implications. Adequately powered future studies with standardized protocols would further improve the available evidence and support for VR as an intervention.

Conclusions

VR therapy is a promising rehabilitation modality for PD. Additional investigations of VR therapy and PD should include direct comparisons between immersive and nonimmersive VR therapies. It could be hypothesized that the greater immersion and engagement potential of immersive VR would demonstrate greater functional improvement compared with nonimmersive VR, but there is no data to support this for PD. VR therapy for PD appears to be a relatively safe alternative or adjunct to traditional therapy with a potentially positive impact on a variety of symptoms and is growing as an innovative therapeutic approach for PD patients.

References

1. de Lau LM, Breteler MM. Epidemiology of Parkinson’s disease. Lancet Neurol. 2006;5(6):525-535. doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(06)70471-9

2. Alves G, Forsaa EB, Pedersen KF, Dreetz Gjerstad M, Larsen JP. Epidemiology of Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol. 2008;255 Suppl 5:18-32. doi:10.1007/s00415-008-5004-3

3. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Parkinson’s Disease Research, Education and Clinical Centers. Updated March 4, 2021. Accessed March 5, 2021. https://www.parkinsons.va.gov/index.asp.

4. Raza C, Anjum R, Shakeel NUA. Parkinson’s disease: mechanisms, translational models and management strategies. Life Sci. 2019;226:77-90. doi:10.1016/j.lfs.2019.03.057

5. Landers MR, Navalta JW, Murtishaw AS, Kinney JW, Pirio Richardson S. A high-intensity exercise boot camp for persons with Parkinson disease: a phase ii, pragmatic, randomized clinical trial of feasibility, safety, signal of efficacy, and disease mechanisms. J Neurol Phys Ther. 2019;43(1):12-25. doi:10.1097/NPT.0000000000000249

6. Ebersbach G, Ebersbach A, Edler D, et al. Comparing exercise in Parkinson’s disease--the Berlin LSVT®BIG study [published correction appears in Mov Disord. 2010 Oct 30;25(14):2478]. Mov Disord. 2010;25(12):1902-1908. doi:10.1002/mds.23212

7. Abbruzzese G, Marchese R, Avanzino L, Pelosin E. Rehabilitation for Parkinson’s disease: current outlook and future challenges. Parkinsonism Relat Disord. 2016;22(suppl 1):S60-S64. doi:10.1016/j.parkreldis.2015.09.005

8. Weiss PL, Katz N. The potential of virtual reality for rehabilitation. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2004;41(5):vii-x.

9. da Costa BR, Hilfiker R, Egger M. PEDro’s bias: summary quality scores should not be used in meta-analysis. J Clin Epidemiol. 2013;66(1):75-77.doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2012.08.003

10. Moher D, Liberati A, Tetzlaff J, Altman DG; PRISMA Group. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. PLoS Med. 2009;6(7):e1000097. doi:10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097

11. Ma HI, Hwang WJ, Fang JJ, et al. Effects of virtual reality training on functional reaching movements in people with Parkinson’s disease: a randomized controlled pilot trial. Clin Rehabil. 2011;25(10):892-902. doi:10.1177/0269215511406757

12. Robles-García V, Corral-Bergantiños Y, Espinosa N, et al. Effects of movement imitation training in Parkinson’s disease: a virtual reality pilot study. Parkinsonism Relat Disord. 2016;26:17-23. doi:10.1016/j.parkreldis.2016.02.022

13. Janeh O, Fründt O, Schönwald B, et al. Gait Training in virtual reality: short-term effects of different virtual manipulation techniques in Parkinson’s Disease. Cells. 2019;8(5):419. Published 2019 May 6.doi:10.3390/cells8050419

14. Pelosin E, Cerulli C, Ogliastro C, et al. A multimodal training modulates short afferent inhibition and improves complex walking in a cohort of faller older adults with an increased prevalence of Parkinson’s disease. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2020;75(4):722-728.doi:10.1093/gerona/glz072

15. Liao YY, Yang YR, Cheng SJ, Wu YR, Fuh JL, Wang RY. Virtual reality-based training to improve obstacle-crossing performance and dynamic balance in patients with Parkinson’s disease. Neurorehabil Neural Repair. 2015;29(7):658-667. doi:10.1177/1545968314562111

16. Mirelman A, Maidan I, Herman T, Deutsch JE, Giladi N, Hausdorff JM. Virtual reality for gait training: can it induce motor learning to enhance complex walking and reduce fall risk in patients with Parkinson’s disease?. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2011;66(2):234-240.doi:10.1093/gerona/glq201

17. Lee NY, Lee DK, Song HS. Effect of virtual reality dance exercise on the balance, activities of daily living, and depressive disorder status of Parkinson’s disease patients. J Phys Ther Sci. 2015;27(1):145-147. doi:10.1589/jpts.27.145

18. Feng H, Li C, Liu J, et al. Virtual reality rehabilitation versus conventional physical therapy for improving balance and gait in Parkinson’s disease patients: a randomized controlled trial. Med Sci Monit. 2019;25:4186-4192. Published 2019 Jun 5. doi:10.12659/MSM.916455

19. Gandolfi M, Geroin C, Dimitrova E, et al. Virtual reality telerehabilitation for postural instability in Parkinson’s disease: a multicenter, single-blind, randomized, controlled trial. Biomed Res Int. 2017;2017:7962826. doi:10.1155/2017/7962826

20. Yen CY, Lin KH, Hu MH, Wu RM, Lu TW, Lin CH. Effects of virtual reality-augmented balance training on sensory organization and attentional demand for postural control in people with Parkinson disease: a randomized controlled trial. Phys Ther. 2011;91(6):862-874. doi:10.2522/ptj.20100050

21. Yang WC, Wang HK, Wu RM, Lo CS, Lin KH. Home-based virtual reality balance training and conventional balance training in Parkinson’s disease: a randomized controlled trial. J Formos Med Assoc. 2016;115(9):734-743. doi:10.1016/j.jfma.2015.07.012

22. Pompeu JE, Mendes FA, Silva KG, et al. Effect of Nintendo Wii™-based motor and cognitive training on activities of daily living in patients with Parkinson’s disease: a randomised clinical trial. Physiotherapy. 2012;98(3):196-204. doi:10.1016/j.physio.2012.06.004

23. van den Heuvel MR, Kwakkel G, Beek PJ, Berendse HW, Daffertshofer A, van Wegen EE. Effects of augmented visual feedback during balance training in Parkinson’s disease: a pilot randomized clinical trial. Parkinsonism Relat Disord. 2014;20(12):1352-1358. doi:10.1016/j.parkreldis.2014.09.022

24. Liao YY, Yang YR, Cheng SJ, Wu YR, Fuh JL, Wang RY. Virtual reality-based training to improve obstacle-crossing performance and dynamic balance in patients with Parkinson’s disease. Neurorehabil Neural Repair. 2015;29(7):658-667. doi:10.1177/1545968314562111

25. Fundarò C, Maestri R, Ferriero G, Chimento P, Taveggia G, Casale R. Self-selected speed gait training in Parkinson’s disease: robot-assisted gait training with virtual reality versus gait training on the ground. Eur J Phys Rehabil Med. 2019;55(4):456-462. doi:10.23736/S1973-9087.18.05368-6

26. Alves MLM, Mesquita BS, Morais WS, Leal JC, Satler CE, Dos Santos Mendes FA. Nintendo Wii™ versus Xbox Kinect™ for assisting people with Parkinson’s disease. Percept Mot Skills. 2018;125(3):546-565. doi:10.1177/0031512518769204

27. Negrini S, Bissolotti L, Ferraris A, Noro F, Bishop MD, Villafañe JH. Nintendo Wii Fit for balance rehabilitation in patients with Parkinson’s disease: A comparative study. J Bodyw Mov Ther. 2017;21(1):117-123. doi:10.1016/j.jbmt.2016.06.001

28. van Beek JJW, van Wegen EEH, Bohlhalter S, Vanbellingen T. Exergaming-based dexterity training in persons with Parkinson disease: a pilot feasibility study. J Neurol Phys Ther. 2019;43(3):168-174. doi:10.1097/NPT.0000000000000278

29. Palacios-Navarro G, García-Magariño I, Ramos-Lorente P. A kinect-based system for lower limb rehabilitation in Parkinson’s disease patients: a pilot study. J Med Syst. 2015;39(9):103. doi:10.1007/s10916-015-0289-0

30. dos Santos Mendes FA, Pompeu JE, Modenesi Lobo A, et al. Motor learning, retention and transfer after virtual-reality-based training in Parkinson’s disease--effect of motor and cognitive demands of games: a longitudinal, controlled clinical study. Physiotherapy. 2012;98(3):217-223. doi:10.1016/j.physio.2012.06.001

31. de Melo GEL, Kleiner AFR, Lopes JBP, et al. Effect of virtual reality training on walking distance and physical fitness in individuals with Parkinson’s disease. Neuro Rehabilitation. 2018;42(4):473-480. doi:10.3233/NRE-172355

32. Maidan I, Nieuwhof F, Bernad-Elazari H, et al. Evidence for differential effects of 2 forms of exercise on prefrontal plasticity during walking in Parkinson’s disease. Neurorehabil Neural Repair. 2018;32(3):200-208. doi:10.1177/1545968318763750

33. Nuic D, Vinti M, Karachi C, Foulon P, Van Hamme A, Welter ML. The feasibility and positive effects of a customised videogame rehabilitation programme for freezing of gait and falls in Parkinson’s disease patients: a pilot study. J Neuroeng Rehabil. 2018;15(1):31. Published 2018 Apr 10. doi:10.1186/s12984-018-0375-x

34. Pompeu JE, Arduini LA, Botelho AR, et al. Feasibility, safety and outcomes of playing Kinect Adventures!™ for people with Parkinson’s disease: a pilot study. Physiotherapy. 2014;100(2):162-168. doi:10.1016/j.physio.2013.10.003

35. Ma HI, Hwang WJ, Wang CY, Fang JJ, Leong IF, Wang TY. Trunk-arm coordination in reaching for moving targets in people with Parkinson’s disease: comparison between virtual and physical reality. Hum Mov Sci. 2012;31(5):1340-1352. doi:10.1016/j.humov.2011.11.004

36. Griffin HJ, Greenlaw R, Limousin P, Bhatia K, Quinn NP, Jahanshahi M. The effect of real and virtual visual cues on walking in Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol. 2011;258(6):991-1000. doi:10.1007/s00415-010-5866-z

37. Espay AJ, Baram Y, Dwivedi AK, et al. At-home training with closed-loop augmented-reality cueing device for improving gait in patients with Parkinson disease. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2010;47(6):573-581. doi:10.1682/jrrd.2009.10.0165

38. Espay AJ, Gaines L, Gupta R. Sensory feedback in Parkinson’s disease patients with “on”-predominant freezing of gait. Front Neurol. 2013;4:14. Published 2013 Feb 25. doi:10.3389/fneur.2013.00014

References

1. de Lau LM, Breteler MM. Epidemiology of Parkinson’s disease. Lancet Neurol. 2006;5(6):525-535. doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(06)70471-9

2. Alves G, Forsaa EB, Pedersen KF, Dreetz Gjerstad M, Larsen JP. Epidemiology of Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol. 2008;255 Suppl 5:18-32. doi:10.1007/s00415-008-5004-3

3. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Parkinson’s Disease Research, Education and Clinical Centers. Updated March 4, 2021. Accessed March 5, 2021. https://www.parkinsons.va.gov/index.asp.

4. Raza C, Anjum R, Shakeel NUA. Parkinson’s disease: mechanisms, translational models and management strategies. Life Sci. 2019;226:77-90. doi:10.1016/j.lfs.2019.03.057

5. Landers MR, Navalta JW, Murtishaw AS, Kinney JW, Pirio Richardson S. A high-intensity exercise boot camp for persons with Parkinson disease: a phase ii, pragmatic, randomized clinical trial of feasibility, safety, signal of efficacy, and disease mechanisms. J Neurol Phys Ther. 2019;43(1):12-25. doi:10.1097/NPT.0000000000000249

6. Ebersbach G, Ebersbach A, Edler D, et al. Comparing exercise in Parkinson’s disease--the Berlin LSVT®BIG study [published correction appears in Mov Disord. 2010 Oct 30;25(14):2478]. Mov Disord. 2010;25(12):1902-1908. doi:10.1002/mds.23212

7. Abbruzzese G, Marchese R, Avanzino L, Pelosin E. Rehabilitation for Parkinson’s disease: current outlook and future challenges. Parkinsonism Relat Disord. 2016;22(suppl 1):S60-S64. doi:10.1016/j.parkreldis.2015.09.005

8. Weiss PL, Katz N. The potential of virtual reality for rehabilitation. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2004;41(5):vii-x.

9. da Costa BR, Hilfiker R, Egger M. PEDro’s bias: summary quality scores should not be used in meta-analysis. J Clin Epidemiol. 2013;66(1):75-77.doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2012.08.003

10. Moher D, Liberati A, Tetzlaff J, Altman DG; PRISMA Group. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. PLoS Med. 2009;6(7):e1000097. doi:10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097

11. Ma HI, Hwang WJ, Fang JJ, et al. Effects of virtual reality training on functional reaching movements in people with Parkinson’s disease: a randomized controlled pilot trial. Clin Rehabil. 2011;25(10):892-902. doi:10.1177/0269215511406757

12. Robles-García V, Corral-Bergantiños Y, Espinosa N, et al. Effects of movement imitation training in Parkinson’s disease: a virtual reality pilot study. Parkinsonism Relat Disord. 2016;26:17-23. doi:10.1016/j.parkreldis.2016.02.022

13. Janeh O, Fründt O, Schönwald B, et al. Gait Training in virtual reality: short-term effects of different virtual manipulation techniques in Parkinson’s Disease. Cells. 2019;8(5):419. Published 2019 May 6.doi:10.3390/cells8050419

14. Pelosin E, Cerulli C, Ogliastro C, et al. A multimodal training modulates short afferent inhibition and improves complex walking in a cohort of faller older adults with an increased prevalence of Parkinson’s disease. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2020;75(4):722-728.doi:10.1093/gerona/glz072

15. Liao YY, Yang YR, Cheng SJ, Wu YR, Fuh JL, Wang RY. Virtual reality-based training to improve obstacle-crossing performance and dynamic balance in patients with Parkinson’s disease. Neurorehabil Neural Repair. 2015;29(7):658-667. doi:10.1177/1545968314562111

16. Mirelman A, Maidan I, Herman T, Deutsch JE, Giladi N, Hausdorff JM. Virtual reality for gait training: can it induce motor learning to enhance complex walking and reduce fall risk in patients with Parkinson’s disease?. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2011;66(2):234-240.doi:10.1093/gerona/glq201

17. Lee NY, Lee DK, Song HS. Effect of virtual reality dance exercise on the balance, activities of daily living, and depressive disorder status of Parkinson’s disease patients. J Phys Ther Sci. 2015;27(1):145-147. doi:10.1589/jpts.27.145

18. Feng H, Li C, Liu J, et al. Virtual reality rehabilitation versus conventional physical therapy for improving balance and gait in Parkinson’s disease patients: a randomized controlled trial. Med Sci Monit. 2019;25:4186-4192. Published 2019 Jun 5. doi:10.12659/MSM.916455

19. Gandolfi M, Geroin C, Dimitrova E, et al. Virtual reality telerehabilitation for postural instability in Parkinson’s disease: a multicenter, single-blind, randomized, controlled trial. Biomed Res Int. 2017;2017:7962826. doi:10.1155/2017/7962826

20. Yen CY, Lin KH, Hu MH, Wu RM, Lu TW, Lin CH. Effects of virtual reality-augmented balance training on sensory organization and attentional demand for postural control in people with Parkinson disease: a randomized controlled trial. Phys Ther. 2011;91(6):862-874. doi:10.2522/ptj.20100050

21. Yang WC, Wang HK, Wu RM, Lo CS, Lin KH. Home-based virtual reality balance training and conventional balance training in Parkinson’s disease: a randomized controlled trial. J Formos Med Assoc. 2016;115(9):734-743. doi:10.1016/j.jfma.2015.07.012

22. Pompeu JE, Mendes FA, Silva KG, et al. Effect of Nintendo Wii™-based motor and cognitive training on activities of daily living in patients with Parkinson’s disease: a randomised clinical trial. Physiotherapy. 2012;98(3):196-204. doi:10.1016/j.physio.2012.06.004

23. van den Heuvel MR, Kwakkel G, Beek PJ, Berendse HW, Daffertshofer A, van Wegen EE. Effects of augmented visual feedback during balance training in Parkinson’s disease: a pilot randomized clinical trial. Parkinsonism Relat Disord. 2014;20(12):1352-1358. doi:10.1016/j.parkreldis.2014.09.022

24. Liao YY, Yang YR, Cheng SJ, Wu YR, Fuh JL, Wang RY. Virtual reality-based training to improve obstacle-crossing performance and dynamic balance in patients with Parkinson’s disease. Neurorehabil Neural Repair. 2015;29(7):658-667. doi:10.1177/1545968314562111

25. Fundarò C, Maestri R, Ferriero G, Chimento P, Taveggia G, Casale R. Self-selected speed gait training in Parkinson’s disease: robot-assisted gait training with virtual reality versus gait training on the ground. Eur J Phys Rehabil Med. 2019;55(4):456-462. doi:10.23736/S1973-9087.18.05368-6

26. Alves MLM, Mesquita BS, Morais WS, Leal JC, Satler CE, Dos Santos Mendes FA. Nintendo Wii™ versus Xbox Kinect™ for assisting people with Parkinson’s disease. Percept Mot Skills. 2018;125(3):546-565. doi:10.1177/0031512518769204

27. Negrini S, Bissolotti L, Ferraris A, Noro F, Bishop MD, Villafañe JH. Nintendo Wii Fit for balance rehabilitation in patients with Parkinson’s disease: A comparative study. J Bodyw Mov Ther. 2017;21(1):117-123. doi:10.1016/j.jbmt.2016.06.001

28. van Beek JJW, van Wegen EEH, Bohlhalter S, Vanbellingen T. Exergaming-based dexterity training in persons with Parkinson disease: a pilot feasibility study. J Neurol Phys Ther. 2019;43(3):168-174. doi:10.1097/NPT.0000000000000278

29. Palacios-Navarro G, García-Magariño I, Ramos-Lorente P. A kinect-based system for lower limb rehabilitation in Parkinson’s disease patients: a pilot study. J Med Syst. 2015;39(9):103. doi:10.1007/s10916-015-0289-0

30. dos Santos Mendes FA, Pompeu JE, Modenesi Lobo A, et al. Motor learning, retention and transfer after virtual-reality-based training in Parkinson’s disease--effect of motor and cognitive demands of games: a longitudinal, controlled clinical study. Physiotherapy. 2012;98(3):217-223. doi:10.1016/j.physio.2012.06.001

31. de Melo GEL, Kleiner AFR, Lopes JBP, et al. Effect of virtual reality training on walking distance and physical fitness in individuals with Parkinson’s disease. Neuro Rehabilitation. 2018;42(4):473-480. doi:10.3233/NRE-172355

32. Maidan I, Nieuwhof F, Bernad-Elazari H, et al. Evidence for differential effects of 2 forms of exercise on prefrontal plasticity during walking in Parkinson’s disease. Neurorehabil Neural Repair. 2018;32(3):200-208. doi:10.1177/1545968318763750

33. Nuic D, Vinti M, Karachi C, Foulon P, Van Hamme A, Welter ML. The feasibility and positive effects of a customised videogame rehabilitation programme for freezing of gait and falls in Parkinson’s disease patients: a pilot study. J Neuroeng Rehabil. 2018;15(1):31. Published 2018 Apr 10. doi:10.1186/s12984-018-0375-x

34. Pompeu JE, Arduini LA, Botelho AR, et al. Feasibility, safety and outcomes of playing Kinect Adventures!™ for people with Parkinson’s disease: a pilot study. Physiotherapy. 2014;100(2):162-168. doi:10.1016/j.physio.2013.10.003

35. Ma HI, Hwang WJ, Wang CY, Fang JJ, Leong IF, Wang TY. Trunk-arm coordination in reaching for moving targets in people with Parkinson’s disease: comparison between virtual and physical reality. Hum Mov Sci. 2012;31(5):1340-1352. doi:10.1016/j.humov.2011.11.004

36. Griffin HJ, Greenlaw R, Limousin P, Bhatia K, Quinn NP, Jahanshahi M. The effect of real and virtual visual cues on walking in Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol. 2011;258(6):991-1000. doi:10.1007/s00415-010-5866-z

37. Espay AJ, Baram Y, Dwivedi AK, et al. At-home training with closed-loop augmented-reality cueing device for improving gait in patients with Parkinson disease. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2010;47(6):573-581. doi:10.1682/jrrd.2009.10.0165

38. Espay AJ, Gaines L, Gupta R. Sensory feedback in Parkinson’s disease patients with “on”-predominant freezing of gait. Front Neurol. 2013;4:14. Published 2013 Feb 25. doi:10.3389/fneur.2013.00014

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(1)s
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(1)s
Page Number
S20 - S27
Page Number
S20 - S27
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
Article PDF Media

Lumbar Fusion With Polyetheretherketone Rods Use for Patients With Degenerative Disease

Article Type
Changed

Surgical treatment of degenerative lumbar spine disease has been rising steadily in the United States, and an increasing fraction of surgery involves lumbar fusion.1,2 Various techniques are used to accomplish a lumbar fusion, including noninstrumented fusion, anterior lumbar interbody fusion (ALIF), lateral lumbar interbody fusion (XLIF, OLIF), posterior pedicle screw fusion, posterior cortical screw fusion, posterior interbody fusion (TLIF, PLIF), and interspinous process fusion. Rigid, metallic fusion hardware provides high stability and fusion rates, but it likely leads to stress shielding and adjacent segment disease.3 There is interest in less rigid and dynamic stabilization techniques to reduce the risk of adjacent segment disease, such as polyetheretherketone (PEEK) rods, which have been available since 2007. However, literature regarding PEEK rod utility is sparse and of mixed outcomes.3,4 Additional patient reported outcome (PRO) information would be useful to both surgeons and patients. Using institutional data, this review was designed to examine our experience with PEEK rod lumbar fusion and to document PROs.

Methods

The study was approved by the institutional review board at the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) Portland Health Care System (VAPHCS) in Oregon with a waiver of authorization. In this retrospective, single center study, data were queried from the senior author’s (DAR) case logs from VA Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS). Electronic medical records, imaging, and PROs of all consecutive patients undergoing lumbar fusion at 1 or 2 levels with PEEK rods for degenerative disease were retrospectively reviewed. Cases of trauma, malignancy, or infection were excluded. From March 2011 through October 2019, 108 patients underwent lumbar fusion with PEEK rods.

 

 

Surgeries were conducted on a Mizuho OSI Jackson Table via bilateral 3 to 4 cm Wiltse incisions using the Medtronic Quadrant retractor system. Medtronic O-Arm images were acquired and delivered to a Medtronic Stealth Station for navigation of the screws. Monopolar coagulation was not used. PEEK pedicle screws were placed and verified with a second O-Arm spin before placing lordotic PEEK rods in the screw heads. No attempt was made to reduce any spondylolisthesis, but distraction was used to open the foramina and indirectly decompress the canal. An interbody device was placed only in treatment of multiply recurrent disc protrusion. After decortication of the transverse processes and facets, intertransverse fusion constructs consisting of calcium hydroxyapatite soaked in autologous bone marrow blood and wrapped in 6-mg bone morphogenetic protein-soaked sponges were placed on the bone. If canal decompression was indicated, a Medtronic Metrx retractor tube was then placed through one of the incisions and decompression carried out. Wounds were closed with absorbable suture. No bracing was used postoperatively. Figure 1 shows a typical single level PEEK rod fusion construct.



Patient pre- and postoperative Short Form-36 (SF-36) physical function (PF) scores and Oswestry Disability Index (ODI) scores had been obtained at routine clinic visits.

Static radiographs were used to assess the fusion. Dynamic films and/or computed tomography (CT) scans were obtained only when symptomatic pseudarthrosis was suspected. Some patients had abdominal or lumbar CT scans for other indications, and these were reviewed when available. Particular care was taken to assess facet fusion as an indicator of arthrodesis (Figure 2).5

Statistical Analysis

Pre- and postoperative pairwise t tests were completed for patients with a complete data, using SAS 9.2 statistical package. Data are presented as standard deviation (SD) of the mean.

 

Results

Following application of the inclusion/exclusion criteria, 108 patients had undergone lumbar fusion with PEEK rods. Mean (SD) patient age was 60.2 (10.3) years and 88 patients were male (Table 1). Most surgeries were at L5-S1 and L4-5. There were 97 single-level fusions and 11 bilevel fusions. Seventy-four procedures were for spondylolisthesis, 23 for foraminal stenosis, 5 for degenerative disc disease, 3 for coronal imbalance with foraminal stenosis, 2 for pseudarthrosis after surgery elsewhere, and 1 for multiple recurrent disc herniation (Table 2). Twenty-five patients (23.1%) were current tobacco users and 28 (25.9%) were former smokers, 26 (24.1%) had diabetes mellitus (DM), 16 (14.8%) had low bone density by dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) imaging, 35 (32.4%) had depression, and 7 (6.5%) were taking an immunosuppressive agent (chronic steroids, biological response modifiers, or methotrexate). Mean body mass index was 30.1.

Surgical Procedure

Of the 108 patients, the first 18 underwent a procedure with fluoroscopic guidance and the Medtronic FluoroNav and Stealth Systems. The next 90 patients underwent a procedure with O-Arm intraoperative CT scanning and Stealth frameless stereotactic navigation. The mean (SD) length of stay was 1.7 (1.3) days. There were no wound infections and no new neurologic deficits. Mean (SD) follow up time was 30.3 (21.8) months.

 

 

Imaging

Final imaging was by radiograph in 73 patients, CT in 31, and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in 3 (1 patient had no imaging). Sixty-seven patients (62.0%) had a bilateral arthrodesis, and 15 (13.9%) had at least a unilateral arthrodesis. MRI was not used to assess arthrodesis. Eight patients (7.4%) had no definite arthrodesis. Seventeen patients had inadequate or early imaging from which a fusion determination could not be made. Of 81 patients with > 11 months of follow up, 58 (71.6%) had a bilateral arthrodesis, 12 (14.8%) had a unilateral arthrodesis, 8 (9.9%) had no arthrodesis, and 3 (3.7%) were indeterminate.

No patient had any revision fusion surgery at the index level during follow up. Two patients had adjacent level fusions at 27 and 60 months after the index procedure. One patient had a laminectomy at an adjacent segment at 18 months postfusion, and 1 had a foraminotomy at an adjacent segment 89 months post fusion (Figure 3). Overall, there were 4 (3.7%) adjacent segment surgeries at a mean of 48.5 months after surgery. One patient had a sacro-iliac joint fusion below an L5-S1 fusion 17 months prior for persisting pain after the fusion procedure.

 

Patient Reported Outcomes

Preoperative SF-36 PF and ODI scores were available for 81 patients (Table 3). Postoperative SF-36 PF scores were obtained at 3 months for 65 of these patients, and at 1 year for 63 patients. Postoperative ODI scores were obtained at 3 months for 65 patients, and at 1 year for 55 patients. Among the 65 patients with completed SF-36 scores at 3 months, a mean increase of 22.4 (95% CI, 17-27; P < .001) was noted, and for the 63 patients at 1 year a mean increase of 30.3 (95% CI, 25-35; P < .001) was noted. Among the 65 patients with completed ODI scores at 3 months, a mean decrease of 6.8 (95% CI, 4.9-8.6; P < .001) was noted, and for the 55 patients with completed ODI scores at 1 year a mean decrease of 10.3 (n = 55; 95% CI, 8.4-12.2; P < .001) was noted.

Cost

We compared the hardware cost of a single level construct consisting of 4 pedicle screws, 4 locking caps, and 2 rods using a PEEK system with that of 2 other titanium construct systems. At VAPHCS, the PEEK system cost was about 71% of the cost of 2 other titanium construct systems and 62% of the cost when compared with Medtronic titanium rods.

Discussion

PEEK is useful for spine and cranial implants. It is inert and fully biocompatible with a modulus of elasticity between that of cortical and cancellous bone, and much lower than that of titanium, and is therefore considered to be semirigid.3,4,6 PEEK rods are intermediate in stiffness between titanium rods (110 Gigapascals) and dynamic devices such as the Zimmer Biomet DYNESYS dynamic stabilization system or the Premia Spine TOPS system.3 Carbon fiber rods and carbon fiber reinforced PEEK implants are other semirigid rod alternatives.7,8 PEEK rods for posterior lumbar fusion surgery were introduced in 2007. Li and colleagues provide a thorough review of the biomechanical properties of PEEK rods.3

 

 

PEEK is thought to have several advantages when compared with titanium. These advantages include more physiologic load sharing and reduction in stress shielding, improved durability, reduced risk of failure in osteoporotic bone, less wear debris, no change in bone forming environment, and imaging radiolucency.4,9 Spinal PEEK cages have been reported to allow more uniform radiation dose distribution compared with metal constructs, an advantage that also may pertain to PEEK rods.10 Disadvantages of PEEK rods include an inability to detect rod breakage easily, lack of data on the use in more than minimally unstable clinical situations, and greater expense, although this was not the authors’ observation.3,4,11

Importantly, it has been reported that PEEK rods permit a greater range of motion in all planes when compared with titanium rods.9 Polyetheretherketone rods unload the bone screw interface and increased the anterior column load to a more physiologic 75% when compared with titanium rods.6,9 However, in another biomechanical study that compared titanium rods, PEEK rods, and a dynamic stabilization device, it was reported that anterior load sharing was 55%, 59%, and 75%, respectively.12 This indicated that PEEK rods are closer to metal rods than truly dynamic devices for anterior load sharing. The endurance limit of a PEEK rod construct was similar to that of clinically useful metal systems.9 PEEK rods resulted in no increase in postfatigue motion compared with titanium rods in a biomechanical model.13 Intradiscal pressures at PEEK instrumented segments were similar to uninstrumented segments and greater than those with titanium rod constructs.14 Intradiscal pressures at adjacent segments were highest with dynamic devices, intermediate with semirigid rods, and lowest with rigid constructs; however, stress values at adjacent segments were lower in PEEK than titanium constructs in any direction of motion.15,16

Fusion Rates

The use of PEEK rods in lumbar fusion has been reported previously.3,4,17,18 However, these studies featured small sample sizes, short follow up times, and contradictory results.4 Of 8 outcome reports found in a systematic review, 2 studies reported on procedures designed to create nonfusion outcomes (a third similar trial from 2013 was not included in the systematic review), and 1 study reported only on the condition of PEEK rods removed at subsequent surgery.3,19-21 Reported fusion rates varied from 86 to 100%.

In 42 patients with PEEK rod fusions who were followed for a mean of 31.4 months, 5 patients required adjacent segment surgery and 3 patients were treated for interbody cage migration and nonunion.17 Radiographic fusion rate was 86%. These authors concluded that PEEK rod fusion results were similar to those of other constructs, but not better, or perhaps worse than, metal rods.

Other studies have reported better results with PEEK.11,18,19,22-24 Highsmith and colleagues reported on 3 successful example cases of the use of PEEK rods.11 De Iure and colleagues reported on 30 cases up to 5 levels (mean, 2.9) using autograft bone, with a mean follow up of 18 months.23 Results were reported as satisfactory. Three patients had radiographic nonunions, 1 of which required revision for asymptomatic screw loosening at the cranial end of the construct. Qi and colleagues, reported on 20 patients with PEEK rods compared to 21 patients with titanium alloy rods.24 Both groups had similar clinical outcomes, structural parameters, and 100% fusion rates. Athanasakopoulos and colleagues reported on 52 patients with up to 3 level fusions followed for a mean of 3 years.22 There were significant improvements in PROs: at 1 year 96% had radiographic union. Two patients had screw breakage, 1 of whom required revision to a metal rod construct. Colangeli and colleagues reported on 12 patients treated with PEEK rods compared with 12 who were treated with a dynamic system.18 They reported significant improvements, no complications, and 100% fusion at 6 months. Huang and colleagues reported on 38 patients intended to undergo a nonfusion procedure with 2 years of follow up.19 They reported good outcomes and 1 case of screw loosening. As no fusion was intended, no fusion outcomes were reported. All these studies suggested that longer follow up and more patients would be needed to assess the role of PEEK rods in lumbar fusion.3

Our results show a radiographic fusion rate of 86.4% and a radiographic nonunion rate of 9.9% in patients followed for at least 12 months. There was no clinical need for revision fusion at the index level. In our retrospective review, patients had high levels of smoking, DM, depression, immunosuppression, and obesity, which may negatively influence radiographic fusion rates when compared with other studies with 100% reported fusion rates. There was no instance of construct breakage or screw breakout, indicating that PEEK rods may allow enough flexibility to avoid construct failure under stress as in a fall.

 

 

Patient Reported Outcomes

Recent large studies were reviewed to assess the pre- and postoperative patient PROs reported in comparison with our study population (Table 4). In the Swedish Spine Registry analysis of 765 patients with 3 different types of lumbar fusion, the mean preoperative ODI score was 37 and mean SF-36 physical component score (PCS) was 35 for the most similar approach (posterolateral fusion with instrumentation).25 At 1 year postoperation, the mean ODI was 26 and mean SF-36 PCS was 43. In the Spine Patient Outcomes Research Trial (SPORT) spondylolisthesis trial of 3 fusion types, the mean preoperative ODI was 41.2 and mean SF-36 PF score was 31.2 for the most similar approach (posterolateral instrumented fusion with pedicle screws).26 Postoperative ODI scores at 1 year decreased by a mean 20.9 points and mean SF-36 PF scores increased by 29.9.

We report a mean preoperative SF-36 PF score of 28.9, which is lower than the SPORT study score for posterolateral fusion with instrumentation and the Swedish Study score for posterolateral instrumented fusion with pedicle screws. Similarly, our mean ODI score of 24.8 was better than the scores reported in the Swedish and SPORT studies. Our mean SF-36 PF score at 1 year postoperation was 59.3, compared with 58.5 for the SPORT study group and 46.0 in the Swedish study group. Mean ODI score at 1 year postoperatively was 14.5, which is better than the scores reported in the Swedish and SPORT studies.

Minimally clinically important difference (MCID) is a parameter used to gauge the efficacy of spine surgery. The utility of the MCID based upon PROs has been questioned in lumbar fusion surgery, as it has been thought to measure if the patient is “feeling” rather than “doing” better, the latter of which can be better measured by functional performance measures and objective, external socioeconomic anchors such as return to work and health care costs.27 Nevertheless, validated PROs are reported widely in the spine surgery literature. The MCID in the SF-36 is not well established and can depend upon whether the scores are at the extremes or more in the central range and whether there is large variability in the scores.28 Rheumatoid arthritis was estimated to be 7.1 points on the PF scale and 7.2 on the physical component summary (PCS).29 For total knee replacement, it has been estimated to be 10 points on the SF-36 PCS.30 Lumbar surgery was estimated to be 4.9 points for the SF-36 PCS and 12.8 points for the ODI.31 And the SPORT trial it has been estimated that a 30% change in the possible gain (or loss) may be an appropriate criterion.28

With a preoperative mean SF-36 PF of 28.9, a 30% improvement in the available range (70.1) would be 21 points, making our data mean improvement of 30 points above the MCID. With a mean preoperative ODI of 24.6, a 30% improvement in the available range (25.4) would be 7.6 points, making our data mean improvement of 10.3 points better than the MCID. Therefore, our outcome results are comparable with other lumbar fusion outcome studies in terms of degree of disability prior to surgery and amount of improvement from surgery.

 

 

Adjacent Segment Disease

The precise factors resulting in adjacent segment disease are not fully defined.3,32 In reviews of lumbar adjacent segment disease, reported rates ranged from 2.5% at 1 year up to 80 to 100% at 10 years, with lower rates with noninstrumented fusions.4,32-34 Annual incidence of symptomatic adjacent segment disease following lumbar fusion ranges from 0.6 to 3.9% per year.32,35,36 Mismatch between lumbar lordosis and pelvic incidence after fusion is thought to lead to higher rates of adjacent segment disease, as can a laminectomy at an adjacent segment.32,36 Percutaneous fusion techniques or use of the Wiltse approach may lower the risk of adjacent segment disease due to avoidance of facet capsule disruption.37,38

Dynamic stabilization techniques do not appear be clearly protective against adjacent segment disease, although biomechanical models suggest that they may do so.33,39,40 A review by Wang and colleagues pooled studies to assess the risk of lumbar adjacent segment disease in spinal fusion to compare to disc arthroplasty and concluded that fusion carried a higher risk of adjacent segment disease.41 Definitive data on other types of motion preservation devices is lacking.3We show 3 adjacent segment fusions and 1 laminectomy have been needed in 108 patients and at a mean of 46 months after the index procedure and over 2.5 years of mean overall follow up. This is a low adjacent segment surgery rate compared to the historical data cited above, and may suggest some advantage for PEEK rods over more rigid constructs.

Strengths and Limitations

Strengths of this study include larger numbers than prior series of PEEK rod use and use in a population with high comorbidities linked to poor results without reduction in good outcomes. PEEK rods as used at the VAPHCS do not result in higher instrumentation costs than all metal constructs.

Study limitations include the retrospective nature with loss of follow up on some patients and incomplete radiographic and PROs in some patients. The use of 100% stereotactic guidance, the avoidance of interbody devices, and the off-label use of bone morphogenetic protein as part of the fusion construct introduce additional variables that may influence comparison to other studies. To avoid unnecessary radiation exposure, flexion extension films or CT scans were not routinely obtained if patients were doing well.42 Additionally, the degree of motion on dynamic views that would differentiate pseudarthrosis from arthrodesis has not been defined.5

Conclusions

The results presented show that lumbar fusion with PEEK rods can be undertaken with short hospitalization times and low complication rates, produce satisfactory clinical improvements, and result in radiographic fusion rates similar to metal constructs. Low rates of hardware failure or need for revision surgery were found. Preliminarily results of low rates of adjacent segment surgery are comparable with previously published metal construct rates. Longer follow up is needed to confirm these findings and to investigate whether semirigid constructs truly offer some protection from adjacent segment disease when compared to all metal constructs.

Acknowledgments
The authors thank Shirley McCartney, PhD, for editorial assistance.

References

1. Deyo RA, Mirza SK, Martin BI, Kreuter W, Goodman DC, Jarvik JG. Trends, major medical complications, and charges associated with surgery for lumbar spinal stenosis in older adults. JAMA. 2010;303(13):1259-1265. doi:10.1001/jama.2010.338

2. Machado GC, Maher CG, Ferreira PH, et al. Trends, complications, and costs for hospital admission and surgery for lumbar spinal stenosis. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2017;42(22):1737-1743. doi:10.1097/BRS.0000000000002207

3. Li C, Liu L, Shi JY, Yan KZ, Shen WZ, Yang ZR. Clinical and biomechanical researches of polyetheretherketone (PEEK) rods for semi-rigid lumbar fusion: a systematic review. Neurosurg Rev. 2018;41(2):375-389. doi:10.1007/s10143-016-0763-2

4. Mavrogenis AF, Vottis C, Triantafyllopoulos G, Papagelopoulos PJ, Pneumaticos SG. PEEK rod systems for the spine. Eur J Orthop Surg Traumatol. 2014;24 Suppl 1:S111-S116. doi:10.1007/s00590-014-1421-4

5. Choudhri TF, Mummaneni PV, Dhall SS, et al. Guideline update for the performance of fusion procedures for degenerative disease of the lumbar spine. Part 4: radiographic assessment of fusion status. J Neurosurg Spine. 2014;21(1):23-30. doi:10.3171/2014.4.SPINE14267

6. Ahn YH, Chen WM, Lee KY, Park KW, Lee SJ. Comparison of the load-sharing characteristics between pedicle-based dynamic and rigid rod devices. Biomed Mater. 2008;3(4):044101. doi:10.1088/1748-6041/3/4/044101

7. Ozer AF, Cevik OM, Erbulut DU, et al. A novel modular dynamic stabilization system for the treatment of degenerative spinal pathologies. Turk Neurosurg. 2019;29(1):115-120. doi:10.5137/1019-5149.JTN.23227-18.1

8. Hak DJ, Mauffrey C, Seligson D, Lindeque B. Use of carbon-fiber-reinforced composite implants in orthopedic surgery. Orthopedics. 2014;37(12):825-830. doi:10.3928/01477447-20141124-05

9. Gornet MF, Chan FW, Coleman JC, et al. Biomechanical assessment of a PEEK rod system for semi-rigid fixation of lumbar fusion constructs. J Biomech Eng. 2011;133(8):081009. doi:10.1115/1.4004862

10. Jackson JB 3rd, Crimaldi AJ, Peindl R, Norton HJ, Anderson WE, Patt JC. Effect of polyether ether ketone on therapeutic radiation to the spine: a pilot study. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2017;42(1):E1-E7. doi:10.1097/BRS.0000000000001695

11. Highsmith JM, Tumialán LM, Rodts GE Jr. Flexible rods and the case for dynamic stabilization. Neurosurg Focus. 2007;22(1):E11. Published 2007 Jan 15. doi:10.3171/foc.2007.22.1.11

12. Sengupta DK, Bucklen B, McAfee PC, Nichols J, Angara R, Khalil S. The comprehensive biomechanics and load-sharing of semirigid PEEK and semirigid posterior dynamic stabilization systems. Adv Orthop. 2013;2013:745610. doi:10.1155/2013/745610

13. Agarwal A, Ingels M, Kodigudla M, Momeni N, Goel V, Agarwal AK. Adjacent-level hypermobility and instrumented-level fatigue loosening with titanium and PEEK rods for a pedicle screw system: an in vitro study. J Biomech Eng. 2016;138(5):051004. doi:10.1115/1.4032965

14. Chou WK, Chien A, Wang JL. Biomechanical analysis between PEEK and titanium screw-rods spinal construct subjected to fatigue loading. J Spinal Disord Tech. 2015;28(3):E121-E125. doi:10.1097/BSD.0000000000000176

15. Shih KS Hsu CC, Zhou SY, Hou SM. Biomechanical investigation of pedicle screw-based posterior stabilization systems for the treatment of lumbar degenerative disc disease using finite element analyses. Biomed Eng: Appl Basis Commun. 2015;27(06):1550060. doi: 10.4015/S101623721550060X

<--pagebreak-->

16. Chang TK, Huang CH, Liu YC, et al. Biomechanical evaluation and comparison of polyetheretherketone rod system to traditional titanium rod fixation on adjacent levels. Formosan J Musculoskeletal Disord. 2013;4(2):42-47. doi: 10.1016/j.fjmd.2013.04.003

17. Ormond DR, Albert L Jr, Das K. Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) rods in lumbar spine degenerative disease: a case series. Clin Spine Surg. 2016;29(7):E371-E375. doi:10.1097/BSD.0b013e318277cb9b

18. Colangeli S, Barbanti Brodàno G, Gasbarrini A, et al. Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) rods: short-term results in lumbar spine degenerative disease. J Neurosurg Sci. 2015;59(2):91-96.

19. Huang W, Chang Z, Song R, Zhou K, Yu X. Non-fusion procedure using PEEK rod systems for lumbar degenerative diseases: clinical experience with a 2-year follow-up. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2016;17:53. Published 2016 Feb 1. doi:10.1186/s12891-016-0913-2

20. Wang C-J, Graf H, Wei H-W. Clinical outcomes of the dynamic lumbar pedicle screw-rod stabilization. Neurosurg Q. 2016;26(3):214-218. doi:10.1097/WNQ.0000000000000169

21. Kurtz SM, Lanman TH, Higgs G, et al. Retrieval analysis of PEEK rods for posterior fusion and motion preservation. Eur Spine J. 2013;22(12):2752-2759. doi:10.1007/s00586-013-2920-4

22. Athanasakopoulos M, Mavrogenis AF, Triantafyllopoulos G, Koufos S, Pneumaticos SG. Posterior spinal fusion using pedicle screws. Orthopedics. 2013;36(7):e951-e957. doi:10.3928/01477447-20130624-28

23. De Iure F, Bosco G, Cappuccio M, Paderni S, Amendola L. Posterior lumbar fusion by peek rods in degenerative spine: preliminary report on 30 cases. Eur Spine J. 2012;21 Suppl 1(Suppl 1):S50-S54. doi:10.1007/s00586-012-2219-x

24. Qi L, Li M, Zhang S, Xue J, Si H. Comparative effectiveness of PEEK rods versus titanium alloy rods in lumbar fusion: a preliminary report. Acta Neurochir (Wien). 2013;155(7):1187-1193. doi:10.1007/s00701-013-1772-3

25. Endler P, Ekman P, Möller H, Gerdhem P. Outcomes of posterolateral fusion with and without instrumentation and of interbody fusion for isthmic spondylolisthesis: a prospective study. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2017;99(9):743-752. doi:10.2106/JBJS.16.00679

26. Abdu WA, Lurie JD, Spratt KF, et al. Degenerative spondylolisthesis: does fusion method influence outcome? Four-year results of the spine patient outcomes research trial. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2009;34(21):2351-2360. doi:10.1097/BRS.0b013e3181b8a829

27. Gatchel RJ, Mayer TG, Chou R. What does/should the minimum clinically important difference measure? A reconsideration of its clinical value in evaluating efficacy of lumbar fusion surgery. Clin J Pain. 2012;28(5):387-397. doi:10.1097/AJP.0b013e3182327f20

28. Spratt KF. Patient-level minimal clinically important difference based on clinical judgment and minimally detectable measurement difference: a rationale for the SF-36 physical function scale in the SPORT intervertebral disc herniation cohort. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2009;34(16):1722-1731. doi:10.1097/BRS.0b013e3181a8faf2

29. Ward MM, Guthrie LC, Alba MI. Clinically important changes in short form 36 health survey scales for use in rheumatoid arthritis clinical trials: the impact of low responsiveness. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken). 2014;66(12):1783-1789. doi:10.1002/acr.22392

30. Escobar A, Quintana JM, Bilbao A, Aróstegui I, Lafuente I, Vidaurreta I. Responsiveness and clinically important differences for the WOMAC and SF-36 after total knee replacement. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2007;15(3):273-280. doi:10.1016/j.joca.2006.09.001

31. Copay AG, Glassman SD, Subach BR, Berven S, Schuler TC, Carreon LY. Minimum clinically important difference in lumbar spine surgery patients: a choice of methods using the Oswestry Disability Index, Medical Outcomes Study questionnaire Short Form 36, and pain scales. Spine J. 2008;8(6):968-974. doi:10.1016/j.spinee.2007.11.006

32. Radcliff KE, Kepler CK, Jakoi A, et al. Adjacent segment disease in the lumbar spine following different treatment interventions. Spine J. 2013;13(10):1339-1349. doi:10.1016/j.spinee.2013.03.020

33. Epstein NE. Adjacent level disease following lumbar spine surgery: a review. Surg Neurol Int. 2015;6(Suppl 24):S591-S599. Published 2015 Nov 25. doi:10.4103/2152-7806.170432

34. Epstein NE. A review: reduced reoperation rate for multilevel lumbar laminectomies with noninstrumented versus instrumented fusions. Surg Neurol Int. 2016;7(Suppl 13):S337-S346. Published 2016 May 17. doi:10.4103/2152-7806.182546

35. Scemama C, Magrino B, Gillet P, Guigui P. Risk of adjacent-segment disease requiring surgery after short lumbar fusion: results of the French Spine Surgery Society Series. J Neurosurg Spine. 2016;25(1):46-51. doi:10.3171/2015.11.SPINE15700

36. Tempel ZJ, Gandhoke GS, Bolinger BD, et al. The influence of pelvic incidence and lumbar lordosis mismatch on development of symptomatic adjacent level disease following single-level transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Neurosurgery. 2017;80(6):880-886. doi:10.1093/neuros/nyw073

<--pagebreak-->

37. Cheng YW, Chang PY, Wu JC, et al. Letter to the editor: Pedicle screw-based dynamic stabilization and adjacent-segment disease. J Neurosurg Spine. 2017;26(3):405-406. doi:10.3171/2016.7.SPINE16816

38. Street JT, Andrew Glennie R, Dea N, et al. A comparison of the Wiltse versus midline approaches in degenerative conditions of the lumbar spine. J Neurosurg Spine. 2016;25(3):332-338. doi:10.3171/2016.2.SPINE151018

39. Kuo CH, Huang WC, Wu JC, et al. Radiological adjacent-segment degeneration in L4-5 spondylolisthesis: comparison between dynamic stabilization and minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. J Neurosurg Spine. 2018;29(3):250-258. doi:10.3171/2018.1.SPINE17993

40. Lee CH, Kim YE, Lee HJ, Kim DG, Kim CH. Biomechanical effects of hybrid stabilization on the risk of proximal adjacent-segment degeneration following lumbar spinal fusion using an interspinous device or a pedicle screw-based dynamic fixator. J Neurosurg Spine. 2017;27(6):643-649. doi:10.3171/2017.3.SPINE161169

41. Wang JC, Arnold PM, Hermsmeyer JT, Norvell DC. Do lumbar motion preserving devices reduce the risk of adjacent segment pathology compared with fusion surgery? A systematic review. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2012;37(22 Suppl):S133-S143. doi:10.1097/BRS.0b013e31826cadf2

42. Ross DA. Letter to the editor: steroid use in anterior cervical discectomy and fusion. J Neurosurg Spine. 2016;24(6):998-1000. doi:10.3171/2015.9.SPINE151052

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Donald Ross is a Staff Surgeon in The Operative Care Division at VA Portland Health Care System in Oregon. Donald Ross is an Attending Surgeon and Miner Ross is a Resident Surgeon, both in the Department of Neurological Surgery, Oregon Health & Science University in Portland.
Correspondence: Donald Ross (rossdo@ohsu.edu)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(1)s
Publications
Topics
Page Number
S9-S16
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Donald Ross is a Staff Surgeon in The Operative Care Division at VA Portland Health Care System in Oregon. Donald Ross is an Attending Surgeon and Miner Ross is a Resident Surgeon, both in the Department of Neurological Surgery, Oregon Health & Science University in Portland.
Correspondence: Donald Ross (rossdo@ohsu.edu)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Author and Disclosure Information

Donald Ross is a Staff Surgeon in The Operative Care Division at VA Portland Health Care System in Oregon. Donald Ross is an Attending Surgeon and Miner Ross is a Resident Surgeon, both in the Department of Neurological Surgery, Oregon Health & Science University in Portland.
Correspondence: Donald Ross (rossdo@ohsu.edu)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Surgical treatment of degenerative lumbar spine disease has been rising steadily in the United States, and an increasing fraction of surgery involves lumbar fusion.1,2 Various techniques are used to accomplish a lumbar fusion, including noninstrumented fusion, anterior lumbar interbody fusion (ALIF), lateral lumbar interbody fusion (XLIF, OLIF), posterior pedicle screw fusion, posterior cortical screw fusion, posterior interbody fusion (TLIF, PLIF), and interspinous process fusion. Rigid, metallic fusion hardware provides high stability and fusion rates, but it likely leads to stress shielding and adjacent segment disease.3 There is interest in less rigid and dynamic stabilization techniques to reduce the risk of adjacent segment disease, such as polyetheretherketone (PEEK) rods, which have been available since 2007. However, literature regarding PEEK rod utility is sparse and of mixed outcomes.3,4 Additional patient reported outcome (PRO) information would be useful to both surgeons and patients. Using institutional data, this review was designed to examine our experience with PEEK rod lumbar fusion and to document PROs.

Methods

The study was approved by the institutional review board at the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) Portland Health Care System (VAPHCS) in Oregon with a waiver of authorization. In this retrospective, single center study, data were queried from the senior author’s (DAR) case logs from VA Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS). Electronic medical records, imaging, and PROs of all consecutive patients undergoing lumbar fusion at 1 or 2 levels with PEEK rods for degenerative disease were retrospectively reviewed. Cases of trauma, malignancy, or infection were excluded. From March 2011 through October 2019, 108 patients underwent lumbar fusion with PEEK rods.

 

 

Surgeries were conducted on a Mizuho OSI Jackson Table via bilateral 3 to 4 cm Wiltse incisions using the Medtronic Quadrant retractor system. Medtronic O-Arm images were acquired and delivered to a Medtronic Stealth Station for navigation of the screws. Monopolar coagulation was not used. PEEK pedicle screws were placed and verified with a second O-Arm spin before placing lordotic PEEK rods in the screw heads. No attempt was made to reduce any spondylolisthesis, but distraction was used to open the foramina and indirectly decompress the canal. An interbody device was placed only in treatment of multiply recurrent disc protrusion. After decortication of the transverse processes and facets, intertransverse fusion constructs consisting of calcium hydroxyapatite soaked in autologous bone marrow blood and wrapped in 6-mg bone morphogenetic protein-soaked sponges were placed on the bone. If canal decompression was indicated, a Medtronic Metrx retractor tube was then placed through one of the incisions and decompression carried out. Wounds were closed with absorbable suture. No bracing was used postoperatively. Figure 1 shows a typical single level PEEK rod fusion construct.



Patient pre- and postoperative Short Form-36 (SF-36) physical function (PF) scores and Oswestry Disability Index (ODI) scores had been obtained at routine clinic visits.

Static radiographs were used to assess the fusion. Dynamic films and/or computed tomography (CT) scans were obtained only when symptomatic pseudarthrosis was suspected. Some patients had abdominal or lumbar CT scans for other indications, and these were reviewed when available. Particular care was taken to assess facet fusion as an indicator of arthrodesis (Figure 2).5

Statistical Analysis

Pre- and postoperative pairwise t tests were completed for patients with a complete data, using SAS 9.2 statistical package. Data are presented as standard deviation (SD) of the mean.

 

Results

Following application of the inclusion/exclusion criteria, 108 patients had undergone lumbar fusion with PEEK rods. Mean (SD) patient age was 60.2 (10.3) years and 88 patients were male (Table 1). Most surgeries were at L5-S1 and L4-5. There were 97 single-level fusions and 11 bilevel fusions. Seventy-four procedures were for spondylolisthesis, 23 for foraminal stenosis, 5 for degenerative disc disease, 3 for coronal imbalance with foraminal stenosis, 2 for pseudarthrosis after surgery elsewhere, and 1 for multiple recurrent disc herniation (Table 2). Twenty-five patients (23.1%) were current tobacco users and 28 (25.9%) were former smokers, 26 (24.1%) had diabetes mellitus (DM), 16 (14.8%) had low bone density by dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) imaging, 35 (32.4%) had depression, and 7 (6.5%) were taking an immunosuppressive agent (chronic steroids, biological response modifiers, or methotrexate). Mean body mass index was 30.1.

Surgical Procedure

Of the 108 patients, the first 18 underwent a procedure with fluoroscopic guidance and the Medtronic FluoroNav and Stealth Systems. The next 90 patients underwent a procedure with O-Arm intraoperative CT scanning and Stealth frameless stereotactic navigation. The mean (SD) length of stay was 1.7 (1.3) days. There were no wound infections and no new neurologic deficits. Mean (SD) follow up time was 30.3 (21.8) months.

 

 

Imaging

Final imaging was by radiograph in 73 patients, CT in 31, and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in 3 (1 patient had no imaging). Sixty-seven patients (62.0%) had a bilateral arthrodesis, and 15 (13.9%) had at least a unilateral arthrodesis. MRI was not used to assess arthrodesis. Eight patients (7.4%) had no definite arthrodesis. Seventeen patients had inadequate or early imaging from which a fusion determination could not be made. Of 81 patients with > 11 months of follow up, 58 (71.6%) had a bilateral arthrodesis, 12 (14.8%) had a unilateral arthrodesis, 8 (9.9%) had no arthrodesis, and 3 (3.7%) were indeterminate.

No patient had any revision fusion surgery at the index level during follow up. Two patients had adjacent level fusions at 27 and 60 months after the index procedure. One patient had a laminectomy at an adjacent segment at 18 months postfusion, and 1 had a foraminotomy at an adjacent segment 89 months post fusion (Figure 3). Overall, there were 4 (3.7%) adjacent segment surgeries at a mean of 48.5 months after surgery. One patient had a sacro-iliac joint fusion below an L5-S1 fusion 17 months prior for persisting pain after the fusion procedure.

 

Patient Reported Outcomes

Preoperative SF-36 PF and ODI scores were available for 81 patients (Table 3). Postoperative SF-36 PF scores were obtained at 3 months for 65 of these patients, and at 1 year for 63 patients. Postoperative ODI scores were obtained at 3 months for 65 patients, and at 1 year for 55 patients. Among the 65 patients with completed SF-36 scores at 3 months, a mean increase of 22.4 (95% CI, 17-27; P < .001) was noted, and for the 63 patients at 1 year a mean increase of 30.3 (95% CI, 25-35; P < .001) was noted. Among the 65 patients with completed ODI scores at 3 months, a mean decrease of 6.8 (95% CI, 4.9-8.6; P < .001) was noted, and for the 55 patients with completed ODI scores at 1 year a mean decrease of 10.3 (n = 55; 95% CI, 8.4-12.2; P < .001) was noted.

Cost

We compared the hardware cost of a single level construct consisting of 4 pedicle screws, 4 locking caps, and 2 rods using a PEEK system with that of 2 other titanium construct systems. At VAPHCS, the PEEK system cost was about 71% of the cost of 2 other titanium construct systems and 62% of the cost when compared with Medtronic titanium rods.

Discussion

PEEK is useful for spine and cranial implants. It is inert and fully biocompatible with a modulus of elasticity between that of cortical and cancellous bone, and much lower than that of titanium, and is therefore considered to be semirigid.3,4,6 PEEK rods are intermediate in stiffness between titanium rods (110 Gigapascals) and dynamic devices such as the Zimmer Biomet DYNESYS dynamic stabilization system or the Premia Spine TOPS system.3 Carbon fiber rods and carbon fiber reinforced PEEK implants are other semirigid rod alternatives.7,8 PEEK rods for posterior lumbar fusion surgery were introduced in 2007. Li and colleagues provide a thorough review of the biomechanical properties of PEEK rods.3

 

 

PEEK is thought to have several advantages when compared with titanium. These advantages include more physiologic load sharing and reduction in stress shielding, improved durability, reduced risk of failure in osteoporotic bone, less wear debris, no change in bone forming environment, and imaging radiolucency.4,9 Spinal PEEK cages have been reported to allow more uniform radiation dose distribution compared with metal constructs, an advantage that also may pertain to PEEK rods.10 Disadvantages of PEEK rods include an inability to detect rod breakage easily, lack of data on the use in more than minimally unstable clinical situations, and greater expense, although this was not the authors’ observation.3,4,11

Importantly, it has been reported that PEEK rods permit a greater range of motion in all planes when compared with titanium rods.9 Polyetheretherketone rods unload the bone screw interface and increased the anterior column load to a more physiologic 75% when compared with titanium rods.6,9 However, in another biomechanical study that compared titanium rods, PEEK rods, and a dynamic stabilization device, it was reported that anterior load sharing was 55%, 59%, and 75%, respectively.12 This indicated that PEEK rods are closer to metal rods than truly dynamic devices for anterior load sharing. The endurance limit of a PEEK rod construct was similar to that of clinically useful metal systems.9 PEEK rods resulted in no increase in postfatigue motion compared with titanium rods in a biomechanical model.13 Intradiscal pressures at PEEK instrumented segments were similar to uninstrumented segments and greater than those with titanium rod constructs.14 Intradiscal pressures at adjacent segments were highest with dynamic devices, intermediate with semirigid rods, and lowest with rigid constructs; however, stress values at adjacent segments were lower in PEEK than titanium constructs in any direction of motion.15,16

Fusion Rates

The use of PEEK rods in lumbar fusion has been reported previously.3,4,17,18 However, these studies featured small sample sizes, short follow up times, and contradictory results.4 Of 8 outcome reports found in a systematic review, 2 studies reported on procedures designed to create nonfusion outcomes (a third similar trial from 2013 was not included in the systematic review), and 1 study reported only on the condition of PEEK rods removed at subsequent surgery.3,19-21 Reported fusion rates varied from 86 to 100%.

In 42 patients with PEEK rod fusions who were followed for a mean of 31.4 months, 5 patients required adjacent segment surgery and 3 patients were treated for interbody cage migration and nonunion.17 Radiographic fusion rate was 86%. These authors concluded that PEEK rod fusion results were similar to those of other constructs, but not better, or perhaps worse than, metal rods.

Other studies have reported better results with PEEK.11,18,19,22-24 Highsmith and colleagues reported on 3 successful example cases of the use of PEEK rods.11 De Iure and colleagues reported on 30 cases up to 5 levels (mean, 2.9) using autograft bone, with a mean follow up of 18 months.23 Results were reported as satisfactory. Three patients had radiographic nonunions, 1 of which required revision for asymptomatic screw loosening at the cranial end of the construct. Qi and colleagues, reported on 20 patients with PEEK rods compared to 21 patients with titanium alloy rods.24 Both groups had similar clinical outcomes, structural parameters, and 100% fusion rates. Athanasakopoulos and colleagues reported on 52 patients with up to 3 level fusions followed for a mean of 3 years.22 There were significant improvements in PROs: at 1 year 96% had radiographic union. Two patients had screw breakage, 1 of whom required revision to a metal rod construct. Colangeli and colleagues reported on 12 patients treated with PEEK rods compared with 12 who were treated with a dynamic system.18 They reported significant improvements, no complications, and 100% fusion at 6 months. Huang and colleagues reported on 38 patients intended to undergo a nonfusion procedure with 2 years of follow up.19 They reported good outcomes and 1 case of screw loosening. As no fusion was intended, no fusion outcomes were reported. All these studies suggested that longer follow up and more patients would be needed to assess the role of PEEK rods in lumbar fusion.3

Our results show a radiographic fusion rate of 86.4% and a radiographic nonunion rate of 9.9% in patients followed for at least 12 months. There was no clinical need for revision fusion at the index level. In our retrospective review, patients had high levels of smoking, DM, depression, immunosuppression, and obesity, which may negatively influence radiographic fusion rates when compared with other studies with 100% reported fusion rates. There was no instance of construct breakage or screw breakout, indicating that PEEK rods may allow enough flexibility to avoid construct failure under stress as in a fall.

 

 

Patient Reported Outcomes

Recent large studies were reviewed to assess the pre- and postoperative patient PROs reported in comparison with our study population (Table 4). In the Swedish Spine Registry analysis of 765 patients with 3 different types of lumbar fusion, the mean preoperative ODI score was 37 and mean SF-36 physical component score (PCS) was 35 for the most similar approach (posterolateral fusion with instrumentation).25 At 1 year postoperation, the mean ODI was 26 and mean SF-36 PCS was 43. In the Spine Patient Outcomes Research Trial (SPORT) spondylolisthesis trial of 3 fusion types, the mean preoperative ODI was 41.2 and mean SF-36 PF score was 31.2 for the most similar approach (posterolateral instrumented fusion with pedicle screws).26 Postoperative ODI scores at 1 year decreased by a mean 20.9 points and mean SF-36 PF scores increased by 29.9.

We report a mean preoperative SF-36 PF score of 28.9, which is lower than the SPORT study score for posterolateral fusion with instrumentation and the Swedish Study score for posterolateral instrumented fusion with pedicle screws. Similarly, our mean ODI score of 24.8 was better than the scores reported in the Swedish and SPORT studies. Our mean SF-36 PF score at 1 year postoperation was 59.3, compared with 58.5 for the SPORT study group and 46.0 in the Swedish study group. Mean ODI score at 1 year postoperatively was 14.5, which is better than the scores reported in the Swedish and SPORT studies.

Minimally clinically important difference (MCID) is a parameter used to gauge the efficacy of spine surgery. The utility of the MCID based upon PROs has been questioned in lumbar fusion surgery, as it has been thought to measure if the patient is “feeling” rather than “doing” better, the latter of which can be better measured by functional performance measures and objective, external socioeconomic anchors such as return to work and health care costs.27 Nevertheless, validated PROs are reported widely in the spine surgery literature. The MCID in the SF-36 is not well established and can depend upon whether the scores are at the extremes or more in the central range and whether there is large variability in the scores.28 Rheumatoid arthritis was estimated to be 7.1 points on the PF scale and 7.2 on the physical component summary (PCS).29 For total knee replacement, it has been estimated to be 10 points on the SF-36 PCS.30 Lumbar surgery was estimated to be 4.9 points for the SF-36 PCS and 12.8 points for the ODI.31 And the SPORT trial it has been estimated that a 30% change in the possible gain (or loss) may be an appropriate criterion.28

With a preoperative mean SF-36 PF of 28.9, a 30% improvement in the available range (70.1) would be 21 points, making our data mean improvement of 30 points above the MCID. With a mean preoperative ODI of 24.6, a 30% improvement in the available range (25.4) would be 7.6 points, making our data mean improvement of 10.3 points better than the MCID. Therefore, our outcome results are comparable with other lumbar fusion outcome studies in terms of degree of disability prior to surgery and amount of improvement from surgery.

 

 

Adjacent Segment Disease

The precise factors resulting in adjacent segment disease are not fully defined.3,32 In reviews of lumbar adjacent segment disease, reported rates ranged from 2.5% at 1 year up to 80 to 100% at 10 years, with lower rates with noninstrumented fusions.4,32-34 Annual incidence of symptomatic adjacent segment disease following lumbar fusion ranges from 0.6 to 3.9% per year.32,35,36 Mismatch between lumbar lordosis and pelvic incidence after fusion is thought to lead to higher rates of adjacent segment disease, as can a laminectomy at an adjacent segment.32,36 Percutaneous fusion techniques or use of the Wiltse approach may lower the risk of adjacent segment disease due to avoidance of facet capsule disruption.37,38

Dynamic stabilization techniques do not appear be clearly protective against adjacent segment disease, although biomechanical models suggest that they may do so.33,39,40 A review by Wang and colleagues pooled studies to assess the risk of lumbar adjacent segment disease in spinal fusion to compare to disc arthroplasty and concluded that fusion carried a higher risk of adjacent segment disease.41 Definitive data on other types of motion preservation devices is lacking.3We show 3 adjacent segment fusions and 1 laminectomy have been needed in 108 patients and at a mean of 46 months after the index procedure and over 2.5 years of mean overall follow up. This is a low adjacent segment surgery rate compared to the historical data cited above, and may suggest some advantage for PEEK rods over more rigid constructs.

Strengths and Limitations

Strengths of this study include larger numbers than prior series of PEEK rod use and use in a population with high comorbidities linked to poor results without reduction in good outcomes. PEEK rods as used at the VAPHCS do not result in higher instrumentation costs than all metal constructs.

Study limitations include the retrospective nature with loss of follow up on some patients and incomplete radiographic and PROs in some patients. The use of 100% stereotactic guidance, the avoidance of interbody devices, and the off-label use of bone morphogenetic protein as part of the fusion construct introduce additional variables that may influence comparison to other studies. To avoid unnecessary radiation exposure, flexion extension films or CT scans were not routinely obtained if patients were doing well.42 Additionally, the degree of motion on dynamic views that would differentiate pseudarthrosis from arthrodesis has not been defined.5

Conclusions

The results presented show that lumbar fusion with PEEK rods can be undertaken with short hospitalization times and low complication rates, produce satisfactory clinical improvements, and result in radiographic fusion rates similar to metal constructs. Low rates of hardware failure or need for revision surgery were found. Preliminarily results of low rates of adjacent segment surgery are comparable with previously published metal construct rates. Longer follow up is needed to confirm these findings and to investigate whether semirigid constructs truly offer some protection from adjacent segment disease when compared to all metal constructs.

Acknowledgments
The authors thank Shirley McCartney, PhD, for editorial assistance.

Surgical treatment of degenerative lumbar spine disease has been rising steadily in the United States, and an increasing fraction of surgery involves lumbar fusion.1,2 Various techniques are used to accomplish a lumbar fusion, including noninstrumented fusion, anterior lumbar interbody fusion (ALIF), lateral lumbar interbody fusion (XLIF, OLIF), posterior pedicle screw fusion, posterior cortical screw fusion, posterior interbody fusion (TLIF, PLIF), and interspinous process fusion. Rigid, metallic fusion hardware provides high stability and fusion rates, but it likely leads to stress shielding and adjacent segment disease.3 There is interest in less rigid and dynamic stabilization techniques to reduce the risk of adjacent segment disease, such as polyetheretherketone (PEEK) rods, which have been available since 2007. However, literature regarding PEEK rod utility is sparse and of mixed outcomes.3,4 Additional patient reported outcome (PRO) information would be useful to both surgeons and patients. Using institutional data, this review was designed to examine our experience with PEEK rod lumbar fusion and to document PROs.

Methods

The study was approved by the institutional review board at the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) Portland Health Care System (VAPHCS) in Oregon with a waiver of authorization. In this retrospective, single center study, data were queried from the senior author’s (DAR) case logs from VA Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS). Electronic medical records, imaging, and PROs of all consecutive patients undergoing lumbar fusion at 1 or 2 levels with PEEK rods for degenerative disease were retrospectively reviewed. Cases of trauma, malignancy, or infection were excluded. From March 2011 through October 2019, 108 patients underwent lumbar fusion with PEEK rods.

 

 

Surgeries were conducted on a Mizuho OSI Jackson Table via bilateral 3 to 4 cm Wiltse incisions using the Medtronic Quadrant retractor system. Medtronic O-Arm images were acquired and delivered to a Medtronic Stealth Station for navigation of the screws. Monopolar coagulation was not used. PEEK pedicle screws were placed and verified with a second O-Arm spin before placing lordotic PEEK rods in the screw heads. No attempt was made to reduce any spondylolisthesis, but distraction was used to open the foramina and indirectly decompress the canal. An interbody device was placed only in treatment of multiply recurrent disc protrusion. After decortication of the transverse processes and facets, intertransverse fusion constructs consisting of calcium hydroxyapatite soaked in autologous bone marrow blood and wrapped in 6-mg bone morphogenetic protein-soaked sponges were placed on the bone. If canal decompression was indicated, a Medtronic Metrx retractor tube was then placed through one of the incisions and decompression carried out. Wounds were closed with absorbable suture. No bracing was used postoperatively. Figure 1 shows a typical single level PEEK rod fusion construct.



Patient pre- and postoperative Short Form-36 (SF-36) physical function (PF) scores and Oswestry Disability Index (ODI) scores had been obtained at routine clinic visits.

Static radiographs were used to assess the fusion. Dynamic films and/or computed tomography (CT) scans were obtained only when symptomatic pseudarthrosis was suspected. Some patients had abdominal or lumbar CT scans for other indications, and these were reviewed when available. Particular care was taken to assess facet fusion as an indicator of arthrodesis (Figure 2).5

Statistical Analysis

Pre- and postoperative pairwise t tests were completed for patients with a complete data, using SAS 9.2 statistical package. Data are presented as standard deviation (SD) of the mean.

 

Results

Following application of the inclusion/exclusion criteria, 108 patients had undergone lumbar fusion with PEEK rods. Mean (SD) patient age was 60.2 (10.3) years and 88 patients were male (Table 1). Most surgeries were at L5-S1 and L4-5. There were 97 single-level fusions and 11 bilevel fusions. Seventy-four procedures were for spondylolisthesis, 23 for foraminal stenosis, 5 for degenerative disc disease, 3 for coronal imbalance with foraminal stenosis, 2 for pseudarthrosis after surgery elsewhere, and 1 for multiple recurrent disc herniation (Table 2). Twenty-five patients (23.1%) were current tobacco users and 28 (25.9%) were former smokers, 26 (24.1%) had diabetes mellitus (DM), 16 (14.8%) had low bone density by dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) imaging, 35 (32.4%) had depression, and 7 (6.5%) were taking an immunosuppressive agent (chronic steroids, biological response modifiers, or methotrexate). Mean body mass index was 30.1.

Surgical Procedure

Of the 108 patients, the first 18 underwent a procedure with fluoroscopic guidance and the Medtronic FluoroNav and Stealth Systems. The next 90 patients underwent a procedure with O-Arm intraoperative CT scanning and Stealth frameless stereotactic navigation. The mean (SD) length of stay was 1.7 (1.3) days. There were no wound infections and no new neurologic deficits. Mean (SD) follow up time was 30.3 (21.8) months.

 

 

Imaging

Final imaging was by radiograph in 73 patients, CT in 31, and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in 3 (1 patient had no imaging). Sixty-seven patients (62.0%) had a bilateral arthrodesis, and 15 (13.9%) had at least a unilateral arthrodesis. MRI was not used to assess arthrodesis. Eight patients (7.4%) had no definite arthrodesis. Seventeen patients had inadequate or early imaging from which a fusion determination could not be made. Of 81 patients with > 11 months of follow up, 58 (71.6%) had a bilateral arthrodesis, 12 (14.8%) had a unilateral arthrodesis, 8 (9.9%) had no arthrodesis, and 3 (3.7%) were indeterminate.

No patient had any revision fusion surgery at the index level during follow up. Two patients had adjacent level fusions at 27 and 60 months after the index procedure. One patient had a laminectomy at an adjacent segment at 18 months postfusion, and 1 had a foraminotomy at an adjacent segment 89 months post fusion (Figure 3). Overall, there were 4 (3.7%) adjacent segment surgeries at a mean of 48.5 months after surgery. One patient had a sacro-iliac joint fusion below an L5-S1 fusion 17 months prior for persisting pain after the fusion procedure.

 

Patient Reported Outcomes

Preoperative SF-36 PF and ODI scores were available for 81 patients (Table 3). Postoperative SF-36 PF scores were obtained at 3 months for 65 of these patients, and at 1 year for 63 patients. Postoperative ODI scores were obtained at 3 months for 65 patients, and at 1 year for 55 patients. Among the 65 patients with completed SF-36 scores at 3 months, a mean increase of 22.4 (95% CI, 17-27; P < .001) was noted, and for the 63 patients at 1 year a mean increase of 30.3 (95% CI, 25-35; P < .001) was noted. Among the 65 patients with completed ODI scores at 3 months, a mean decrease of 6.8 (95% CI, 4.9-8.6; P < .001) was noted, and for the 55 patients with completed ODI scores at 1 year a mean decrease of 10.3 (n = 55; 95% CI, 8.4-12.2; P < .001) was noted.

Cost

We compared the hardware cost of a single level construct consisting of 4 pedicle screws, 4 locking caps, and 2 rods using a PEEK system with that of 2 other titanium construct systems. At VAPHCS, the PEEK system cost was about 71% of the cost of 2 other titanium construct systems and 62% of the cost when compared with Medtronic titanium rods.

Discussion

PEEK is useful for spine and cranial implants. It is inert and fully biocompatible with a modulus of elasticity between that of cortical and cancellous bone, and much lower than that of titanium, and is therefore considered to be semirigid.3,4,6 PEEK rods are intermediate in stiffness between titanium rods (110 Gigapascals) and dynamic devices such as the Zimmer Biomet DYNESYS dynamic stabilization system or the Premia Spine TOPS system.3 Carbon fiber rods and carbon fiber reinforced PEEK implants are other semirigid rod alternatives.7,8 PEEK rods for posterior lumbar fusion surgery were introduced in 2007. Li and colleagues provide a thorough review of the biomechanical properties of PEEK rods.3

 

 

PEEK is thought to have several advantages when compared with titanium. These advantages include more physiologic load sharing and reduction in stress shielding, improved durability, reduced risk of failure in osteoporotic bone, less wear debris, no change in bone forming environment, and imaging radiolucency.4,9 Spinal PEEK cages have been reported to allow more uniform radiation dose distribution compared with metal constructs, an advantage that also may pertain to PEEK rods.10 Disadvantages of PEEK rods include an inability to detect rod breakage easily, lack of data on the use in more than minimally unstable clinical situations, and greater expense, although this was not the authors’ observation.3,4,11

Importantly, it has been reported that PEEK rods permit a greater range of motion in all planes when compared with titanium rods.9 Polyetheretherketone rods unload the bone screw interface and increased the anterior column load to a more physiologic 75% when compared with titanium rods.6,9 However, in another biomechanical study that compared titanium rods, PEEK rods, and a dynamic stabilization device, it was reported that anterior load sharing was 55%, 59%, and 75%, respectively.12 This indicated that PEEK rods are closer to metal rods than truly dynamic devices for anterior load sharing. The endurance limit of a PEEK rod construct was similar to that of clinically useful metal systems.9 PEEK rods resulted in no increase in postfatigue motion compared with titanium rods in a biomechanical model.13 Intradiscal pressures at PEEK instrumented segments were similar to uninstrumented segments and greater than those with titanium rod constructs.14 Intradiscal pressures at adjacent segments were highest with dynamic devices, intermediate with semirigid rods, and lowest with rigid constructs; however, stress values at adjacent segments were lower in PEEK than titanium constructs in any direction of motion.15,16

Fusion Rates

The use of PEEK rods in lumbar fusion has been reported previously.3,4,17,18 However, these studies featured small sample sizes, short follow up times, and contradictory results.4 Of 8 outcome reports found in a systematic review, 2 studies reported on procedures designed to create nonfusion outcomes (a third similar trial from 2013 was not included in the systematic review), and 1 study reported only on the condition of PEEK rods removed at subsequent surgery.3,19-21 Reported fusion rates varied from 86 to 100%.

In 42 patients with PEEK rod fusions who were followed for a mean of 31.4 months, 5 patients required adjacent segment surgery and 3 patients were treated for interbody cage migration and nonunion.17 Radiographic fusion rate was 86%. These authors concluded that PEEK rod fusion results were similar to those of other constructs, but not better, or perhaps worse than, metal rods.

Other studies have reported better results with PEEK.11,18,19,22-24 Highsmith and colleagues reported on 3 successful example cases of the use of PEEK rods.11 De Iure and colleagues reported on 30 cases up to 5 levels (mean, 2.9) using autograft bone, with a mean follow up of 18 months.23 Results were reported as satisfactory. Three patients had radiographic nonunions, 1 of which required revision for asymptomatic screw loosening at the cranial end of the construct. Qi and colleagues, reported on 20 patients with PEEK rods compared to 21 patients with titanium alloy rods.24 Both groups had similar clinical outcomes, structural parameters, and 100% fusion rates. Athanasakopoulos and colleagues reported on 52 patients with up to 3 level fusions followed for a mean of 3 years.22 There were significant improvements in PROs: at 1 year 96% had radiographic union. Two patients had screw breakage, 1 of whom required revision to a metal rod construct. Colangeli and colleagues reported on 12 patients treated with PEEK rods compared with 12 who were treated with a dynamic system.18 They reported significant improvements, no complications, and 100% fusion at 6 months. Huang and colleagues reported on 38 patients intended to undergo a nonfusion procedure with 2 years of follow up.19 They reported good outcomes and 1 case of screw loosening. As no fusion was intended, no fusion outcomes were reported. All these studies suggested that longer follow up and more patients would be needed to assess the role of PEEK rods in lumbar fusion.3

Our results show a radiographic fusion rate of 86.4% and a radiographic nonunion rate of 9.9% in patients followed for at least 12 months. There was no clinical need for revision fusion at the index level. In our retrospective review, patients had high levels of smoking, DM, depression, immunosuppression, and obesity, which may negatively influence radiographic fusion rates when compared with other studies with 100% reported fusion rates. There was no instance of construct breakage or screw breakout, indicating that PEEK rods may allow enough flexibility to avoid construct failure under stress as in a fall.

 

 

Patient Reported Outcomes

Recent large studies were reviewed to assess the pre- and postoperative patient PROs reported in comparison with our study population (Table 4). In the Swedish Spine Registry analysis of 765 patients with 3 different types of lumbar fusion, the mean preoperative ODI score was 37 and mean SF-36 physical component score (PCS) was 35 for the most similar approach (posterolateral fusion with instrumentation).25 At 1 year postoperation, the mean ODI was 26 and mean SF-36 PCS was 43. In the Spine Patient Outcomes Research Trial (SPORT) spondylolisthesis trial of 3 fusion types, the mean preoperative ODI was 41.2 and mean SF-36 PF score was 31.2 for the most similar approach (posterolateral instrumented fusion with pedicle screws).26 Postoperative ODI scores at 1 year decreased by a mean 20.9 points and mean SF-36 PF scores increased by 29.9.

We report a mean preoperative SF-36 PF score of 28.9, which is lower than the SPORT study score for posterolateral fusion with instrumentation and the Swedish Study score for posterolateral instrumented fusion with pedicle screws. Similarly, our mean ODI score of 24.8 was better than the scores reported in the Swedish and SPORT studies. Our mean SF-36 PF score at 1 year postoperation was 59.3, compared with 58.5 for the SPORT study group and 46.0 in the Swedish study group. Mean ODI score at 1 year postoperatively was 14.5, which is better than the scores reported in the Swedish and SPORT studies.

Minimally clinically important difference (MCID) is a parameter used to gauge the efficacy of spine surgery. The utility of the MCID based upon PROs has been questioned in lumbar fusion surgery, as it has been thought to measure if the patient is “feeling” rather than “doing” better, the latter of which can be better measured by functional performance measures and objective, external socioeconomic anchors such as return to work and health care costs.27 Nevertheless, validated PROs are reported widely in the spine surgery literature. The MCID in the SF-36 is not well established and can depend upon whether the scores are at the extremes or more in the central range and whether there is large variability in the scores.28 Rheumatoid arthritis was estimated to be 7.1 points on the PF scale and 7.2 on the physical component summary (PCS).29 For total knee replacement, it has been estimated to be 10 points on the SF-36 PCS.30 Lumbar surgery was estimated to be 4.9 points for the SF-36 PCS and 12.8 points for the ODI.31 And the SPORT trial it has been estimated that a 30% change in the possible gain (or loss) may be an appropriate criterion.28

With a preoperative mean SF-36 PF of 28.9, a 30% improvement in the available range (70.1) would be 21 points, making our data mean improvement of 30 points above the MCID. With a mean preoperative ODI of 24.6, a 30% improvement in the available range (25.4) would be 7.6 points, making our data mean improvement of 10.3 points better than the MCID. Therefore, our outcome results are comparable with other lumbar fusion outcome studies in terms of degree of disability prior to surgery and amount of improvement from surgery.

 

 

Adjacent Segment Disease

The precise factors resulting in adjacent segment disease are not fully defined.3,32 In reviews of lumbar adjacent segment disease, reported rates ranged from 2.5% at 1 year up to 80 to 100% at 10 years, with lower rates with noninstrumented fusions.4,32-34 Annual incidence of symptomatic adjacent segment disease following lumbar fusion ranges from 0.6 to 3.9% per year.32,35,36 Mismatch between lumbar lordosis and pelvic incidence after fusion is thought to lead to higher rates of adjacent segment disease, as can a laminectomy at an adjacent segment.32,36 Percutaneous fusion techniques or use of the Wiltse approach may lower the risk of adjacent segment disease due to avoidance of facet capsule disruption.37,38

Dynamic stabilization techniques do not appear be clearly protective against adjacent segment disease, although biomechanical models suggest that they may do so.33,39,40 A review by Wang and colleagues pooled studies to assess the risk of lumbar adjacent segment disease in spinal fusion to compare to disc arthroplasty and concluded that fusion carried a higher risk of adjacent segment disease.41 Definitive data on other types of motion preservation devices is lacking.3We show 3 adjacent segment fusions and 1 laminectomy have been needed in 108 patients and at a mean of 46 months after the index procedure and over 2.5 years of mean overall follow up. This is a low adjacent segment surgery rate compared to the historical data cited above, and may suggest some advantage for PEEK rods over more rigid constructs.

Strengths and Limitations

Strengths of this study include larger numbers than prior series of PEEK rod use and use in a population with high comorbidities linked to poor results without reduction in good outcomes. PEEK rods as used at the VAPHCS do not result in higher instrumentation costs than all metal constructs.

Study limitations include the retrospective nature with loss of follow up on some patients and incomplete radiographic and PROs in some patients. The use of 100% stereotactic guidance, the avoidance of interbody devices, and the off-label use of bone morphogenetic protein as part of the fusion construct introduce additional variables that may influence comparison to other studies. To avoid unnecessary radiation exposure, flexion extension films or CT scans were not routinely obtained if patients were doing well.42 Additionally, the degree of motion on dynamic views that would differentiate pseudarthrosis from arthrodesis has not been defined.5

Conclusions

The results presented show that lumbar fusion with PEEK rods can be undertaken with short hospitalization times and low complication rates, produce satisfactory clinical improvements, and result in radiographic fusion rates similar to metal constructs. Low rates of hardware failure or need for revision surgery were found. Preliminarily results of low rates of adjacent segment surgery are comparable with previously published metal construct rates. Longer follow up is needed to confirm these findings and to investigate whether semirigid constructs truly offer some protection from adjacent segment disease when compared to all metal constructs.

Acknowledgments
The authors thank Shirley McCartney, PhD, for editorial assistance.

References

1. Deyo RA, Mirza SK, Martin BI, Kreuter W, Goodman DC, Jarvik JG. Trends, major medical complications, and charges associated with surgery for lumbar spinal stenosis in older adults. JAMA. 2010;303(13):1259-1265. doi:10.1001/jama.2010.338

2. Machado GC, Maher CG, Ferreira PH, et al. Trends, complications, and costs for hospital admission and surgery for lumbar spinal stenosis. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2017;42(22):1737-1743. doi:10.1097/BRS.0000000000002207

3. Li C, Liu L, Shi JY, Yan KZ, Shen WZ, Yang ZR. Clinical and biomechanical researches of polyetheretherketone (PEEK) rods for semi-rigid lumbar fusion: a systematic review. Neurosurg Rev. 2018;41(2):375-389. doi:10.1007/s10143-016-0763-2

4. Mavrogenis AF, Vottis C, Triantafyllopoulos G, Papagelopoulos PJ, Pneumaticos SG. PEEK rod systems for the spine. Eur J Orthop Surg Traumatol. 2014;24 Suppl 1:S111-S116. doi:10.1007/s00590-014-1421-4

5. Choudhri TF, Mummaneni PV, Dhall SS, et al. Guideline update for the performance of fusion procedures for degenerative disease of the lumbar spine. Part 4: radiographic assessment of fusion status. J Neurosurg Spine. 2014;21(1):23-30. doi:10.3171/2014.4.SPINE14267

6. Ahn YH, Chen WM, Lee KY, Park KW, Lee SJ. Comparison of the load-sharing characteristics between pedicle-based dynamic and rigid rod devices. Biomed Mater. 2008;3(4):044101. doi:10.1088/1748-6041/3/4/044101

7. Ozer AF, Cevik OM, Erbulut DU, et al. A novel modular dynamic stabilization system for the treatment of degenerative spinal pathologies. Turk Neurosurg. 2019;29(1):115-120. doi:10.5137/1019-5149.JTN.23227-18.1

8. Hak DJ, Mauffrey C, Seligson D, Lindeque B. Use of carbon-fiber-reinforced composite implants in orthopedic surgery. Orthopedics. 2014;37(12):825-830. doi:10.3928/01477447-20141124-05

9. Gornet MF, Chan FW, Coleman JC, et al. Biomechanical assessment of a PEEK rod system for semi-rigid fixation of lumbar fusion constructs. J Biomech Eng. 2011;133(8):081009. doi:10.1115/1.4004862

10. Jackson JB 3rd, Crimaldi AJ, Peindl R, Norton HJ, Anderson WE, Patt JC. Effect of polyether ether ketone on therapeutic radiation to the spine: a pilot study. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2017;42(1):E1-E7. doi:10.1097/BRS.0000000000001695

11. Highsmith JM, Tumialán LM, Rodts GE Jr. Flexible rods and the case for dynamic stabilization. Neurosurg Focus. 2007;22(1):E11. Published 2007 Jan 15. doi:10.3171/foc.2007.22.1.11

12. Sengupta DK, Bucklen B, McAfee PC, Nichols J, Angara R, Khalil S. The comprehensive biomechanics and load-sharing of semirigid PEEK and semirigid posterior dynamic stabilization systems. Adv Orthop. 2013;2013:745610. doi:10.1155/2013/745610

13. Agarwal A, Ingels M, Kodigudla M, Momeni N, Goel V, Agarwal AK. Adjacent-level hypermobility and instrumented-level fatigue loosening with titanium and PEEK rods for a pedicle screw system: an in vitro study. J Biomech Eng. 2016;138(5):051004. doi:10.1115/1.4032965

14. Chou WK, Chien A, Wang JL. Biomechanical analysis between PEEK and titanium screw-rods spinal construct subjected to fatigue loading. J Spinal Disord Tech. 2015;28(3):E121-E125. doi:10.1097/BSD.0000000000000176

15. Shih KS Hsu CC, Zhou SY, Hou SM. Biomechanical investigation of pedicle screw-based posterior stabilization systems for the treatment of lumbar degenerative disc disease using finite element analyses. Biomed Eng: Appl Basis Commun. 2015;27(06):1550060. doi: 10.4015/S101623721550060X

<--pagebreak-->

16. Chang TK, Huang CH, Liu YC, et al. Biomechanical evaluation and comparison of polyetheretherketone rod system to traditional titanium rod fixation on adjacent levels. Formosan J Musculoskeletal Disord. 2013;4(2):42-47. doi: 10.1016/j.fjmd.2013.04.003

17. Ormond DR, Albert L Jr, Das K. Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) rods in lumbar spine degenerative disease: a case series. Clin Spine Surg. 2016;29(7):E371-E375. doi:10.1097/BSD.0b013e318277cb9b

18. Colangeli S, Barbanti Brodàno G, Gasbarrini A, et al. Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) rods: short-term results in lumbar spine degenerative disease. J Neurosurg Sci. 2015;59(2):91-96.

19. Huang W, Chang Z, Song R, Zhou K, Yu X. Non-fusion procedure using PEEK rod systems for lumbar degenerative diseases: clinical experience with a 2-year follow-up. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2016;17:53. Published 2016 Feb 1. doi:10.1186/s12891-016-0913-2

20. Wang C-J, Graf H, Wei H-W. Clinical outcomes of the dynamic lumbar pedicle screw-rod stabilization. Neurosurg Q. 2016;26(3):214-218. doi:10.1097/WNQ.0000000000000169

21. Kurtz SM, Lanman TH, Higgs G, et al. Retrieval analysis of PEEK rods for posterior fusion and motion preservation. Eur Spine J. 2013;22(12):2752-2759. doi:10.1007/s00586-013-2920-4

22. Athanasakopoulos M, Mavrogenis AF, Triantafyllopoulos G, Koufos S, Pneumaticos SG. Posterior spinal fusion using pedicle screws. Orthopedics. 2013;36(7):e951-e957. doi:10.3928/01477447-20130624-28

23. De Iure F, Bosco G, Cappuccio M, Paderni S, Amendola L. Posterior lumbar fusion by peek rods in degenerative spine: preliminary report on 30 cases. Eur Spine J. 2012;21 Suppl 1(Suppl 1):S50-S54. doi:10.1007/s00586-012-2219-x

24. Qi L, Li M, Zhang S, Xue J, Si H. Comparative effectiveness of PEEK rods versus titanium alloy rods in lumbar fusion: a preliminary report. Acta Neurochir (Wien). 2013;155(7):1187-1193. doi:10.1007/s00701-013-1772-3

25. Endler P, Ekman P, Möller H, Gerdhem P. Outcomes of posterolateral fusion with and without instrumentation and of interbody fusion for isthmic spondylolisthesis: a prospective study. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2017;99(9):743-752. doi:10.2106/JBJS.16.00679

26. Abdu WA, Lurie JD, Spratt KF, et al. Degenerative spondylolisthesis: does fusion method influence outcome? Four-year results of the spine patient outcomes research trial. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2009;34(21):2351-2360. doi:10.1097/BRS.0b013e3181b8a829

27. Gatchel RJ, Mayer TG, Chou R. What does/should the minimum clinically important difference measure? A reconsideration of its clinical value in evaluating efficacy of lumbar fusion surgery. Clin J Pain. 2012;28(5):387-397. doi:10.1097/AJP.0b013e3182327f20

28. Spratt KF. Patient-level minimal clinically important difference based on clinical judgment and minimally detectable measurement difference: a rationale for the SF-36 physical function scale in the SPORT intervertebral disc herniation cohort. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2009;34(16):1722-1731. doi:10.1097/BRS.0b013e3181a8faf2

29. Ward MM, Guthrie LC, Alba MI. Clinically important changes in short form 36 health survey scales for use in rheumatoid arthritis clinical trials: the impact of low responsiveness. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken). 2014;66(12):1783-1789. doi:10.1002/acr.22392

30. Escobar A, Quintana JM, Bilbao A, Aróstegui I, Lafuente I, Vidaurreta I. Responsiveness and clinically important differences for the WOMAC and SF-36 after total knee replacement. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2007;15(3):273-280. doi:10.1016/j.joca.2006.09.001

31. Copay AG, Glassman SD, Subach BR, Berven S, Schuler TC, Carreon LY. Minimum clinically important difference in lumbar spine surgery patients: a choice of methods using the Oswestry Disability Index, Medical Outcomes Study questionnaire Short Form 36, and pain scales. Spine J. 2008;8(6):968-974. doi:10.1016/j.spinee.2007.11.006

32. Radcliff KE, Kepler CK, Jakoi A, et al. Adjacent segment disease in the lumbar spine following different treatment interventions. Spine J. 2013;13(10):1339-1349. doi:10.1016/j.spinee.2013.03.020

33. Epstein NE. Adjacent level disease following lumbar spine surgery: a review. Surg Neurol Int. 2015;6(Suppl 24):S591-S599. Published 2015 Nov 25. doi:10.4103/2152-7806.170432

34. Epstein NE. A review: reduced reoperation rate for multilevel lumbar laminectomies with noninstrumented versus instrumented fusions. Surg Neurol Int. 2016;7(Suppl 13):S337-S346. Published 2016 May 17. doi:10.4103/2152-7806.182546

35. Scemama C, Magrino B, Gillet P, Guigui P. Risk of adjacent-segment disease requiring surgery after short lumbar fusion: results of the French Spine Surgery Society Series. J Neurosurg Spine. 2016;25(1):46-51. doi:10.3171/2015.11.SPINE15700

36. Tempel ZJ, Gandhoke GS, Bolinger BD, et al. The influence of pelvic incidence and lumbar lordosis mismatch on development of symptomatic adjacent level disease following single-level transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Neurosurgery. 2017;80(6):880-886. doi:10.1093/neuros/nyw073

<--pagebreak-->

37. Cheng YW, Chang PY, Wu JC, et al. Letter to the editor: Pedicle screw-based dynamic stabilization and adjacent-segment disease. J Neurosurg Spine. 2017;26(3):405-406. doi:10.3171/2016.7.SPINE16816

38. Street JT, Andrew Glennie R, Dea N, et al. A comparison of the Wiltse versus midline approaches in degenerative conditions of the lumbar spine. J Neurosurg Spine. 2016;25(3):332-338. doi:10.3171/2016.2.SPINE151018

39. Kuo CH, Huang WC, Wu JC, et al. Radiological adjacent-segment degeneration in L4-5 spondylolisthesis: comparison between dynamic stabilization and minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. J Neurosurg Spine. 2018;29(3):250-258. doi:10.3171/2018.1.SPINE17993

40. Lee CH, Kim YE, Lee HJ, Kim DG, Kim CH. Biomechanical effects of hybrid stabilization on the risk of proximal adjacent-segment degeneration following lumbar spinal fusion using an interspinous device or a pedicle screw-based dynamic fixator. J Neurosurg Spine. 2017;27(6):643-649. doi:10.3171/2017.3.SPINE161169

41. Wang JC, Arnold PM, Hermsmeyer JT, Norvell DC. Do lumbar motion preserving devices reduce the risk of adjacent segment pathology compared with fusion surgery? A systematic review. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2012;37(22 Suppl):S133-S143. doi:10.1097/BRS.0b013e31826cadf2

42. Ross DA. Letter to the editor: steroid use in anterior cervical discectomy and fusion. J Neurosurg Spine. 2016;24(6):998-1000. doi:10.3171/2015.9.SPINE151052

References

1. Deyo RA, Mirza SK, Martin BI, Kreuter W, Goodman DC, Jarvik JG. Trends, major medical complications, and charges associated with surgery for lumbar spinal stenosis in older adults. JAMA. 2010;303(13):1259-1265. doi:10.1001/jama.2010.338

2. Machado GC, Maher CG, Ferreira PH, et al. Trends, complications, and costs for hospital admission and surgery for lumbar spinal stenosis. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2017;42(22):1737-1743. doi:10.1097/BRS.0000000000002207

3. Li C, Liu L, Shi JY, Yan KZ, Shen WZ, Yang ZR. Clinical and biomechanical researches of polyetheretherketone (PEEK) rods for semi-rigid lumbar fusion: a systematic review. Neurosurg Rev. 2018;41(2):375-389. doi:10.1007/s10143-016-0763-2

4. Mavrogenis AF, Vottis C, Triantafyllopoulos G, Papagelopoulos PJ, Pneumaticos SG. PEEK rod systems for the spine. Eur J Orthop Surg Traumatol. 2014;24 Suppl 1:S111-S116. doi:10.1007/s00590-014-1421-4

5. Choudhri TF, Mummaneni PV, Dhall SS, et al. Guideline update for the performance of fusion procedures for degenerative disease of the lumbar spine. Part 4: radiographic assessment of fusion status. J Neurosurg Spine. 2014;21(1):23-30. doi:10.3171/2014.4.SPINE14267

6. Ahn YH, Chen WM, Lee KY, Park KW, Lee SJ. Comparison of the load-sharing characteristics between pedicle-based dynamic and rigid rod devices. Biomed Mater. 2008;3(4):044101. doi:10.1088/1748-6041/3/4/044101

7. Ozer AF, Cevik OM, Erbulut DU, et al. A novel modular dynamic stabilization system for the treatment of degenerative spinal pathologies. Turk Neurosurg. 2019;29(1):115-120. doi:10.5137/1019-5149.JTN.23227-18.1

8. Hak DJ, Mauffrey C, Seligson D, Lindeque B. Use of carbon-fiber-reinforced composite implants in orthopedic surgery. Orthopedics. 2014;37(12):825-830. doi:10.3928/01477447-20141124-05

9. Gornet MF, Chan FW, Coleman JC, et al. Biomechanical assessment of a PEEK rod system for semi-rigid fixation of lumbar fusion constructs. J Biomech Eng. 2011;133(8):081009. doi:10.1115/1.4004862

10. Jackson JB 3rd, Crimaldi AJ, Peindl R, Norton HJ, Anderson WE, Patt JC. Effect of polyether ether ketone on therapeutic radiation to the spine: a pilot study. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2017;42(1):E1-E7. doi:10.1097/BRS.0000000000001695

11. Highsmith JM, Tumialán LM, Rodts GE Jr. Flexible rods and the case for dynamic stabilization. Neurosurg Focus. 2007;22(1):E11. Published 2007 Jan 15. doi:10.3171/foc.2007.22.1.11

12. Sengupta DK, Bucklen B, McAfee PC, Nichols J, Angara R, Khalil S. The comprehensive biomechanics and load-sharing of semirigid PEEK and semirigid posterior dynamic stabilization systems. Adv Orthop. 2013;2013:745610. doi:10.1155/2013/745610

13. Agarwal A, Ingels M, Kodigudla M, Momeni N, Goel V, Agarwal AK. Adjacent-level hypermobility and instrumented-level fatigue loosening with titanium and PEEK rods for a pedicle screw system: an in vitro study. J Biomech Eng. 2016;138(5):051004. doi:10.1115/1.4032965

14. Chou WK, Chien A, Wang JL. Biomechanical analysis between PEEK and titanium screw-rods spinal construct subjected to fatigue loading. J Spinal Disord Tech. 2015;28(3):E121-E125. doi:10.1097/BSD.0000000000000176

15. Shih KS Hsu CC, Zhou SY, Hou SM. Biomechanical investigation of pedicle screw-based posterior stabilization systems for the treatment of lumbar degenerative disc disease using finite element analyses. Biomed Eng: Appl Basis Commun. 2015;27(06):1550060. doi: 10.4015/S101623721550060X

<--pagebreak-->

16. Chang TK, Huang CH, Liu YC, et al. Biomechanical evaluation and comparison of polyetheretherketone rod system to traditional titanium rod fixation on adjacent levels. Formosan J Musculoskeletal Disord. 2013;4(2):42-47. doi: 10.1016/j.fjmd.2013.04.003

17. Ormond DR, Albert L Jr, Das K. Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) rods in lumbar spine degenerative disease: a case series. Clin Spine Surg. 2016;29(7):E371-E375. doi:10.1097/BSD.0b013e318277cb9b

18. Colangeli S, Barbanti Brodàno G, Gasbarrini A, et al. Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) rods: short-term results in lumbar spine degenerative disease. J Neurosurg Sci. 2015;59(2):91-96.

19. Huang W, Chang Z, Song R, Zhou K, Yu X. Non-fusion procedure using PEEK rod systems for lumbar degenerative diseases: clinical experience with a 2-year follow-up. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2016;17:53. Published 2016 Feb 1. doi:10.1186/s12891-016-0913-2

20. Wang C-J, Graf H, Wei H-W. Clinical outcomes of the dynamic lumbar pedicle screw-rod stabilization. Neurosurg Q. 2016;26(3):214-218. doi:10.1097/WNQ.0000000000000169

21. Kurtz SM, Lanman TH, Higgs G, et al. Retrieval analysis of PEEK rods for posterior fusion and motion preservation. Eur Spine J. 2013;22(12):2752-2759. doi:10.1007/s00586-013-2920-4

22. Athanasakopoulos M, Mavrogenis AF, Triantafyllopoulos G, Koufos S, Pneumaticos SG. Posterior spinal fusion using pedicle screws. Orthopedics. 2013;36(7):e951-e957. doi:10.3928/01477447-20130624-28

23. De Iure F, Bosco G, Cappuccio M, Paderni S, Amendola L. Posterior lumbar fusion by peek rods in degenerative spine: preliminary report on 30 cases. Eur Spine J. 2012;21 Suppl 1(Suppl 1):S50-S54. doi:10.1007/s00586-012-2219-x

24. Qi L, Li M, Zhang S, Xue J, Si H. Comparative effectiveness of PEEK rods versus titanium alloy rods in lumbar fusion: a preliminary report. Acta Neurochir (Wien). 2013;155(7):1187-1193. doi:10.1007/s00701-013-1772-3

25. Endler P, Ekman P, Möller H, Gerdhem P. Outcomes of posterolateral fusion with and without instrumentation and of interbody fusion for isthmic spondylolisthesis: a prospective study. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2017;99(9):743-752. doi:10.2106/JBJS.16.00679

26. Abdu WA, Lurie JD, Spratt KF, et al. Degenerative spondylolisthesis: does fusion method influence outcome? Four-year results of the spine patient outcomes research trial. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2009;34(21):2351-2360. doi:10.1097/BRS.0b013e3181b8a829

27. Gatchel RJ, Mayer TG, Chou R. What does/should the minimum clinically important difference measure? A reconsideration of its clinical value in evaluating efficacy of lumbar fusion surgery. Clin J Pain. 2012;28(5):387-397. doi:10.1097/AJP.0b013e3182327f20

28. Spratt KF. Patient-level minimal clinically important difference based on clinical judgment and minimally detectable measurement difference: a rationale for the SF-36 physical function scale in the SPORT intervertebral disc herniation cohort. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2009;34(16):1722-1731. doi:10.1097/BRS.0b013e3181a8faf2

29. Ward MM, Guthrie LC, Alba MI. Clinically important changes in short form 36 health survey scales for use in rheumatoid arthritis clinical trials: the impact of low responsiveness. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken). 2014;66(12):1783-1789. doi:10.1002/acr.22392

30. Escobar A, Quintana JM, Bilbao A, Aróstegui I, Lafuente I, Vidaurreta I. Responsiveness and clinically important differences for the WOMAC and SF-36 after total knee replacement. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2007;15(3):273-280. doi:10.1016/j.joca.2006.09.001

31. Copay AG, Glassman SD, Subach BR, Berven S, Schuler TC, Carreon LY. Minimum clinically important difference in lumbar spine surgery patients: a choice of methods using the Oswestry Disability Index, Medical Outcomes Study questionnaire Short Form 36, and pain scales. Spine J. 2008;8(6):968-974. doi:10.1016/j.spinee.2007.11.006

32. Radcliff KE, Kepler CK, Jakoi A, et al. Adjacent segment disease in the lumbar spine following different treatment interventions. Spine J. 2013;13(10):1339-1349. doi:10.1016/j.spinee.2013.03.020

33. Epstein NE. Adjacent level disease following lumbar spine surgery: a review. Surg Neurol Int. 2015;6(Suppl 24):S591-S599. Published 2015 Nov 25. doi:10.4103/2152-7806.170432

34. Epstein NE. A review: reduced reoperation rate for multilevel lumbar laminectomies with noninstrumented versus instrumented fusions. Surg Neurol Int. 2016;7(Suppl 13):S337-S346. Published 2016 May 17. doi:10.4103/2152-7806.182546

35. Scemama C, Magrino B, Gillet P, Guigui P. Risk of adjacent-segment disease requiring surgery after short lumbar fusion: results of the French Spine Surgery Society Series. J Neurosurg Spine. 2016;25(1):46-51. doi:10.3171/2015.11.SPINE15700

36. Tempel ZJ, Gandhoke GS, Bolinger BD, et al. The influence of pelvic incidence and lumbar lordosis mismatch on development of symptomatic adjacent level disease following single-level transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Neurosurgery. 2017;80(6):880-886. doi:10.1093/neuros/nyw073

<--pagebreak-->

37. Cheng YW, Chang PY, Wu JC, et al. Letter to the editor: Pedicle screw-based dynamic stabilization and adjacent-segment disease. J Neurosurg Spine. 2017;26(3):405-406. doi:10.3171/2016.7.SPINE16816

38. Street JT, Andrew Glennie R, Dea N, et al. A comparison of the Wiltse versus midline approaches in degenerative conditions of the lumbar spine. J Neurosurg Spine. 2016;25(3):332-338. doi:10.3171/2016.2.SPINE151018

39. Kuo CH, Huang WC, Wu JC, et al. Radiological adjacent-segment degeneration in L4-5 spondylolisthesis: comparison between dynamic stabilization and minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. J Neurosurg Spine. 2018;29(3):250-258. doi:10.3171/2018.1.SPINE17993

40. Lee CH, Kim YE, Lee HJ, Kim DG, Kim CH. Biomechanical effects of hybrid stabilization on the risk of proximal adjacent-segment degeneration following lumbar spinal fusion using an interspinous device or a pedicle screw-based dynamic fixator. J Neurosurg Spine. 2017;27(6):643-649. doi:10.3171/2017.3.SPINE161169

41. Wang JC, Arnold PM, Hermsmeyer JT, Norvell DC. Do lumbar motion preserving devices reduce the risk of adjacent segment pathology compared with fusion surgery? A systematic review. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2012;37(22 Suppl):S133-S143. doi:10.1097/BRS.0b013e31826cadf2

42. Ross DA. Letter to the editor: steroid use in anterior cervical discectomy and fusion. J Neurosurg Spine. 2016;24(6):998-1000. doi:10.3171/2015.9.SPINE151052

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(1)s
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(1)s
Page Number
S9-S16
Page Number
S9-S16
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
Article PDF Media

VA Academic Affiliations Matter in the Era of Community Care: A Model From California

Article Type
Changed

The Veterans Health Administration (VHA), 1 of 3 administrative branches in the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is the largest integrated health care system in the United States.1 The VHA has 4 missions: providing health care to eligible veterans; supporting research to benefit veterans and the larger society; providing education for health care trainees; and supporting emergency response.1 In service of these goals, VA has academic affiliations with universities throughout the country, offering unique, extensive training and research opportunities. Both the VA and the affiliate benefit from these partnerships. For example, VA affiliations with University of California (UC) medical schools benefit veteran care while facilitating the UC academic mission. Through these affiliations, trainees who learn within the VHA’s highly effective integrated care model become health care professionals (HCPs) who are prepared to enter health care systems in California and meet the state’s demand for high-quality integrated care with an emphasis on primary care, mental health care, and care for aging populations.2,3

This report explores the history of the VHA, current veteran demographics and needs, VA academic affiliations, and the integrated care model of training in all VHA facilities. The VA and UC academic affiliation is described further with regard to shared research and educational functions. Finally, we identify potential risks to academic affiliations associated with increased VA reliance on community-based care following the implementation of recent legislation. We provide suggestions for VA academic affiliates to help assess and guide the potential impact of increased VA-managed community care.

 

 

VHA Resources

The VHA serves more than 9 million veterans through 170 medical centers and 1,074 outpatient care sites.1 In fiscal year 2017, the VA provided 109 million outpatient visits, and treated 615,000 inpatient medicine/surgical patients and 149,000 patients in inpatient mental health.4 The VHA focuses on the distinct concerns of veterans, which arise from military service as well as their broader health care needs. Veterans have higher rates of medical and mental health conditions than those of the general public; different cohorts in this population experience distinct medical and mental health concerns (Table 1).5

In addition, although veterans are disproportionately older men, the population is diversifying.6 For example, the number of female veterans is growing; furthermore, changes in the law now allow lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) individuals to serve openly, which has both reduced barriers for this population and allowed for LGBT veterans who were not eligible for VA care due to less than honorable discharges to have those discharges upgraded. As a result, care has been tailored to include the development of Women Veterans Program Managers and related services and LGBT and related identities resources such as LGBT Veteran Care Coordinators in every VA facility nationwide.7,8 The VA continues to adapt to serve all veterans; part of this adaptation is training HCPs to provide veteran-centered care for a growing and diversifying population.

VHA Resources in California

California has the largest population of veterans in the United States (Table 2).9,10 Of the 9,116,200 VA enrollees nationwide, 760,910 (8%) reside in California, and of those, 463,410 had at least 1 VA visit in the past year.3,10 The VHA is organized into 21 Veterans Integrated Service Networks (VISNs) that include multiple health care systems in the region associated with each VISN. California is part of VISN 21 (Northern California, Nevada, and Pacific Islands) and VISN 22 (Southern California, Nevada, and New Mexico). Among veterans who served in the recent Iraq and Afghanistan conflicts, 5.5% accessed care in VISN 21 and 9.3% accessed care in VISN 22.11 The VHA provides critical infrastructure for meeting complex veteran needs, as well as related specialized training, education, and research for HCPs. This specialization has been the basis for the broad system of affiliations between VA and academic systems.

The VA continues to be a high priority in the federal budget process.12 In 2017, slightly more than 9% of the VA health care budget, $6.4 billion, was spent on medical care in California.10 Consequently, California has a noteworthy portion of VA infrastructure (Table 3).13,14 California has 8 VA medical centers (VAMCs) with hospital service (Fresno, Loma Linda, Long Beach, Palo Alto, Sacramento, San Diego, San Francisco, West Los Angeles), 3 VAMCs without hospital service (2 locations in the Palo Alto system and Sepulveda), 1 stand-alone extended-care facility (Martinez Community Living Center), and 1 stand-alone residential care facility (San Diego Domiciliary).9 The vast VA infrastructure in California and large population of veterans creates a strong demand for HCPs in the state.

 

 

VA Education and Collaboration

VA has been training clinicians and scholars since 1946, when VA academic affiliations were established by Memorandum Number 2.15,16 Today, the VA is the largest educator of HCPs in the United States.17 In 2015, an estimated $10.3 to $12.5 billion was spent on mandatory Medicare graduate medical education (GME).18 In 2017, the VA spent $1.78 billion of discretionary funding on GME to fund 11,000 full-time equivalent (FTE) slots, leading to > 43,000 physician residents (> 30% of all physician residents) spending part of their training in a VHA facility.18,19

This training mission has multiple benefits. It provides the VA with access to new HCPs who have the necessary training in veteran-specific needs, while supporting the national need for HCPs. In 2018, 120,890 clinical trainees received some or all of their training in the VA system.20 Of the 152 US medical schools that are accredited by the Liaison Committee on Medical Education, 95% collaborate with the VA for training while 100% of the 34 doctor of osteopathic medicine programs have VA training collaborations.20 The VA currently has an additional 18 partnerships with nursing schools.21 Further, 1,800 college and universities, including Hispanic-serving institutions and historically black colleges and universities, have VHA affiliations that provide training for more than 40 clinical health profession education programs.17

This training model has been successful in supporting VA staffing, as health care providers who trained in the VA are more likely to work in the VA.22 Among current VA employees, > 80% of optometrists, > 70% of podiatrists and psychologists, and > 60% of physicians received some part of their training in the VA system.23 In combination with recent increased funding for staffing, the ability of the VA to directly hire trainees in identified professions, and the expansion of loan forgiveness to high-demand specialties (eg, psychiatry), the training partnership between the VA and affiliates has been critical in maintaining the needed VA workforce.22,24,25

The VA Office of Academic Affiliations is responsible for all graduate medical and dental education administration in the VA system, which makes up 85% of its total budget. For each trainee, the VA provides approximately $60,000 toward their stipend in exchange for training and patient care time at a VHA hospital (Kenneth R. Jones, PhD, email communication, August 27, 2018).

California Health Care Education

The UC public university system, founded in 1869, currently has 10 campuses with a combined student body of > 280,000 students, along with 227,000 faculty and staff members.26 For every research dollar provided by California, the UC secures $7 in federal and private funding.26 The UC has 6 medical centers (Davis, Irvine, Los Angeles, Riverside, San Diego, and San Francisco); each is affiliated with at least 1 local VAMC.27,28

California trains a substantial share of health care trainees. In 2016, there were 10,429 physician residents in training in California.29 In 2017/2018, the San Francisco VAMC trained 1,178 medical students/residents, 57 pharmacy students, 25 nurse practitioner students, 19 optometry interns/students/residents, 11 dental students/residents, and 3 physical therapy students.20 In total, 6,223 UC health professions students were trained in VHA facilities during the 2017/2018 training year (Table 4).20 As of 2016, there were 105,907 physicians in California, and of those, 57% completed their GME in California.29 In California in 2015, 74 GME-sponsoring institutions graduated 3,568 residents and fellows, an increase of 10% since 1997.30 Of these sponsoring institutions, 6 of the top 8 programs were UC schools that graduated 48.4% (1,727) of all California residents and fellows in 2015.30



Despite these resources, California faces a major shortage of HCPs, particularly in primary, behavioral health, and older adult care.3 Today, 7 million Californians live in counties with a federally designated shortage of primary, dental, and mental health care providers.3 Most of these Californians are Latino, African American, or Native American, and they live in fast-growing rural and urban regions, including Los Angeles; the San Joaquin Valley; and the Inland Empire (San Bernardino and Riverside Counties).3 Current recommendations to meet increasing demands as California’s population increases, grows older, and faces increased health care demands include expanding residency programs to yield 1,872 additional primary care physicians and 2,202 additional psychiatrists by 2030.3 To meet this shortage and prepare for future health care demands, health care education is paramount; in California, VA and UC affiliations are central to addressing these needs.

The VA plays a particularly important role in supporting GME, which is essential to meeting both VA and California’s unmet HCP needs, as GME determines the number of medical practitioners available per specialty.30 The VA was the second largest GME fund provider in California at $90,662,608 (Medicare provided $552,235,626) and the California government provided a small portion of GME funding.30 VA education funding is a direct result of the VA provision of clinical care in one of the most innovative and modern health care systems in the world.

These VA training opportunities benefit the UC system and California by helping train integrated care practitioners to meet the increasing demand. Integrated care—the coordination of mental health care, substance use disorder treatment, and primary care services—is designed to improve health outcomes by helping people with multiple and complex health care needs access care.31,32

As the largest integrated health care system in the country, the VA brings important clinical, research, and educational opportunities to academic affiliates. A systematic review examining cost and quality outcomes in integrated care systems found improved quality of care compared with nonintegrated care systems; thus, many US government agencies and the World Health Organization are establishing integrated care systems as a standard and universal approach.31,33,34 While cost savings as a result of integrated care are unclear, most studies in this review reported a decrease in utilization of services.33 The presumption of more efficient and higher quality care is also predicated on features such as system-wide accessibility of comprehensive medical records that provide more information to HCPs, promote collaboration, and measure and reward performance, all of which are possible using the VA electronic health record (EHR) system.35,36 The VA offers an excellent opportunity for training in integrated care as this model is required of all VAMCs and community-based outpatient clinics (CBOCs).37

Providing integrated care to the citizens of California is among the 10 priorities of the California Future Health Workforce Commission (a group of California health care leaders cochaired by the UC system president) for immediate action and guides their recommendations on developing and expanding the health care workforce; therefore, training in an integrated health care system is especially important for California HCPs.3 Nearly three-quarters of California’s population aged ≥ 65 years has a chronic health condition that could benefit from integrated care; however, the current supply of HCPs is insufficient to meet the growing demand for geriatric care.38,39

The VA has a robust training program to produce scholars and practitioners who specialize in geriatric care. This includes the Geriatric Scholars Program, which has the goal of integrating geriatrics into primary care through professional development. The Geriatric Scholars Program is a component of the VA Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Centers at urban VAMCs to help provide education and clinical resource connections with rural CBOCs where geriatrics expertise is lacking.

The California Future Health Workforce Commission is highlighting the need to prioritize workforce development in primary care, mental health care, and care for the aging.3 These priorities are shared as foundational services within the VHA.40 The alignment of these priorities creates an excellent rationale for increasing training and education of the UC health care workforce in the California VA system through academic affiliations.

 

 

VA Research Collaborations

The VA Office of Research and Development has existed for more than 90 years with a mission to improve veteran health and well-being via research and attract, train, and retain high-caliber researchers. VA provides a rich environment to conduct observational and interventional research due to its large, diverse veteran population, institutional support, and integrated information system with extensive EHR data.41 The success of the VA in facilitating research is evidenced by the fact that 3 VA investigators have been awarded Nobel prizes, and 7 have received Lasker Foundation Awards.42 The size of the VA allows for innovative large-scale research, such as the Million Veteran Program (MVP). The MVP study developed a mega-biobank of VA health records, questionnaires, and blood samples from nearly 1 million veterans to study genetic influences on health and disease and integrate genetic testing into health care delivery.43 In addition to producing high-quality, innovative research, more than 60% of VA investigators also provide direct patient care.42

VA research areas of focus include homelessness, polytrauma, traumatic brain injury, hearing and vision loss, spinal cord injury, mental health, pain management, precision medicine, prosthetics and amputation care, women’s health, and chronic diseases, such as Parkinson and Alzheimer diseases.44 The VA estimates that, in 2021, total VA research spending will include a request of $787 million in addition to $370 million from the National Institutes of Health, the Department of Defense, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and $170 million from other nonfederal sources, for a projected total of $1.3 billion. This budget will support 2,200 projects with direct research and reimbursable employment of 3,275 FTEs,which are key to supporting VA academic affiliations.45 These funds translate into substantial benefits to the UC system, including shared research and training resources, grant-funding opportunities for UC faculty, and the ability to recruit top researchers, educators, and clinicians to its institutions.

VA Reliance on Community Care 

The current VHA model is an integrated health care system that provides comprehensive, wraparound services to enrolled veterans, which are cost-effective, high quality, and consistently found to have equal or superior quality of care compared with that in the community.6,46-50 Despite public criticism about wait times and access to care in the VA system, one study showed that VA wait-time statistics were comparable with or faster than those for community HCPs.51,52 However, VA care coordination has undergone several changes to address these public criticisms, namely, the Veterans Access, Choice and Accountability Act of 2014 (38 USC § 1703 VACAA) and the VA MISSION Act of 2018 (42 USC § 274). VACAA was designed to increase access to care for veterans who live ≥ 40 miles from VA health care facilities or who are unable to been seen within 30 days of their preferred or clinically appropriate date.53 More than 2 million veterans (almost 25% of VHA-enrolled veterans) have received community care since the inception of VACAA in 2014.54

Recently, the MISSION Act mandated developing additional VA-coordinated community-based care through the establishment of a Veterans Community Care Program, which was established using existing VA 2019 fiscal year funds and did not include additional appropriations despite expanded criteria for community care referrals.55 Without additional future appropriations, VA funds would be shifted from VA care into community care. While increasing access to community care has in some cases led to care that is faster and closer and that was previously inaccessible in local VA specialty care, these efforts could reduce veteran engagement with the VA system.56

The changes implemented in VACAA and the VA MISSION Act were driven by important and valid concerns, including evidence of VA staff and officials covering up service deficiencies.51 Veterans in rural areas often have limited access to VA resources, and long travel to VAMCs or clinics can be an impediment. Veterans who have chosen community care tended to be those who have poorer health status, who live further away from VA facilities, women, and those who identified as White or Hispanic.56,57 While VA health care is on average equivalent to or better than community resources, there is significant variability in quality within the VA system. Advocates have argued that providing competition and choice for veterans places pressure on the VA to improve care where it is not meeting expectations. Therefore, access to community care is an important resource for veterans and needs to be implemented effectively and efficiently to help veterans receive the care they need. However, expansion of community care access, depending on how it is implemented, also can have effects on academic partnerships and the education and research missions that should be incorporated into planning.

Each VA health care system receives funding through the Veterans Equitable Reimbursement Allocation (VERA), which provides funds largely based on the number of enrolled veterans and the complexity of the care they receive.58 One potential implication of the shift among veterans to community care is a reduction in patients enrolled in VA programs, thus decreasing funding given to the VA to allocate for training and research. By definition, increased VA-managed community care means less opportunity for integrated training that brings together primary, mental health, and substance use care to meet patient needs. The Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services has developed a national initiative to help states develop programs in integrated care, particularly for individuals who are eligible for both Medicare and Medicaid.59 For states to develop integrated care, they need trainees who function well in this model. Integrated care training is particularly vulnerable to disruption because any portion of a veteran’s care being transferred to the community can impede integration. In effect, training in integrated care, likely the most efficient and cost-effective approach to health care for reasons discussed earlier, could be reduced as providers and trainees are required to manage and coordinate patient care between separate institutions.35

 

 

Educational Impact

The shift in usage from VA to community care has potential implications for academic affiliates, particularly in education and research.60 If more people are served in community settings, potentially some VAMCs could be reduced, realigned, or closed. If this restructuring happens, academic partnerships could be impacted negatively. The VA is instituting an Infrastructure Review Commission with the task of examining current VA utilization. If a VA site with an academic affiliate was considered for realignment or closure, the reduction would eliminate the ability of the academic affiliate to provide education and research collaborations at that site.

In a less drastic manner, increasing care in the community may change opportunities for academic affiliates to partner with the VA. As noted, the UC system and California veterans benefit immensely from the VHA as an integrated health care system with dedicated missions of education and research. This partnership is a model in which the VA is the primary source of care for eligible enrolled veterans and provides integrated comprehensive services. If the VA moves to serving primarily as a coordinator of community HCPs rather than a direct provider of health care, academic affiliates would need to make major adjustments to both the education and training models. This change could particularly affect specialty training programs that rely on having adequate volumes of patients to provide an extensive experience to meet training needs. If fewer veterans receive care directly from the VA and are instead dispersed in the community, that will reduce the ability of academic faculty to participate in the education of medical and affiliated trainees and to participate in research in VA settings. It is unclear what other model could replace such a system and be as beneficial to the VA and the academic partners with which it is currently affiliated.

Given the needs that led to the VA increasing access to care and the potential implications discussed for the VA and partnerships with academic affiliates, VA health care systems and academic affiliate partners should consider several steps. These steps involve assessment, coordination, and promotion.

Both the VA and academic affiliates would benefit if the VA shared assessment data on the use of community care, particularly identifying changes that relate to key training and/or research missions. Such data sharing can be critical to determine whether any risks (or potential opportunities) need to be addressed. In addition, increasing research on the outcomes related to both VA care and community-based care is of high value to determine whether the current changes are achieving intended goals. The VA recently funded such work through its research service, and such work is critical for guiding future policy for the VA and for the affiliates.

Coordination among the VA, academic affiliates, and community partners is vital for change. The issue of community care expansion should be a standing item on coordination meetings and shared governance councils between the institutions. It may make sense to establish specific workgroups or committees to coordinate tracking and assessment of the effect of community care expansion on the shared academic mission. One way to address the potential effect of increased community care on the research and education missions would be to include community partners into the partnerships. This strategy could potentially take a number of different forms, from providing education and training to community HCPs, having VA trainees rotate to community settings, or inviting community settings to be research sites for clinical trials. Such partnerships could potentially improve patient care and support the other academic missions. Coordination could be meaningfully improved by having community HCPs access the VA EHR, thus easing communications. Funding is available for EHR access in the VA MISSION Act and should be a high priority as community care expands. The more that community partners can access and connect with the VA EHR the better they will be able to coordinate care.

Third, the VA and its academic partners need to promote and educate veterans, their families, and their advocates on the benefits that are available through VA care and that are enhanced through academic partnerships. While the VA has been the target of justified criticism, many of its strengths addressed here are not broadly recognized. The VA could promote its sharing of staff and resources with the top academic health care institutions in an area and that veterans often have access to resources that otherwise would not be available without the academic affiliate. Making sure veterans are aware of the benefits available can potentially mitigate the need for community care.

 

 

Conclusions

Given changes from VACAA and the VA MISSION Act, VA and academic affiliates should be active partners in planning for future health care by providing input and feedback on VA structure to help shape federal and state systems moving forward. Institutions can take steps to steer their futures and meet growing clinical, training, and research needs. The VA and its academic partners in health care research are well positioned to develop projects to assess the effects of these changes. Evaluation of key variables including patient care, education, and research productivity are warranted to guide policymakers as they assess whether these changes in the VA are achieving the expressed goals of improving veteran care. Other opportunities to collaborate in the wake of the MISSION Act remain to be discovered within each academic affiliation. By strengthening working relationships between VA and academic teams, these deeply important partnerships can continue to produce clinical, research, and education outcomes that meet the needs of our veterans, our federal and state health care systems, and our country.

Acknowledgments

Dr. Sells was supported by the Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration, Office of Academic Affiliations VA Quality Scholars Advanced Fellowship Program.

References

1. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. About VHA. Updated January 22, 2021. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/health/aboutvha.asp

2. National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine; Health and Medicine Division; Board on Health Care Services; Committee to Evaluate the Department of Veterans Affairs Mental Health Services. Evaluation of the Department of Veterans Affairs Mental Health Services. National Academies Press; 2018. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK499502/

3. California Future Health Workforce Commission. Meeting the demand for health: final report of the California Future Health Workforce Commission. Published February 2019. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://futurehealthworkforce.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MeetingDemandForHealthFinalReportCFHWC.pdf

4. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans Health Administration fiscal year 2017 annual report. Published 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/HEALTH/docs/VHA_AnnualReport_FY2017.pdf

5. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Public health: health care use by Gulf War & OEF/OIF/OND veterans. Updated March 28, 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.publichealth.va.gov/epidemiology/reports/health-care-use-gulfwar-oefoifond/index.asp

6. Eibner C, Krull H, Brown KM, et al. Current and projected characteristics and unique health care needs of the patient population served by the Department of Veterans Affairs. Rand Health Q. 2016;5(4):13.

7. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Patient care services: veterans with lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT) and related identities. Updated August 31, 2020. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.patientcare.va.gov/LGBT/index.asp

8. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Women veterans health care: women veterans program managers. Updated March 28, 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.womens health.va.gov/WOMENSHEALTH/programoverview/wvpm.asp

9. US Department of Veterans Affairs, National Center for Veterans Analysis and Statistics. VA facilities by state. Published May 15, 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/SpecialReports/VA_Facilities_By_State.PDF

10. US Department of Veterans Affairs, National Center for Veterans Analysis and Statistics. State summaries: California. Published September 2018. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/SpecialReports/State_Summaries_California.pdf

11. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration, Office of Patient Care Services, Post-Deployment Health Group, Epidemiology Program. Analysis of VA health care utilization among Operation Enduring Freedom (OEF), Operation Iraqi Freedom (OIF), and Operation New Dawn (OND) veterans. Published January 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.publichealth.va.gov/docs/epidemiology/healthcare-utilization-report-fy2015-qtr3.pdf

12. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Budget. Annual budget submission, president’s budget request – fiscal year 2021. Updated February 10, 2020. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/budget/products.asp

13. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Department of Veterans Affairs statistics at a glance. Updated February 2020. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/Quickfacts/Stats_at_a_glance_4_6_20.PDF

14. US Department of Veterans Affairs VW. Locations, California. Updated October 12, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/directory/guide/state.asp?dnum=ALL&STATE=CA

15. Baker, R. R., & Pickren, W. E. (2007). Psychology and the Department of Veterans Affairs: A historical analysis of training, research, practice, and advocacy. American Psychological Association. doi:10.1037/11544-000

16. Functions of Veterans Health Administration: health-care personnel education and training programs. 38 USC § 7302. Accessed March 16, 2021. https://www.govinfo.gov/app/details/USCODE-2011-title38/USCODE-2011-title38-partV-chap73-subchapI-sec7302

17. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Academic Affiliations. Mission of the Office of Academic Affiliations. Published September 24, 2019. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/oaa/oaa_mission.asp

18. Congressional Research Service. Federal support for graduate medical education: an overview. CRS report R44376. Updated December 27, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R44376.pdf

19. Association of American Medical Colleges. 2018 Report on residents. Table B3: number of active residents, by type of medical school, GME specialty, and sex. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.aamc.org/data-reports/students-residents/interactive-data/table-b3-number-active-residents-type-medical-school-gme-specialty-and-sex

20. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Academic Affiliations. National summary trainees unique school list - academic year: 2017-2018.

21. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Academic Affiliations. VA nursing academic partnerships. Updated December 12, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/oaa/vanap/default.asp

22. Keitz SA, Aron DC, Brannen JL, et al. Impact of clinical training on recruiting graduating health professionals. Am J Manag Care. 2019;25(4):e111-e118. Published 2019 Apr 1.

23. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Academic Affiliations. Health professions education: academic year 2019-2020. Published 2020. https://www.va.gov/OAA/docs/OAA_Statistics_2020.pdf

24. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Hiring programs and initiatives. Updated March 10, 2021. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.vacareers.va.gov/Benefits/HiringProgramsInitiatives/

25. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Students and trainees. Updated March 10, 2021. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.vacareers.va.gov/Careers/StudentsTrainees

26. The Regents of the University of California. The UC system. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.universityofcalifornia.edu/uc-system

27. The Regents of the University of California. The parts of UC. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.universityofcalifornia.edu/uc-system/parts-of-uc

28. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Locations: VISN 21: Sierra Pacific Network. Updated October 12, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/directory/guide/region.asp?ID=1021

29. Association of American Medical Colleges. California physician workforce profile. Published 2017. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.aamc.org/system/files/2019-08/california2017.pdf

30. Rittenhouse D, Ament A, Grumbach K, Petterson S, Levin Z, Bazemore A. California Health Care Foundation: guide to graduate medical education funding in California. Published September 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.chcf.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/GuideGraduateMedicalEducationFunding.pdf

31. US Department of Health and Human Services, Health Resources and Services Administration. Integrated behavioral health resource library. Accessed March 18, 2020. https://www.hrsa.gov/behavioral-health/library

32. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Patient care services: primary care - mental health integration (PC-MHI). Updated August 1, 2016. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.patientcare.va.gov/primarycare/PCMHI.asp

<--pagebreak-->

33. Hwang W, Chang J, Laclair M, Paz H. Effects of integrated delivery system on cost and quality. Am J Manag Care. 2013;19(5):e175-e184.

34. World Health Organization, World Organization of Family Doctors (Wonca). Integrating mental health into primary care: a global perspective. Published October 2008. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.who.int/mental_health/policy/Integratingmhintoprimarycare2008_lastversion.pdf

35. Congressional Budget Office. Comparing the costs of the veterans’ health care system with private-sector costs. Published December 10, 2014. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.cbo.gov/publication/49763

36. Souden M. Overview of VA data, information systems, national databases and research uses. Published October 2, 2017. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.hsrd.research.va.gov/for_researchers/cyber_seminars/archives/2376-notes.pdf

37. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Uniform mental health services in VA medical centers and clinics. VHA handbook 1160.01. Published September 11, 2008. Recertified September 30, 2013. Amended November 16, 2015. Published September 11, 2008. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vhapublications/ViewPublication.asp?pub_ID=1762

38. Coffman JM, Fix M, Ko M. California physician supply and distribution: headed for a drought? Published June 25, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.chcf.org/publication/californias-physicians-headed-drought

39. Meng YY, Ahman T, Pickett M. California Health Care Foundation: 2015 Edition—Californians with the top chronic conditions: 11 million and counting. Published April 23, 2015. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.chcf.org/publication/2015-edition-californians-top-chronic-conditions-11-million-counting

40. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Department of Veterans Affairs FY 2018-2024 strategic plan. Updated May 31, 2019. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/oei/docs/va2018-2024strategicplan.pdf

41. Justice AC, Erdos J, Brandt C, Conigliaro J, Tierney W, Bryant K. The Veterans Affairs healthcare system: a unique laboratory for observational and interventional research. Med Care. 2006;44(8)(suppl 2):S7-S12. doi:10.1097/01.mlr.0000228027.80012.c5

42. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Research and Development: About the Office of Research & Development. Published Updated March 4, 2021. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.research.va.gov/about/default.cfm

43. Gaziano JM, Concato J, Brophy M, et al. Million Veteran Program: a mega-biobank to study genetic influences on health and disease. J Clin Epidemiol. 2016;70:214-223. doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2015.09.016

44. US Department of Veterans Affairs. VA research program overview. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.research.va.gov/pubs/docs/va-research-overview-brochure.pdf

45. US Department of Veterans Affairs. FY 2021 budget submission: medical programs and information technology programs. Volume 2 of 4. Published February 2020. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.va.gov/budget/docs/summary/fy2021VAbudgetVolumeIImedicalProgramsAndInformationTechnology.pdf

46. Trivedi AN, Matula S, Miake-Lye I, Glassman PA, Shekelle P, Asch S. Systematic review: comparison of the quality of medical care in Veterans Affairs and non-Veterans Affairs settings. Med Care. 2011;49(1):76-88. doi:10.1097/MLR.0b013e3181f53575

47. Nugent GN, Hendricks A, Nugent L, Render ML. Value for taxpayers’ dollars: what VA care would cost at Medicare prices. Med Care Res Rev. 2004;61(4):495-508. doi:10.1177/1077558704269795

48. Anhang Price R, Sloss EM, Cefalu M, Farmer CM, Hussey PS. Comparing quality of care in Veterans Affairs and non-Veterans Affairs settings. J Gen Intern Med. 2018;33(10):1631-1638. doi:10.1007/s11606-018-4433-7

49. O’Hanlon C, Huang C, Sloss E, et al. Comparing VA and non-VA quality of care: a systematic review. J Gen Intern Med. 2017;32(1):105-121. doi:10.1007/s11606-016-3775-2

50. Vanneman ME, Wagner TH, Shwartz M, et al. Veterans’ experiences with outpatient care: comparing the Veterans Affairs system with community-based care. Health Aff (Millwood). 2020;39(8):1368-1376. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2019.01375

51. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Inspector General. Veterans Health Administration interim report: review of patient wait times, scheduling practices, and alleged patient deaths at the Phoenix health care system. Published May 28, 2014. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.va.gov/oig/pubs/VAOIG-14-02603-178.pdf

52. Penn M, Bhatnagar S, Kuy S, et al. Comparison of wait times for new patients between the private sector and United States Department of Veterans Affairs medical centers. JAMA Netw Open. 2019;2(1):e187096. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2018.7096

53. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Fact sheet: Veterans Access, Choice and Accountability Act of 2014 (“Choice Act”). Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.va.gov/opa/choiceact/documents/choice-act-summary.pdf

54. Mattocks KM, Cunningham K, Elwy AR, et al. Recommendations for the evaluation of cross-system care coordination from the VA State-of-the-art Working Group on VA/Non-VA Care. J Gen Intern Med. 2019;34(Suppl 1):18-23. doi:10.1007/s11606-019-04972-1

55. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Fact sheet: VA MISSION Act and new veterans community care program. Published June 15, 2018. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.va.gov/COMMUNITYCARE/docs/pubfiles/factsheets/FactSheet_20-13.pdf

56. Stroupe KT, Martinez R, Hogan TP, et al. Experiences with the veterans’ choice program. J Gen Intern Med. 2019;34(10):2141-2149. doi:10.1007/s11606-019-05224-y

57. Yoon J, Leung LB, Rubenstein LV, et al. Use of the veterans’ choice program and attrition from Veterans Health Administration primary care. Med Care. 2020;58(12):1091-1097. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000001401

58. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans Equitable Resource Allocation (VERA). Updated March 9, 2021. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://catalog.data.gov/dataset/veterans-equitable-resource-allocation-vera

59. Integrated Care Resource Center. About us. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.integratedcareresourcecenter.com/about-us

60. Duhaney T. How veteran utilization of the Veterans Health Administration could impact privatization. Public Policy Aging Rep. 2020;30(1):29-35. doi:10.1093/ppar/prz032

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Joanna Sells is a US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and University of California, San Francisco (UCSF) Quality Scholar Psychology Fellow. John McQuaid is Associate Chief of Staff for Mental Health, both at the San Francisco VA Health Care System and Vice Chair, Department of Psychiatry Weill Institute of Neuroscience, UCSF. Correspondence: Joanna Sells (joanna.sells@va.gov)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Publications
Topics
Page Number
174-183
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Joanna Sells is a US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and University of California, San Francisco (UCSF) Quality Scholar Psychology Fellow. John McQuaid is Associate Chief of Staff for Mental Health, both at the San Francisco VA Health Care System and Vice Chair, Department of Psychiatry Weill Institute of Neuroscience, UCSF. Correspondence: Joanna Sells (joanna.sells@va.gov)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Author and Disclosure Information

Joanna Sells is a US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and University of California, San Francisco (UCSF) Quality Scholar Psychology Fellow. John McQuaid is Associate Chief of Staff for Mental Health, both at the San Francisco VA Health Care System and Vice Chair, Department of Psychiatry Weill Institute of Neuroscience, UCSF. Correspondence: Joanna Sells (joanna.sells@va.gov)

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

The Veterans Health Administration (VHA), 1 of 3 administrative branches in the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is the largest integrated health care system in the United States.1 The VHA has 4 missions: providing health care to eligible veterans; supporting research to benefit veterans and the larger society; providing education for health care trainees; and supporting emergency response.1 In service of these goals, VA has academic affiliations with universities throughout the country, offering unique, extensive training and research opportunities. Both the VA and the affiliate benefit from these partnerships. For example, VA affiliations with University of California (UC) medical schools benefit veteran care while facilitating the UC academic mission. Through these affiliations, trainees who learn within the VHA’s highly effective integrated care model become health care professionals (HCPs) who are prepared to enter health care systems in California and meet the state’s demand for high-quality integrated care with an emphasis on primary care, mental health care, and care for aging populations.2,3

This report explores the history of the VHA, current veteran demographics and needs, VA academic affiliations, and the integrated care model of training in all VHA facilities. The VA and UC academic affiliation is described further with regard to shared research and educational functions. Finally, we identify potential risks to academic affiliations associated with increased VA reliance on community-based care following the implementation of recent legislation. We provide suggestions for VA academic affiliates to help assess and guide the potential impact of increased VA-managed community care.

 

 

VHA Resources

The VHA serves more than 9 million veterans through 170 medical centers and 1,074 outpatient care sites.1 In fiscal year 2017, the VA provided 109 million outpatient visits, and treated 615,000 inpatient medicine/surgical patients and 149,000 patients in inpatient mental health.4 The VHA focuses on the distinct concerns of veterans, which arise from military service as well as their broader health care needs. Veterans have higher rates of medical and mental health conditions than those of the general public; different cohorts in this population experience distinct medical and mental health concerns (Table 1).5

In addition, although veterans are disproportionately older men, the population is diversifying.6 For example, the number of female veterans is growing; furthermore, changes in the law now allow lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) individuals to serve openly, which has both reduced barriers for this population and allowed for LGBT veterans who were not eligible for VA care due to less than honorable discharges to have those discharges upgraded. As a result, care has been tailored to include the development of Women Veterans Program Managers and related services and LGBT and related identities resources such as LGBT Veteran Care Coordinators in every VA facility nationwide.7,8 The VA continues to adapt to serve all veterans; part of this adaptation is training HCPs to provide veteran-centered care for a growing and diversifying population.

VHA Resources in California

California has the largest population of veterans in the United States (Table 2).9,10 Of the 9,116,200 VA enrollees nationwide, 760,910 (8%) reside in California, and of those, 463,410 had at least 1 VA visit in the past year.3,10 The VHA is organized into 21 Veterans Integrated Service Networks (VISNs) that include multiple health care systems in the region associated with each VISN. California is part of VISN 21 (Northern California, Nevada, and Pacific Islands) and VISN 22 (Southern California, Nevada, and New Mexico). Among veterans who served in the recent Iraq and Afghanistan conflicts, 5.5% accessed care in VISN 21 and 9.3% accessed care in VISN 22.11 The VHA provides critical infrastructure for meeting complex veteran needs, as well as related specialized training, education, and research for HCPs. This specialization has been the basis for the broad system of affiliations between VA and academic systems.

The VA continues to be a high priority in the federal budget process.12 In 2017, slightly more than 9% of the VA health care budget, $6.4 billion, was spent on medical care in California.10 Consequently, California has a noteworthy portion of VA infrastructure (Table 3).13,14 California has 8 VA medical centers (VAMCs) with hospital service (Fresno, Loma Linda, Long Beach, Palo Alto, Sacramento, San Diego, San Francisco, West Los Angeles), 3 VAMCs without hospital service (2 locations in the Palo Alto system and Sepulveda), 1 stand-alone extended-care facility (Martinez Community Living Center), and 1 stand-alone residential care facility (San Diego Domiciliary).9 The vast VA infrastructure in California and large population of veterans creates a strong demand for HCPs in the state.

 

 

VA Education and Collaboration

VA has been training clinicians and scholars since 1946, when VA academic affiliations were established by Memorandum Number 2.15,16 Today, the VA is the largest educator of HCPs in the United States.17 In 2015, an estimated $10.3 to $12.5 billion was spent on mandatory Medicare graduate medical education (GME).18 In 2017, the VA spent $1.78 billion of discretionary funding on GME to fund 11,000 full-time equivalent (FTE) slots, leading to > 43,000 physician residents (> 30% of all physician residents) spending part of their training in a VHA facility.18,19

This training mission has multiple benefits. It provides the VA with access to new HCPs who have the necessary training in veteran-specific needs, while supporting the national need for HCPs. In 2018, 120,890 clinical trainees received some or all of their training in the VA system.20 Of the 152 US medical schools that are accredited by the Liaison Committee on Medical Education, 95% collaborate with the VA for training while 100% of the 34 doctor of osteopathic medicine programs have VA training collaborations.20 The VA currently has an additional 18 partnerships with nursing schools.21 Further, 1,800 college and universities, including Hispanic-serving institutions and historically black colleges and universities, have VHA affiliations that provide training for more than 40 clinical health profession education programs.17

This training model has been successful in supporting VA staffing, as health care providers who trained in the VA are more likely to work in the VA.22 Among current VA employees, > 80% of optometrists, > 70% of podiatrists and psychologists, and > 60% of physicians received some part of their training in the VA system.23 In combination with recent increased funding for staffing, the ability of the VA to directly hire trainees in identified professions, and the expansion of loan forgiveness to high-demand specialties (eg, psychiatry), the training partnership between the VA and affiliates has been critical in maintaining the needed VA workforce.22,24,25

The VA Office of Academic Affiliations is responsible for all graduate medical and dental education administration in the VA system, which makes up 85% of its total budget. For each trainee, the VA provides approximately $60,000 toward their stipend in exchange for training and patient care time at a VHA hospital (Kenneth R. Jones, PhD, email communication, August 27, 2018).

California Health Care Education

The UC public university system, founded in 1869, currently has 10 campuses with a combined student body of > 280,000 students, along with 227,000 faculty and staff members.26 For every research dollar provided by California, the UC secures $7 in federal and private funding.26 The UC has 6 medical centers (Davis, Irvine, Los Angeles, Riverside, San Diego, and San Francisco); each is affiliated with at least 1 local VAMC.27,28

California trains a substantial share of health care trainees. In 2016, there were 10,429 physician residents in training in California.29 In 2017/2018, the San Francisco VAMC trained 1,178 medical students/residents, 57 pharmacy students, 25 nurse practitioner students, 19 optometry interns/students/residents, 11 dental students/residents, and 3 physical therapy students.20 In total, 6,223 UC health professions students were trained in VHA facilities during the 2017/2018 training year (Table 4).20 As of 2016, there were 105,907 physicians in California, and of those, 57% completed their GME in California.29 In California in 2015, 74 GME-sponsoring institutions graduated 3,568 residents and fellows, an increase of 10% since 1997.30 Of these sponsoring institutions, 6 of the top 8 programs were UC schools that graduated 48.4% (1,727) of all California residents and fellows in 2015.30



Despite these resources, California faces a major shortage of HCPs, particularly in primary, behavioral health, and older adult care.3 Today, 7 million Californians live in counties with a federally designated shortage of primary, dental, and mental health care providers.3 Most of these Californians are Latino, African American, or Native American, and they live in fast-growing rural and urban regions, including Los Angeles; the San Joaquin Valley; and the Inland Empire (San Bernardino and Riverside Counties).3 Current recommendations to meet increasing demands as California’s population increases, grows older, and faces increased health care demands include expanding residency programs to yield 1,872 additional primary care physicians and 2,202 additional psychiatrists by 2030.3 To meet this shortage and prepare for future health care demands, health care education is paramount; in California, VA and UC affiliations are central to addressing these needs.

The VA plays a particularly important role in supporting GME, which is essential to meeting both VA and California’s unmet HCP needs, as GME determines the number of medical practitioners available per specialty.30 The VA was the second largest GME fund provider in California at $90,662,608 (Medicare provided $552,235,626) and the California government provided a small portion of GME funding.30 VA education funding is a direct result of the VA provision of clinical care in one of the most innovative and modern health care systems in the world.

These VA training opportunities benefit the UC system and California by helping train integrated care practitioners to meet the increasing demand. Integrated care—the coordination of mental health care, substance use disorder treatment, and primary care services—is designed to improve health outcomes by helping people with multiple and complex health care needs access care.31,32

As the largest integrated health care system in the country, the VA brings important clinical, research, and educational opportunities to academic affiliates. A systematic review examining cost and quality outcomes in integrated care systems found improved quality of care compared with nonintegrated care systems; thus, many US government agencies and the World Health Organization are establishing integrated care systems as a standard and universal approach.31,33,34 While cost savings as a result of integrated care are unclear, most studies in this review reported a decrease in utilization of services.33 The presumption of more efficient and higher quality care is also predicated on features such as system-wide accessibility of comprehensive medical records that provide more information to HCPs, promote collaboration, and measure and reward performance, all of which are possible using the VA electronic health record (EHR) system.35,36 The VA offers an excellent opportunity for training in integrated care as this model is required of all VAMCs and community-based outpatient clinics (CBOCs).37

Providing integrated care to the citizens of California is among the 10 priorities of the California Future Health Workforce Commission (a group of California health care leaders cochaired by the UC system president) for immediate action and guides their recommendations on developing and expanding the health care workforce; therefore, training in an integrated health care system is especially important for California HCPs.3 Nearly three-quarters of California’s population aged ≥ 65 years has a chronic health condition that could benefit from integrated care; however, the current supply of HCPs is insufficient to meet the growing demand for geriatric care.38,39

The VA has a robust training program to produce scholars and practitioners who specialize in geriatric care. This includes the Geriatric Scholars Program, which has the goal of integrating geriatrics into primary care through professional development. The Geriatric Scholars Program is a component of the VA Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Centers at urban VAMCs to help provide education and clinical resource connections with rural CBOCs where geriatrics expertise is lacking.

The California Future Health Workforce Commission is highlighting the need to prioritize workforce development in primary care, mental health care, and care for the aging.3 These priorities are shared as foundational services within the VHA.40 The alignment of these priorities creates an excellent rationale for increasing training and education of the UC health care workforce in the California VA system through academic affiliations.

 

 

VA Research Collaborations

The VA Office of Research and Development has existed for more than 90 years with a mission to improve veteran health and well-being via research and attract, train, and retain high-caliber researchers. VA provides a rich environment to conduct observational and interventional research due to its large, diverse veteran population, institutional support, and integrated information system with extensive EHR data.41 The success of the VA in facilitating research is evidenced by the fact that 3 VA investigators have been awarded Nobel prizes, and 7 have received Lasker Foundation Awards.42 The size of the VA allows for innovative large-scale research, such as the Million Veteran Program (MVP). The MVP study developed a mega-biobank of VA health records, questionnaires, and blood samples from nearly 1 million veterans to study genetic influences on health and disease and integrate genetic testing into health care delivery.43 In addition to producing high-quality, innovative research, more than 60% of VA investigators also provide direct patient care.42

VA research areas of focus include homelessness, polytrauma, traumatic brain injury, hearing and vision loss, spinal cord injury, mental health, pain management, precision medicine, prosthetics and amputation care, women’s health, and chronic diseases, such as Parkinson and Alzheimer diseases.44 The VA estimates that, in 2021, total VA research spending will include a request of $787 million in addition to $370 million from the National Institutes of Health, the Department of Defense, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and $170 million from other nonfederal sources, for a projected total of $1.3 billion. This budget will support 2,200 projects with direct research and reimbursable employment of 3,275 FTEs,which are key to supporting VA academic affiliations.45 These funds translate into substantial benefits to the UC system, including shared research and training resources, grant-funding opportunities for UC faculty, and the ability to recruit top researchers, educators, and clinicians to its institutions.

VA Reliance on Community Care 

The current VHA model is an integrated health care system that provides comprehensive, wraparound services to enrolled veterans, which are cost-effective, high quality, and consistently found to have equal or superior quality of care compared with that in the community.6,46-50 Despite public criticism about wait times and access to care in the VA system, one study showed that VA wait-time statistics were comparable with or faster than those for community HCPs.51,52 However, VA care coordination has undergone several changes to address these public criticisms, namely, the Veterans Access, Choice and Accountability Act of 2014 (38 USC § 1703 VACAA) and the VA MISSION Act of 2018 (42 USC § 274). VACAA was designed to increase access to care for veterans who live ≥ 40 miles from VA health care facilities or who are unable to been seen within 30 days of their preferred or clinically appropriate date.53 More than 2 million veterans (almost 25% of VHA-enrolled veterans) have received community care since the inception of VACAA in 2014.54

Recently, the MISSION Act mandated developing additional VA-coordinated community-based care through the establishment of a Veterans Community Care Program, which was established using existing VA 2019 fiscal year funds and did not include additional appropriations despite expanded criteria for community care referrals.55 Without additional future appropriations, VA funds would be shifted from VA care into community care. While increasing access to community care has in some cases led to care that is faster and closer and that was previously inaccessible in local VA specialty care, these efforts could reduce veteran engagement with the VA system.56

The changes implemented in VACAA and the VA MISSION Act were driven by important and valid concerns, including evidence of VA staff and officials covering up service deficiencies.51 Veterans in rural areas often have limited access to VA resources, and long travel to VAMCs or clinics can be an impediment. Veterans who have chosen community care tended to be those who have poorer health status, who live further away from VA facilities, women, and those who identified as White or Hispanic.56,57 While VA health care is on average equivalent to or better than community resources, there is significant variability in quality within the VA system. Advocates have argued that providing competition and choice for veterans places pressure on the VA to improve care where it is not meeting expectations. Therefore, access to community care is an important resource for veterans and needs to be implemented effectively and efficiently to help veterans receive the care they need. However, expansion of community care access, depending on how it is implemented, also can have effects on academic partnerships and the education and research missions that should be incorporated into planning.

Each VA health care system receives funding through the Veterans Equitable Reimbursement Allocation (VERA), which provides funds largely based on the number of enrolled veterans and the complexity of the care they receive.58 One potential implication of the shift among veterans to community care is a reduction in patients enrolled in VA programs, thus decreasing funding given to the VA to allocate for training and research. By definition, increased VA-managed community care means less opportunity for integrated training that brings together primary, mental health, and substance use care to meet patient needs. The Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services has developed a national initiative to help states develop programs in integrated care, particularly for individuals who are eligible for both Medicare and Medicaid.59 For states to develop integrated care, they need trainees who function well in this model. Integrated care training is particularly vulnerable to disruption because any portion of a veteran’s care being transferred to the community can impede integration. In effect, training in integrated care, likely the most efficient and cost-effective approach to health care for reasons discussed earlier, could be reduced as providers and trainees are required to manage and coordinate patient care between separate institutions.35

 

 

Educational Impact

The shift in usage from VA to community care has potential implications for academic affiliates, particularly in education and research.60 If more people are served in community settings, potentially some VAMCs could be reduced, realigned, or closed. If this restructuring happens, academic partnerships could be impacted negatively. The VA is instituting an Infrastructure Review Commission with the task of examining current VA utilization. If a VA site with an academic affiliate was considered for realignment or closure, the reduction would eliminate the ability of the academic affiliate to provide education and research collaborations at that site.

In a less drastic manner, increasing care in the community may change opportunities for academic affiliates to partner with the VA. As noted, the UC system and California veterans benefit immensely from the VHA as an integrated health care system with dedicated missions of education and research. This partnership is a model in which the VA is the primary source of care for eligible enrolled veterans and provides integrated comprehensive services. If the VA moves to serving primarily as a coordinator of community HCPs rather than a direct provider of health care, academic affiliates would need to make major adjustments to both the education and training models. This change could particularly affect specialty training programs that rely on having adequate volumes of patients to provide an extensive experience to meet training needs. If fewer veterans receive care directly from the VA and are instead dispersed in the community, that will reduce the ability of academic faculty to participate in the education of medical and affiliated trainees and to participate in research in VA settings. It is unclear what other model could replace such a system and be as beneficial to the VA and the academic partners with which it is currently affiliated.

Given the needs that led to the VA increasing access to care and the potential implications discussed for the VA and partnerships with academic affiliates, VA health care systems and academic affiliate partners should consider several steps. These steps involve assessment, coordination, and promotion.

Both the VA and academic affiliates would benefit if the VA shared assessment data on the use of community care, particularly identifying changes that relate to key training and/or research missions. Such data sharing can be critical to determine whether any risks (or potential opportunities) need to be addressed. In addition, increasing research on the outcomes related to both VA care and community-based care is of high value to determine whether the current changes are achieving intended goals. The VA recently funded such work through its research service, and such work is critical for guiding future policy for the VA and for the affiliates.

Coordination among the VA, academic affiliates, and community partners is vital for change. The issue of community care expansion should be a standing item on coordination meetings and shared governance councils between the institutions. It may make sense to establish specific workgroups or committees to coordinate tracking and assessment of the effect of community care expansion on the shared academic mission. One way to address the potential effect of increased community care on the research and education missions would be to include community partners into the partnerships. This strategy could potentially take a number of different forms, from providing education and training to community HCPs, having VA trainees rotate to community settings, or inviting community settings to be research sites for clinical trials. Such partnerships could potentially improve patient care and support the other academic missions. Coordination could be meaningfully improved by having community HCPs access the VA EHR, thus easing communications. Funding is available for EHR access in the VA MISSION Act and should be a high priority as community care expands. The more that community partners can access and connect with the VA EHR the better they will be able to coordinate care.

Third, the VA and its academic partners need to promote and educate veterans, their families, and their advocates on the benefits that are available through VA care and that are enhanced through academic partnerships. While the VA has been the target of justified criticism, many of its strengths addressed here are not broadly recognized. The VA could promote its sharing of staff and resources with the top academic health care institutions in an area and that veterans often have access to resources that otherwise would not be available without the academic affiliate. Making sure veterans are aware of the benefits available can potentially mitigate the need for community care.

 

 

Conclusions

Given changes from VACAA and the VA MISSION Act, VA and academic affiliates should be active partners in planning for future health care by providing input and feedback on VA structure to help shape federal and state systems moving forward. Institutions can take steps to steer their futures and meet growing clinical, training, and research needs. The VA and its academic partners in health care research are well positioned to develop projects to assess the effects of these changes. Evaluation of key variables including patient care, education, and research productivity are warranted to guide policymakers as they assess whether these changes in the VA are achieving the expressed goals of improving veteran care. Other opportunities to collaborate in the wake of the MISSION Act remain to be discovered within each academic affiliation. By strengthening working relationships between VA and academic teams, these deeply important partnerships can continue to produce clinical, research, and education outcomes that meet the needs of our veterans, our federal and state health care systems, and our country.

Acknowledgments

Dr. Sells was supported by the Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration, Office of Academic Affiliations VA Quality Scholars Advanced Fellowship Program.

The Veterans Health Administration (VHA), 1 of 3 administrative branches in the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is the largest integrated health care system in the United States.1 The VHA has 4 missions: providing health care to eligible veterans; supporting research to benefit veterans and the larger society; providing education for health care trainees; and supporting emergency response.1 In service of these goals, VA has academic affiliations with universities throughout the country, offering unique, extensive training and research opportunities. Both the VA and the affiliate benefit from these partnerships. For example, VA affiliations with University of California (UC) medical schools benefit veteran care while facilitating the UC academic mission. Through these affiliations, trainees who learn within the VHA’s highly effective integrated care model become health care professionals (HCPs) who are prepared to enter health care systems in California and meet the state’s demand for high-quality integrated care with an emphasis on primary care, mental health care, and care for aging populations.2,3

This report explores the history of the VHA, current veteran demographics and needs, VA academic affiliations, and the integrated care model of training in all VHA facilities. The VA and UC academic affiliation is described further with regard to shared research and educational functions. Finally, we identify potential risks to academic affiliations associated with increased VA reliance on community-based care following the implementation of recent legislation. We provide suggestions for VA academic affiliates to help assess and guide the potential impact of increased VA-managed community care.

 

 

VHA Resources

The VHA serves more than 9 million veterans through 170 medical centers and 1,074 outpatient care sites.1 In fiscal year 2017, the VA provided 109 million outpatient visits, and treated 615,000 inpatient medicine/surgical patients and 149,000 patients in inpatient mental health.4 The VHA focuses on the distinct concerns of veterans, which arise from military service as well as their broader health care needs. Veterans have higher rates of medical and mental health conditions than those of the general public; different cohorts in this population experience distinct medical and mental health concerns (Table 1).5

In addition, although veterans are disproportionately older men, the population is diversifying.6 For example, the number of female veterans is growing; furthermore, changes in the law now allow lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) individuals to serve openly, which has both reduced barriers for this population and allowed for LGBT veterans who were not eligible for VA care due to less than honorable discharges to have those discharges upgraded. As a result, care has been tailored to include the development of Women Veterans Program Managers and related services and LGBT and related identities resources such as LGBT Veteran Care Coordinators in every VA facility nationwide.7,8 The VA continues to adapt to serve all veterans; part of this adaptation is training HCPs to provide veteran-centered care for a growing and diversifying population.

VHA Resources in California

California has the largest population of veterans in the United States (Table 2).9,10 Of the 9,116,200 VA enrollees nationwide, 760,910 (8%) reside in California, and of those, 463,410 had at least 1 VA visit in the past year.3,10 The VHA is organized into 21 Veterans Integrated Service Networks (VISNs) that include multiple health care systems in the region associated with each VISN. California is part of VISN 21 (Northern California, Nevada, and Pacific Islands) and VISN 22 (Southern California, Nevada, and New Mexico). Among veterans who served in the recent Iraq and Afghanistan conflicts, 5.5% accessed care in VISN 21 and 9.3% accessed care in VISN 22.11 The VHA provides critical infrastructure for meeting complex veteran needs, as well as related specialized training, education, and research for HCPs. This specialization has been the basis for the broad system of affiliations between VA and academic systems.

The VA continues to be a high priority in the federal budget process.12 In 2017, slightly more than 9% of the VA health care budget, $6.4 billion, was spent on medical care in California.10 Consequently, California has a noteworthy portion of VA infrastructure (Table 3).13,14 California has 8 VA medical centers (VAMCs) with hospital service (Fresno, Loma Linda, Long Beach, Palo Alto, Sacramento, San Diego, San Francisco, West Los Angeles), 3 VAMCs without hospital service (2 locations in the Palo Alto system and Sepulveda), 1 stand-alone extended-care facility (Martinez Community Living Center), and 1 stand-alone residential care facility (San Diego Domiciliary).9 The vast VA infrastructure in California and large population of veterans creates a strong demand for HCPs in the state.

 

 

VA Education and Collaboration

VA has been training clinicians and scholars since 1946, when VA academic affiliations were established by Memorandum Number 2.15,16 Today, the VA is the largest educator of HCPs in the United States.17 In 2015, an estimated $10.3 to $12.5 billion was spent on mandatory Medicare graduate medical education (GME).18 In 2017, the VA spent $1.78 billion of discretionary funding on GME to fund 11,000 full-time equivalent (FTE) slots, leading to > 43,000 physician residents (> 30% of all physician residents) spending part of their training in a VHA facility.18,19

This training mission has multiple benefits. It provides the VA with access to new HCPs who have the necessary training in veteran-specific needs, while supporting the national need for HCPs. In 2018, 120,890 clinical trainees received some or all of their training in the VA system.20 Of the 152 US medical schools that are accredited by the Liaison Committee on Medical Education, 95% collaborate with the VA for training while 100% of the 34 doctor of osteopathic medicine programs have VA training collaborations.20 The VA currently has an additional 18 partnerships with nursing schools.21 Further, 1,800 college and universities, including Hispanic-serving institutions and historically black colleges and universities, have VHA affiliations that provide training for more than 40 clinical health profession education programs.17

This training model has been successful in supporting VA staffing, as health care providers who trained in the VA are more likely to work in the VA.22 Among current VA employees, > 80% of optometrists, > 70% of podiatrists and psychologists, and > 60% of physicians received some part of their training in the VA system.23 In combination with recent increased funding for staffing, the ability of the VA to directly hire trainees in identified professions, and the expansion of loan forgiveness to high-demand specialties (eg, psychiatry), the training partnership between the VA and affiliates has been critical in maintaining the needed VA workforce.22,24,25

The VA Office of Academic Affiliations is responsible for all graduate medical and dental education administration in the VA system, which makes up 85% of its total budget. For each trainee, the VA provides approximately $60,000 toward their stipend in exchange for training and patient care time at a VHA hospital (Kenneth R. Jones, PhD, email communication, August 27, 2018).

California Health Care Education

The UC public university system, founded in 1869, currently has 10 campuses with a combined student body of > 280,000 students, along with 227,000 faculty and staff members.26 For every research dollar provided by California, the UC secures $7 in federal and private funding.26 The UC has 6 medical centers (Davis, Irvine, Los Angeles, Riverside, San Diego, and San Francisco); each is affiliated with at least 1 local VAMC.27,28

California trains a substantial share of health care trainees. In 2016, there were 10,429 physician residents in training in California.29 In 2017/2018, the San Francisco VAMC trained 1,178 medical students/residents, 57 pharmacy students, 25 nurse practitioner students, 19 optometry interns/students/residents, 11 dental students/residents, and 3 physical therapy students.20 In total, 6,223 UC health professions students were trained in VHA facilities during the 2017/2018 training year (Table 4).20 As of 2016, there were 105,907 physicians in California, and of those, 57% completed their GME in California.29 In California in 2015, 74 GME-sponsoring institutions graduated 3,568 residents and fellows, an increase of 10% since 1997.30 Of these sponsoring institutions, 6 of the top 8 programs were UC schools that graduated 48.4% (1,727) of all California residents and fellows in 2015.30



Despite these resources, California faces a major shortage of HCPs, particularly in primary, behavioral health, and older adult care.3 Today, 7 million Californians live in counties with a federally designated shortage of primary, dental, and mental health care providers.3 Most of these Californians are Latino, African American, or Native American, and they live in fast-growing rural and urban regions, including Los Angeles; the San Joaquin Valley; and the Inland Empire (San Bernardino and Riverside Counties).3 Current recommendations to meet increasing demands as California’s population increases, grows older, and faces increased health care demands include expanding residency programs to yield 1,872 additional primary care physicians and 2,202 additional psychiatrists by 2030.3 To meet this shortage and prepare for future health care demands, health care education is paramount; in California, VA and UC affiliations are central to addressing these needs.

The VA plays a particularly important role in supporting GME, which is essential to meeting both VA and California’s unmet HCP needs, as GME determines the number of medical practitioners available per specialty.30 The VA was the second largest GME fund provider in California at $90,662,608 (Medicare provided $552,235,626) and the California government provided a small portion of GME funding.30 VA education funding is a direct result of the VA provision of clinical care in one of the most innovative and modern health care systems in the world.

These VA training opportunities benefit the UC system and California by helping train integrated care practitioners to meet the increasing demand. Integrated care—the coordination of mental health care, substance use disorder treatment, and primary care services—is designed to improve health outcomes by helping people with multiple and complex health care needs access care.31,32

As the largest integrated health care system in the country, the VA brings important clinical, research, and educational opportunities to academic affiliates. A systematic review examining cost and quality outcomes in integrated care systems found improved quality of care compared with nonintegrated care systems; thus, many US government agencies and the World Health Organization are establishing integrated care systems as a standard and universal approach.31,33,34 While cost savings as a result of integrated care are unclear, most studies in this review reported a decrease in utilization of services.33 The presumption of more efficient and higher quality care is also predicated on features such as system-wide accessibility of comprehensive medical records that provide more information to HCPs, promote collaboration, and measure and reward performance, all of which are possible using the VA electronic health record (EHR) system.35,36 The VA offers an excellent opportunity for training in integrated care as this model is required of all VAMCs and community-based outpatient clinics (CBOCs).37

Providing integrated care to the citizens of California is among the 10 priorities of the California Future Health Workforce Commission (a group of California health care leaders cochaired by the UC system president) for immediate action and guides their recommendations on developing and expanding the health care workforce; therefore, training in an integrated health care system is especially important for California HCPs.3 Nearly three-quarters of California’s population aged ≥ 65 years has a chronic health condition that could benefit from integrated care; however, the current supply of HCPs is insufficient to meet the growing demand for geriatric care.38,39

The VA has a robust training program to produce scholars and practitioners who specialize in geriatric care. This includes the Geriatric Scholars Program, which has the goal of integrating geriatrics into primary care through professional development. The Geriatric Scholars Program is a component of the VA Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Centers at urban VAMCs to help provide education and clinical resource connections with rural CBOCs where geriatrics expertise is lacking.

The California Future Health Workforce Commission is highlighting the need to prioritize workforce development in primary care, mental health care, and care for the aging.3 These priorities are shared as foundational services within the VHA.40 The alignment of these priorities creates an excellent rationale for increasing training and education of the UC health care workforce in the California VA system through academic affiliations.

 

 

VA Research Collaborations

The VA Office of Research and Development has existed for more than 90 years with a mission to improve veteran health and well-being via research and attract, train, and retain high-caliber researchers. VA provides a rich environment to conduct observational and interventional research due to its large, diverse veteran population, institutional support, and integrated information system with extensive EHR data.41 The success of the VA in facilitating research is evidenced by the fact that 3 VA investigators have been awarded Nobel prizes, and 7 have received Lasker Foundation Awards.42 The size of the VA allows for innovative large-scale research, such as the Million Veteran Program (MVP). The MVP study developed a mega-biobank of VA health records, questionnaires, and blood samples from nearly 1 million veterans to study genetic influences on health and disease and integrate genetic testing into health care delivery.43 In addition to producing high-quality, innovative research, more than 60% of VA investigators also provide direct patient care.42

VA research areas of focus include homelessness, polytrauma, traumatic brain injury, hearing and vision loss, spinal cord injury, mental health, pain management, precision medicine, prosthetics and amputation care, women’s health, and chronic diseases, such as Parkinson and Alzheimer diseases.44 The VA estimates that, in 2021, total VA research spending will include a request of $787 million in addition to $370 million from the National Institutes of Health, the Department of Defense, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and $170 million from other nonfederal sources, for a projected total of $1.3 billion. This budget will support 2,200 projects with direct research and reimbursable employment of 3,275 FTEs,which are key to supporting VA academic affiliations.45 These funds translate into substantial benefits to the UC system, including shared research and training resources, grant-funding opportunities for UC faculty, and the ability to recruit top researchers, educators, and clinicians to its institutions.

VA Reliance on Community Care 

The current VHA model is an integrated health care system that provides comprehensive, wraparound services to enrolled veterans, which are cost-effective, high quality, and consistently found to have equal or superior quality of care compared with that in the community.6,46-50 Despite public criticism about wait times and access to care in the VA system, one study showed that VA wait-time statistics were comparable with or faster than those for community HCPs.51,52 However, VA care coordination has undergone several changes to address these public criticisms, namely, the Veterans Access, Choice and Accountability Act of 2014 (38 USC § 1703 VACAA) and the VA MISSION Act of 2018 (42 USC § 274). VACAA was designed to increase access to care for veterans who live ≥ 40 miles from VA health care facilities or who are unable to been seen within 30 days of their preferred or clinically appropriate date.53 More than 2 million veterans (almost 25% of VHA-enrolled veterans) have received community care since the inception of VACAA in 2014.54

Recently, the MISSION Act mandated developing additional VA-coordinated community-based care through the establishment of a Veterans Community Care Program, which was established using existing VA 2019 fiscal year funds and did not include additional appropriations despite expanded criteria for community care referrals.55 Without additional future appropriations, VA funds would be shifted from VA care into community care. While increasing access to community care has in some cases led to care that is faster and closer and that was previously inaccessible in local VA specialty care, these efforts could reduce veteran engagement with the VA system.56

The changes implemented in VACAA and the VA MISSION Act were driven by important and valid concerns, including evidence of VA staff and officials covering up service deficiencies.51 Veterans in rural areas often have limited access to VA resources, and long travel to VAMCs or clinics can be an impediment. Veterans who have chosen community care tended to be those who have poorer health status, who live further away from VA facilities, women, and those who identified as White or Hispanic.56,57 While VA health care is on average equivalent to or better than community resources, there is significant variability in quality within the VA system. Advocates have argued that providing competition and choice for veterans places pressure on the VA to improve care where it is not meeting expectations. Therefore, access to community care is an important resource for veterans and needs to be implemented effectively and efficiently to help veterans receive the care they need. However, expansion of community care access, depending on how it is implemented, also can have effects on academic partnerships and the education and research missions that should be incorporated into planning.

Each VA health care system receives funding through the Veterans Equitable Reimbursement Allocation (VERA), which provides funds largely based on the number of enrolled veterans and the complexity of the care they receive.58 One potential implication of the shift among veterans to community care is a reduction in patients enrolled in VA programs, thus decreasing funding given to the VA to allocate for training and research. By definition, increased VA-managed community care means less opportunity for integrated training that brings together primary, mental health, and substance use care to meet patient needs. The Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services has developed a national initiative to help states develop programs in integrated care, particularly for individuals who are eligible for both Medicare and Medicaid.59 For states to develop integrated care, they need trainees who function well in this model. Integrated care training is particularly vulnerable to disruption because any portion of a veteran’s care being transferred to the community can impede integration. In effect, training in integrated care, likely the most efficient and cost-effective approach to health care for reasons discussed earlier, could be reduced as providers and trainees are required to manage and coordinate patient care between separate institutions.35

 

 

Educational Impact

The shift in usage from VA to community care has potential implications for academic affiliates, particularly in education and research.60 If more people are served in community settings, potentially some VAMCs could be reduced, realigned, or closed. If this restructuring happens, academic partnerships could be impacted negatively. The VA is instituting an Infrastructure Review Commission with the task of examining current VA utilization. If a VA site with an academic affiliate was considered for realignment or closure, the reduction would eliminate the ability of the academic affiliate to provide education and research collaborations at that site.

In a less drastic manner, increasing care in the community may change opportunities for academic affiliates to partner with the VA. As noted, the UC system and California veterans benefit immensely from the VHA as an integrated health care system with dedicated missions of education and research. This partnership is a model in which the VA is the primary source of care for eligible enrolled veterans and provides integrated comprehensive services. If the VA moves to serving primarily as a coordinator of community HCPs rather than a direct provider of health care, academic affiliates would need to make major adjustments to both the education and training models. This change could particularly affect specialty training programs that rely on having adequate volumes of patients to provide an extensive experience to meet training needs. If fewer veterans receive care directly from the VA and are instead dispersed in the community, that will reduce the ability of academic faculty to participate in the education of medical and affiliated trainees and to participate in research in VA settings. It is unclear what other model could replace such a system and be as beneficial to the VA and the academic partners with which it is currently affiliated.

Given the needs that led to the VA increasing access to care and the potential implications discussed for the VA and partnerships with academic affiliates, VA health care systems and academic affiliate partners should consider several steps. These steps involve assessment, coordination, and promotion.

Both the VA and academic affiliates would benefit if the VA shared assessment data on the use of community care, particularly identifying changes that relate to key training and/or research missions. Such data sharing can be critical to determine whether any risks (or potential opportunities) need to be addressed. In addition, increasing research on the outcomes related to both VA care and community-based care is of high value to determine whether the current changes are achieving intended goals. The VA recently funded such work through its research service, and such work is critical for guiding future policy for the VA and for the affiliates.

Coordination among the VA, academic affiliates, and community partners is vital for change. The issue of community care expansion should be a standing item on coordination meetings and shared governance councils between the institutions. It may make sense to establish specific workgroups or committees to coordinate tracking and assessment of the effect of community care expansion on the shared academic mission. One way to address the potential effect of increased community care on the research and education missions would be to include community partners into the partnerships. This strategy could potentially take a number of different forms, from providing education and training to community HCPs, having VA trainees rotate to community settings, or inviting community settings to be research sites for clinical trials. Such partnerships could potentially improve patient care and support the other academic missions. Coordination could be meaningfully improved by having community HCPs access the VA EHR, thus easing communications. Funding is available for EHR access in the VA MISSION Act and should be a high priority as community care expands. The more that community partners can access and connect with the VA EHR the better they will be able to coordinate care.

Third, the VA and its academic partners need to promote and educate veterans, their families, and their advocates on the benefits that are available through VA care and that are enhanced through academic partnerships. While the VA has been the target of justified criticism, many of its strengths addressed here are not broadly recognized. The VA could promote its sharing of staff and resources with the top academic health care institutions in an area and that veterans often have access to resources that otherwise would not be available without the academic affiliate. Making sure veterans are aware of the benefits available can potentially mitigate the need for community care.

 

 

Conclusions

Given changes from VACAA and the VA MISSION Act, VA and academic affiliates should be active partners in planning for future health care by providing input and feedback on VA structure to help shape federal and state systems moving forward. Institutions can take steps to steer their futures and meet growing clinical, training, and research needs. The VA and its academic partners in health care research are well positioned to develop projects to assess the effects of these changes. Evaluation of key variables including patient care, education, and research productivity are warranted to guide policymakers as they assess whether these changes in the VA are achieving the expressed goals of improving veteran care. Other opportunities to collaborate in the wake of the MISSION Act remain to be discovered within each academic affiliation. By strengthening working relationships between VA and academic teams, these deeply important partnerships can continue to produce clinical, research, and education outcomes that meet the needs of our veterans, our federal and state health care systems, and our country.

Acknowledgments

Dr. Sells was supported by the Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration, Office of Academic Affiliations VA Quality Scholars Advanced Fellowship Program.

References

1. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. About VHA. Updated January 22, 2021. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/health/aboutvha.asp

2. National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine; Health and Medicine Division; Board on Health Care Services; Committee to Evaluate the Department of Veterans Affairs Mental Health Services. Evaluation of the Department of Veterans Affairs Mental Health Services. National Academies Press; 2018. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK499502/

3. California Future Health Workforce Commission. Meeting the demand for health: final report of the California Future Health Workforce Commission. Published February 2019. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://futurehealthworkforce.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MeetingDemandForHealthFinalReportCFHWC.pdf

4. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans Health Administration fiscal year 2017 annual report. Published 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/HEALTH/docs/VHA_AnnualReport_FY2017.pdf

5. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Public health: health care use by Gulf War & OEF/OIF/OND veterans. Updated March 28, 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.publichealth.va.gov/epidemiology/reports/health-care-use-gulfwar-oefoifond/index.asp

6. Eibner C, Krull H, Brown KM, et al. Current and projected characteristics and unique health care needs of the patient population served by the Department of Veterans Affairs. Rand Health Q. 2016;5(4):13.

7. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Patient care services: veterans with lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT) and related identities. Updated August 31, 2020. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.patientcare.va.gov/LGBT/index.asp

8. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Women veterans health care: women veterans program managers. Updated March 28, 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.womens health.va.gov/WOMENSHEALTH/programoverview/wvpm.asp

9. US Department of Veterans Affairs, National Center for Veterans Analysis and Statistics. VA facilities by state. Published May 15, 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/SpecialReports/VA_Facilities_By_State.PDF

10. US Department of Veterans Affairs, National Center for Veterans Analysis and Statistics. State summaries: California. Published September 2018. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/SpecialReports/State_Summaries_California.pdf

11. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration, Office of Patient Care Services, Post-Deployment Health Group, Epidemiology Program. Analysis of VA health care utilization among Operation Enduring Freedom (OEF), Operation Iraqi Freedom (OIF), and Operation New Dawn (OND) veterans. Published January 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.publichealth.va.gov/docs/epidemiology/healthcare-utilization-report-fy2015-qtr3.pdf

12. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Budget. Annual budget submission, president’s budget request – fiscal year 2021. Updated February 10, 2020. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/budget/products.asp

13. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Department of Veterans Affairs statistics at a glance. Updated February 2020. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/Quickfacts/Stats_at_a_glance_4_6_20.PDF

14. US Department of Veterans Affairs VW. Locations, California. Updated October 12, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/directory/guide/state.asp?dnum=ALL&STATE=CA

15. Baker, R. R., & Pickren, W. E. (2007). Psychology and the Department of Veterans Affairs: A historical analysis of training, research, practice, and advocacy. American Psychological Association. doi:10.1037/11544-000

16. Functions of Veterans Health Administration: health-care personnel education and training programs. 38 USC § 7302. Accessed March 16, 2021. https://www.govinfo.gov/app/details/USCODE-2011-title38/USCODE-2011-title38-partV-chap73-subchapI-sec7302

17. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Academic Affiliations. Mission of the Office of Academic Affiliations. Published September 24, 2019. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/oaa/oaa_mission.asp

18. Congressional Research Service. Federal support for graduate medical education: an overview. CRS report R44376. Updated December 27, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R44376.pdf

19. Association of American Medical Colleges. 2018 Report on residents. Table B3: number of active residents, by type of medical school, GME specialty, and sex. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.aamc.org/data-reports/students-residents/interactive-data/table-b3-number-active-residents-type-medical-school-gme-specialty-and-sex

20. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Academic Affiliations. National summary trainees unique school list - academic year: 2017-2018.

21. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Academic Affiliations. VA nursing academic partnerships. Updated December 12, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/oaa/vanap/default.asp

22. Keitz SA, Aron DC, Brannen JL, et al. Impact of clinical training on recruiting graduating health professionals. Am J Manag Care. 2019;25(4):e111-e118. Published 2019 Apr 1.

23. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Academic Affiliations. Health professions education: academic year 2019-2020. Published 2020. https://www.va.gov/OAA/docs/OAA_Statistics_2020.pdf

24. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Hiring programs and initiatives. Updated March 10, 2021. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.vacareers.va.gov/Benefits/HiringProgramsInitiatives/

25. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Students and trainees. Updated March 10, 2021. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.vacareers.va.gov/Careers/StudentsTrainees

26. The Regents of the University of California. The UC system. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.universityofcalifornia.edu/uc-system

27. The Regents of the University of California. The parts of UC. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.universityofcalifornia.edu/uc-system/parts-of-uc

28. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Locations: VISN 21: Sierra Pacific Network. Updated October 12, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/directory/guide/region.asp?ID=1021

29. Association of American Medical Colleges. California physician workforce profile. Published 2017. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.aamc.org/system/files/2019-08/california2017.pdf

30. Rittenhouse D, Ament A, Grumbach K, Petterson S, Levin Z, Bazemore A. California Health Care Foundation: guide to graduate medical education funding in California. Published September 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.chcf.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/GuideGraduateMedicalEducationFunding.pdf

31. US Department of Health and Human Services, Health Resources and Services Administration. Integrated behavioral health resource library. Accessed March 18, 2020. https://www.hrsa.gov/behavioral-health/library

32. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Patient care services: primary care - mental health integration (PC-MHI). Updated August 1, 2016. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.patientcare.va.gov/primarycare/PCMHI.asp

<--pagebreak-->

33. Hwang W, Chang J, Laclair M, Paz H. Effects of integrated delivery system on cost and quality. Am J Manag Care. 2013;19(5):e175-e184.

34. World Health Organization, World Organization of Family Doctors (Wonca). Integrating mental health into primary care: a global perspective. Published October 2008. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.who.int/mental_health/policy/Integratingmhintoprimarycare2008_lastversion.pdf

35. Congressional Budget Office. Comparing the costs of the veterans’ health care system with private-sector costs. Published December 10, 2014. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.cbo.gov/publication/49763

36. Souden M. Overview of VA data, information systems, national databases and research uses. Published October 2, 2017. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.hsrd.research.va.gov/for_researchers/cyber_seminars/archives/2376-notes.pdf

37. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Uniform mental health services in VA medical centers and clinics. VHA handbook 1160.01. Published September 11, 2008. Recertified September 30, 2013. Amended November 16, 2015. Published September 11, 2008. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vhapublications/ViewPublication.asp?pub_ID=1762

38. Coffman JM, Fix M, Ko M. California physician supply and distribution: headed for a drought? Published June 25, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.chcf.org/publication/californias-physicians-headed-drought

39. Meng YY, Ahman T, Pickett M. California Health Care Foundation: 2015 Edition—Californians with the top chronic conditions: 11 million and counting. Published April 23, 2015. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.chcf.org/publication/2015-edition-californians-top-chronic-conditions-11-million-counting

40. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Department of Veterans Affairs FY 2018-2024 strategic plan. Updated May 31, 2019. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/oei/docs/va2018-2024strategicplan.pdf

41. Justice AC, Erdos J, Brandt C, Conigliaro J, Tierney W, Bryant K. The Veterans Affairs healthcare system: a unique laboratory for observational and interventional research. Med Care. 2006;44(8)(suppl 2):S7-S12. doi:10.1097/01.mlr.0000228027.80012.c5

42. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Research and Development: About the Office of Research & Development. Published Updated March 4, 2021. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.research.va.gov/about/default.cfm

43. Gaziano JM, Concato J, Brophy M, et al. Million Veteran Program: a mega-biobank to study genetic influences on health and disease. J Clin Epidemiol. 2016;70:214-223. doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2015.09.016

44. US Department of Veterans Affairs. VA research program overview. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.research.va.gov/pubs/docs/va-research-overview-brochure.pdf

45. US Department of Veterans Affairs. FY 2021 budget submission: medical programs and information technology programs. Volume 2 of 4. Published February 2020. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.va.gov/budget/docs/summary/fy2021VAbudgetVolumeIImedicalProgramsAndInformationTechnology.pdf

46. Trivedi AN, Matula S, Miake-Lye I, Glassman PA, Shekelle P, Asch S. Systematic review: comparison of the quality of medical care in Veterans Affairs and non-Veterans Affairs settings. Med Care. 2011;49(1):76-88. doi:10.1097/MLR.0b013e3181f53575

47. Nugent GN, Hendricks A, Nugent L, Render ML. Value for taxpayers’ dollars: what VA care would cost at Medicare prices. Med Care Res Rev. 2004;61(4):495-508. doi:10.1177/1077558704269795

48. Anhang Price R, Sloss EM, Cefalu M, Farmer CM, Hussey PS. Comparing quality of care in Veterans Affairs and non-Veterans Affairs settings. J Gen Intern Med. 2018;33(10):1631-1638. doi:10.1007/s11606-018-4433-7

49. O’Hanlon C, Huang C, Sloss E, et al. Comparing VA and non-VA quality of care: a systematic review. J Gen Intern Med. 2017;32(1):105-121. doi:10.1007/s11606-016-3775-2

50. Vanneman ME, Wagner TH, Shwartz M, et al. Veterans’ experiences with outpatient care: comparing the Veterans Affairs system with community-based care. Health Aff (Millwood). 2020;39(8):1368-1376. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2019.01375

51. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Inspector General. Veterans Health Administration interim report: review of patient wait times, scheduling practices, and alleged patient deaths at the Phoenix health care system. Published May 28, 2014. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.va.gov/oig/pubs/VAOIG-14-02603-178.pdf

52. Penn M, Bhatnagar S, Kuy S, et al. Comparison of wait times for new patients between the private sector and United States Department of Veterans Affairs medical centers. JAMA Netw Open. 2019;2(1):e187096. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2018.7096

53. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Fact sheet: Veterans Access, Choice and Accountability Act of 2014 (“Choice Act”). Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.va.gov/opa/choiceact/documents/choice-act-summary.pdf

54. Mattocks KM, Cunningham K, Elwy AR, et al. Recommendations for the evaluation of cross-system care coordination from the VA State-of-the-art Working Group on VA/Non-VA Care. J Gen Intern Med. 2019;34(Suppl 1):18-23. doi:10.1007/s11606-019-04972-1

55. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Fact sheet: VA MISSION Act and new veterans community care program. Published June 15, 2018. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.va.gov/COMMUNITYCARE/docs/pubfiles/factsheets/FactSheet_20-13.pdf

56. Stroupe KT, Martinez R, Hogan TP, et al. Experiences with the veterans’ choice program. J Gen Intern Med. 2019;34(10):2141-2149. doi:10.1007/s11606-019-05224-y

57. Yoon J, Leung LB, Rubenstein LV, et al. Use of the veterans’ choice program and attrition from Veterans Health Administration primary care. Med Care. 2020;58(12):1091-1097. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000001401

58. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans Equitable Resource Allocation (VERA). Updated March 9, 2021. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://catalog.data.gov/dataset/veterans-equitable-resource-allocation-vera

59. Integrated Care Resource Center. About us. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.integratedcareresourcecenter.com/about-us

60. Duhaney T. How veteran utilization of the Veterans Health Administration could impact privatization. Public Policy Aging Rep. 2020;30(1):29-35. doi:10.1093/ppar/prz032

References

1. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. About VHA. Updated January 22, 2021. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/health/aboutvha.asp

2. National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine; Health and Medicine Division; Board on Health Care Services; Committee to Evaluate the Department of Veterans Affairs Mental Health Services. Evaluation of the Department of Veterans Affairs Mental Health Services. National Academies Press; 2018. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK499502/

3. California Future Health Workforce Commission. Meeting the demand for health: final report of the California Future Health Workforce Commission. Published February 2019. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://futurehealthworkforce.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MeetingDemandForHealthFinalReportCFHWC.pdf

4. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans Health Administration fiscal year 2017 annual report. Published 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/HEALTH/docs/VHA_AnnualReport_FY2017.pdf

5. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Public health: health care use by Gulf War & OEF/OIF/OND veterans. Updated March 28, 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.publichealth.va.gov/epidemiology/reports/health-care-use-gulfwar-oefoifond/index.asp

6. Eibner C, Krull H, Brown KM, et al. Current and projected characteristics and unique health care needs of the patient population served by the Department of Veterans Affairs. Rand Health Q. 2016;5(4):13.

7. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Patient care services: veterans with lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT) and related identities. Updated August 31, 2020. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.patientcare.va.gov/LGBT/index.asp

8. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Women veterans health care: women veterans program managers. Updated March 28, 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.womens health.va.gov/WOMENSHEALTH/programoverview/wvpm.asp

9. US Department of Veterans Affairs, National Center for Veterans Analysis and Statistics. VA facilities by state. Published May 15, 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/SpecialReports/VA_Facilities_By_State.PDF

10. US Department of Veterans Affairs, National Center for Veterans Analysis and Statistics. State summaries: California. Published September 2018. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/SpecialReports/State_Summaries_California.pdf

11. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration, Office of Patient Care Services, Post-Deployment Health Group, Epidemiology Program. Analysis of VA health care utilization among Operation Enduring Freedom (OEF), Operation Iraqi Freedom (OIF), and Operation New Dawn (OND) veterans. Published January 2017. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.publichealth.va.gov/docs/epidemiology/healthcare-utilization-report-fy2015-qtr3.pdf

12. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Budget. Annual budget submission, president’s budget request – fiscal year 2021. Updated February 10, 2020. Accessed March 9, 2021. https://www.va.gov/budget/products.asp

13. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Department of Veterans Affairs statistics at a glance. Updated February 2020. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/Quickfacts/Stats_at_a_glance_4_6_20.PDF

14. US Department of Veterans Affairs VW. Locations, California. Updated October 12, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/directory/guide/state.asp?dnum=ALL&STATE=CA

15. Baker, R. R., & Pickren, W. E. (2007). Psychology and the Department of Veterans Affairs: A historical analysis of training, research, practice, and advocacy. American Psychological Association. doi:10.1037/11544-000

16. Functions of Veterans Health Administration: health-care personnel education and training programs. 38 USC § 7302. Accessed March 16, 2021. https://www.govinfo.gov/app/details/USCODE-2011-title38/USCODE-2011-title38-partV-chap73-subchapI-sec7302

17. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Academic Affiliations. Mission of the Office of Academic Affiliations. Published September 24, 2019. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/oaa/oaa_mission.asp

18. Congressional Research Service. Federal support for graduate medical education: an overview. CRS report R44376. Updated December 27, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R44376.pdf

19. Association of American Medical Colleges. 2018 Report on residents. Table B3: number of active residents, by type of medical school, GME specialty, and sex. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.aamc.org/data-reports/students-residents/interactive-data/table-b3-number-active-residents-type-medical-school-gme-specialty-and-sex

20. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Academic Affiliations. National summary trainees unique school list - academic year: 2017-2018.

21. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Academic Affiliations. VA nursing academic partnerships. Updated December 12, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/oaa/vanap/default.asp

22. Keitz SA, Aron DC, Brannen JL, et al. Impact of clinical training on recruiting graduating health professionals. Am J Manag Care. 2019;25(4):e111-e118. Published 2019 Apr 1.

23. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Academic Affiliations. Health professions education: academic year 2019-2020. Published 2020. https://www.va.gov/OAA/docs/OAA_Statistics_2020.pdf

24. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Hiring programs and initiatives. Updated March 10, 2021. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.vacareers.va.gov/Benefits/HiringProgramsInitiatives/

25. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Students and trainees. Updated March 10, 2021. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.vacareers.va.gov/Careers/StudentsTrainees

26. The Regents of the University of California. The UC system. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.universityofcalifornia.edu/uc-system

27. The Regents of the University of California. The parts of UC. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.universityofcalifornia.edu/uc-system/parts-of-uc

28. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Locations: VISN 21: Sierra Pacific Network. Updated October 12, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/directory/guide/region.asp?ID=1021

29. Association of American Medical Colleges. California physician workforce profile. Published 2017. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.aamc.org/system/files/2019-08/california2017.pdf

30. Rittenhouse D, Ament A, Grumbach K, Petterson S, Levin Z, Bazemore A. California Health Care Foundation: guide to graduate medical education funding in California. Published September 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.chcf.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/GuideGraduateMedicalEducationFunding.pdf

31. US Department of Health and Human Services, Health Resources and Services Administration. Integrated behavioral health resource library. Accessed March 18, 2020. https://www.hrsa.gov/behavioral-health/library

32. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Patient care services: primary care - mental health integration (PC-MHI). Updated August 1, 2016. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.patientcare.va.gov/primarycare/PCMHI.asp

<--pagebreak-->

33. Hwang W, Chang J, Laclair M, Paz H. Effects of integrated delivery system on cost and quality. Am J Manag Care. 2013;19(5):e175-e184.

34. World Health Organization, World Organization of Family Doctors (Wonca). Integrating mental health into primary care: a global perspective. Published October 2008. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.who.int/mental_health/policy/Integratingmhintoprimarycare2008_lastversion.pdf

35. Congressional Budget Office. Comparing the costs of the veterans’ health care system with private-sector costs. Published December 10, 2014. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.cbo.gov/publication/49763

36. Souden M. Overview of VA data, information systems, national databases and research uses. Published October 2, 2017. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.hsrd.research.va.gov/for_researchers/cyber_seminars/archives/2376-notes.pdf

37. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Uniform mental health services in VA medical centers and clinics. VHA handbook 1160.01. Published September 11, 2008. Recertified September 30, 2013. Amended November 16, 2015. Published September 11, 2008. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/vhapublications/ViewPublication.asp?pub_ID=1762

38. Coffman JM, Fix M, Ko M. California physician supply and distribution: headed for a drought? Published June 25, 2018. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.chcf.org/publication/californias-physicians-headed-drought

39. Meng YY, Ahman T, Pickett M. California Health Care Foundation: 2015 Edition—Californians with the top chronic conditions: 11 million and counting. Published April 23, 2015. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.chcf.org/publication/2015-edition-californians-top-chronic-conditions-11-million-counting

40. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Department of Veterans Affairs FY 2018-2024 strategic plan. Updated May 31, 2019. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.va.gov/oei/docs/va2018-2024strategicplan.pdf

41. Justice AC, Erdos J, Brandt C, Conigliaro J, Tierney W, Bryant K. The Veterans Affairs healthcare system: a unique laboratory for observational and interventional research. Med Care. 2006;44(8)(suppl 2):S7-S12. doi:10.1097/01.mlr.0000228027.80012.c5

42. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Research and Development: About the Office of Research & Development. Published Updated March 4, 2021. Accessed March 10, 2021. https://www.research.va.gov/about/default.cfm

43. Gaziano JM, Concato J, Brophy M, et al. Million Veteran Program: a mega-biobank to study genetic influences on health and disease. J Clin Epidemiol. 2016;70:214-223. doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2015.09.016

44. US Department of Veterans Affairs. VA research program overview. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.research.va.gov/pubs/docs/va-research-overview-brochure.pdf

45. US Department of Veterans Affairs. FY 2021 budget submission: medical programs and information technology programs. Volume 2 of 4. Published February 2020. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.va.gov/budget/docs/summary/fy2021VAbudgetVolumeIImedicalProgramsAndInformationTechnology.pdf

46. Trivedi AN, Matula S, Miake-Lye I, Glassman PA, Shekelle P, Asch S. Systematic review: comparison of the quality of medical care in Veterans Affairs and non-Veterans Affairs settings. Med Care. 2011;49(1):76-88. doi:10.1097/MLR.0b013e3181f53575

47. Nugent GN, Hendricks A, Nugent L, Render ML. Value for taxpayers’ dollars: what VA care would cost at Medicare prices. Med Care Res Rev. 2004;61(4):495-508. doi:10.1177/1077558704269795

48. Anhang Price R, Sloss EM, Cefalu M, Farmer CM, Hussey PS. Comparing quality of care in Veterans Affairs and non-Veterans Affairs settings. J Gen Intern Med. 2018;33(10):1631-1638. doi:10.1007/s11606-018-4433-7

49. O’Hanlon C, Huang C, Sloss E, et al. Comparing VA and non-VA quality of care: a systematic review. J Gen Intern Med. 2017;32(1):105-121. doi:10.1007/s11606-016-3775-2

50. Vanneman ME, Wagner TH, Shwartz M, et al. Veterans’ experiences with outpatient care: comparing the Veterans Affairs system with community-based care. Health Aff (Millwood). 2020;39(8):1368-1376. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2019.01375

51. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Inspector General. Veterans Health Administration interim report: review of patient wait times, scheduling practices, and alleged patient deaths at the Phoenix health care system. Published May 28, 2014. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.va.gov/oig/pubs/VAOIG-14-02603-178.pdf

52. Penn M, Bhatnagar S, Kuy S, et al. Comparison of wait times for new patients between the private sector and United States Department of Veterans Affairs medical centers. JAMA Netw Open. 2019;2(1):e187096. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2018.7096

53. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Fact sheet: Veterans Access, Choice and Accountability Act of 2014 (“Choice Act”). Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.va.gov/opa/choiceact/documents/choice-act-summary.pdf

54. Mattocks KM, Cunningham K, Elwy AR, et al. Recommendations for the evaluation of cross-system care coordination from the VA State-of-the-art Working Group on VA/Non-VA Care. J Gen Intern Med. 2019;34(Suppl 1):18-23. doi:10.1007/s11606-019-04972-1

55. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Fact sheet: VA MISSION Act and new veterans community care program. Published June 15, 2018. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.va.gov/COMMUNITYCARE/docs/pubfiles/factsheets/FactSheet_20-13.pdf

56. Stroupe KT, Martinez R, Hogan TP, et al. Experiences with the veterans’ choice program. J Gen Intern Med. 2019;34(10):2141-2149. doi:10.1007/s11606-019-05224-y

57. Yoon J, Leung LB, Rubenstein LV, et al. Use of the veterans’ choice program and attrition from Veterans Health Administration primary care. Med Care. 2020;58(12):1091-1097. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000001401

58. US Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans Equitable Resource Allocation (VERA). Updated March 9, 2021. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://catalog.data.gov/dataset/veterans-equitable-resource-allocation-vera

59. Integrated Care Resource Center. About us. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.integratedcareresourcecenter.com/about-us

60. Duhaney T. How veteran utilization of the Veterans Health Administration could impact privatization. Public Policy Aging Rep. 2020;30(1):29-35. doi:10.1093/ppar/prz032

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Page Number
174-183
Page Number
174-183
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
Article PDF Media

The Plague Year Revisited

Article Type
Changed

In April 2020, I pledged to focus my editorials on the pandemic. In subsequent editorials I renewed that intention. And it is a promise I have kept during the long plague year for all my editorials. When I announced my plan to write solely on COVID-19, my astute editor asked me, “How are you going to know when to stop?” I reminded myself of his question as I sat down to write each month and never arrived at a satisfactory answer. Nor do I have an answer now for why I am asking readers to release me from my vow—except for the somewhat trivial reason that a year seems enough. Is there more to say about the pandemic? Yes, there is so much more that needs to be discovered and unraveled, contemplated and analyzed; no doubt oceans of print and electronic pages will wash over us in the coming decade from thousands of scientists and journalists commenting on the topic of this public health crisis.2

Nevertheless, I have run the gauntlet of salient subjects within my wheelhouse: The plague year of editorials opened with a primer on public health ethics; the May column studied the duty to care for health care professionals in the midst of the first surge of virus; June examined the controversy around remdesivir and hydroxcholoroquine as medicine frantically sought some way to treat the sick; in July, I took a lighter look at the “Dog Days” of COVID-19 staring my Labrador Retriever mix, Reed, snoozing on his couch on the patio; August celebrated the amazing outreach of the US Department of Defense, US Public Health Service, and US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) in service to the community; September discussed the adverse effects of the prolonged pandemic on the human psyche and some positive ways of handling the stress; October lamented the exponential rise in substance misuse as human beings struggled to manage the emotional toll of the pandemic; in December, COVID-19 was the sole subject of my annual Best and Worst ethics column; the new year saw the emergency use authorizations of the first and second vaccines and the editorial laid out the critical challenges for vaccination; in February my esteemed colleague Anita Tarzian joined me in an article explaining the ethical approach to vaccine allocation developed by the VA.3-12

A reader might aptly ask whether I am laying down the COVID-19 gauntlet because I believe the pandemic is over and done with us. The news is full of pundits opining when things will return to normal (if that ever existed or will again) and soothsayers divining the signs of the plague’s end.13 What I think is that we are more than done with the pandemic and unfortunately that may be the central cause of its perpetuation; which brings me to Daniel Defoe’s A Journal of the Plague Year.1

Defoe is better known to most of us if at all from modern films of his best-seller Robinson Crusoe. Yet A Journal of the Plague Year and other books about epidemics have become popular reading as we seek clues to the mystery of how to affirm life amid a death-dealing infectious disease.14 There is even an emerging lockdown literature genre. (Before anyone asks, I am in no way so pretentious as to suggest my columns should be included in that scholarly body of work).

Defoe’s book chronicles the last episode of the bubonic plague that afflicted London in 1665 and claimed 100,000 lives. Defoe was only 5 years old when the epidemic devastated one of the greatest cities in Europe. In 1772 he published what one recent reviewer called “a fascinating record of trying to cope with the capital’s last plague.”15 Defoe presciently documented the central reason I think the pandemic may not end anytime soon despite the increasing success of vaccination, at least in the United States. “But the Case was this...that the infection was propagated insensibly, and by such Persons, as were not visibly infected, who neither knew who they infected, or who they were infected by.”1

Ignorance and apathy are not confined to the streets of 17th century England: We see state after state lift restrictions prematurely, guaranteeing the scientists prediction that the wave now hitting Europe could again breach our shores. Defoe wrote long before germ theory and the ascendancy of public health, yet he knew that the inability or unwillingness to stick close to home kept the plague circulating. “And here I must observe again, that this Necessity of going out of our Houses to buy Provisions, was in a Great Measure the Ruin of the whole City, for the people catch’d the Distemper, on those Occasions, one of another...”1 While provisions may equate to food for many, for others necessities include going to bars, dining inside restaurants, and working out at gyms—all are natural laboratories for the spread and mutation of COVID-19 into variants against which physicians warn that the vaccine may not offer protection.

Defoe’s insights were at least in part due to his distance from the horror of the plague, which enabled him to study it with both empathy and objectivity, critical thinking, and creative observation. Similarly, it is time to take a brief breathing space from the pandemic as the central preoccupation of our existence: not just for me but for all of us to the extent possible given that unlike Defoe’s epoch it is still very much our reality. Even a few moments imagining a world without COVID-19 or more accurately one where it is under some reasonable control can help us reconceive how we want to live in it.

Can we use that luminal period to reenvision society along the lines Defoe idealistically drew even while we contribute to the collective search for the Holy Grail of herd immunity? During this second plague year, in coming editorials and in my own small circle of concern I will try to take a different less frustrated, embittered view of our lives scarred as they may be. It is only such a reorientation of perspectives in the shadow of so much death and suffering that can give us the energy and empathy to wear masks, go only where we must, follow public health measures and direction, and persuade the hesitant to be vaccinated so this truly is the last plague year at least for a long, quiet while.

References

1. Defoe D. A Journal of the Plague Year . Revised edition. Oxford World Classics; 2010.

2. Balch BT. One year into COVID, scientists are still learning about how the virus spreads, why disease symptoms and severity vary, and more. Published March 11, 2021. Accessed March 22, 2021. https://www.aamc.org/news-insights/one-year-covid-scientists-are-still-learning-about-how-virus-spreads-why-disease-symptoms-and

3. Geppert CMA. The return of the plague: a primer on pandemic ethics. Fed Pract. 2020;37(4):158-159.

4. Geppert CMA. The duty to care and its exceptions in a pandemic. Fed Pract. 2020;37(5):210-211.

5. Geppert CMA. A tale of 2 medications: a desperate race for hope. Fed Pract. 2020;37(6):256-257.

6. Geppert CMA. The dog days of COVID-19. Fed Pract. 2020;37(7):300-301.

7. Geppert CMA. All hands on deck: the federal health care response to the COVID-19 national emergency. Fed Pract. 2020;37(8):346-347. doi:10.12788/fp.0036

8. Geppert CMA. The brain in COVID-19: no one is okay. Fed Pract. 2020;37(9):396-397. doi:10.12788/fp.0046

9. Geppert CMA. The other pandemic: addiction. Fed Pract. 2020;37(10):440-441. doi:10.12788/fp.0059

10. Geppert CMA. Recalled to life: the best and worst of 2020 is the year 2020. Fed Pract . 2020;37(12):550-551. doi:10.12788/fp.0077

11. Geppert CMA. Trust in a vial. Fed Pract. 2021;38(1):4-5. doi:10.12788/fp.0084

12. Tarzian AJ, Geppert CMA. The Veterans Health Administration approach to COVID-19 vaccine allocation-balancing utility and equity. Fed Pract. 2021;38(2):52-54. doi:10.12788/fp.0093

13. Madrigal AG. A simple rule of thumb for knowing when the pandemic is over. Published February 23, 2021. Accessed March 22, 2021. https://www.theatlantic.com/health/archive/2021/02/how-know-when-pandemic-over/618122

14. Ford-Smith A. A Journal of the Plague Year book review. Med History. 2012;56(1):98-99. doi:10.1017/S0025727300000338

15. Jordison S. A Journal of the Plague Year by Daniel Defoe is our reading group book for May. The Guardian . Published April 28, 2020. Accessed March 22, 2021. https://www.theguardian.com/books/booksblog/2020/apr/28/a-journal-of-the-plague-year-by-daniel-defoe-is-our-reading-group-book-for-may

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Cynthia Geppert is Editor-in-Chief; Chief, Consultation Psychiatry and Ethics, New Mexico VA Health Care System; and Professor and Director of Ethics Education at the University of New Mexico School of Medicine in Albuquerque.
 Correspondence: Cynthia Geppert (ethicdoc@comcast.net)

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner , Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Publications
Topics
Page Number
152-153
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Cynthia Geppert is Editor-in-Chief; Chief, Consultation Psychiatry and Ethics, New Mexico VA Health Care System; and Professor and Director of Ethics Education at the University of New Mexico School of Medicine in Albuquerque.
 Correspondence: Cynthia Geppert (ethicdoc@comcast.net)

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner , Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Author and Disclosure Information

Cynthia Geppert is Editor-in-Chief; Chief, Consultation Psychiatry and Ethics, New Mexico VA Health Care System; and Professor and Director of Ethics Education at the University of New Mexico School of Medicine in Albuquerque.
 Correspondence: Cynthia Geppert (ethicdoc@comcast.net)

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner , Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

In April 2020, I pledged to focus my editorials on the pandemic. In subsequent editorials I renewed that intention. And it is a promise I have kept during the long plague year for all my editorials. When I announced my plan to write solely on COVID-19, my astute editor asked me, “How are you going to know when to stop?” I reminded myself of his question as I sat down to write each month and never arrived at a satisfactory answer. Nor do I have an answer now for why I am asking readers to release me from my vow—except for the somewhat trivial reason that a year seems enough. Is there more to say about the pandemic? Yes, there is so much more that needs to be discovered and unraveled, contemplated and analyzed; no doubt oceans of print and electronic pages will wash over us in the coming decade from thousands of scientists and journalists commenting on the topic of this public health crisis.2

Nevertheless, I have run the gauntlet of salient subjects within my wheelhouse: The plague year of editorials opened with a primer on public health ethics; the May column studied the duty to care for health care professionals in the midst of the first surge of virus; June examined the controversy around remdesivir and hydroxcholoroquine as medicine frantically sought some way to treat the sick; in July, I took a lighter look at the “Dog Days” of COVID-19 staring my Labrador Retriever mix, Reed, snoozing on his couch on the patio; August celebrated the amazing outreach of the US Department of Defense, US Public Health Service, and US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) in service to the community; September discussed the adverse effects of the prolonged pandemic on the human psyche and some positive ways of handling the stress; October lamented the exponential rise in substance misuse as human beings struggled to manage the emotional toll of the pandemic; in December, COVID-19 was the sole subject of my annual Best and Worst ethics column; the new year saw the emergency use authorizations of the first and second vaccines and the editorial laid out the critical challenges for vaccination; in February my esteemed colleague Anita Tarzian joined me in an article explaining the ethical approach to vaccine allocation developed by the VA.3-12

A reader might aptly ask whether I am laying down the COVID-19 gauntlet because I believe the pandemic is over and done with us. The news is full of pundits opining when things will return to normal (if that ever existed or will again) and soothsayers divining the signs of the plague’s end.13 What I think is that we are more than done with the pandemic and unfortunately that may be the central cause of its perpetuation; which brings me to Daniel Defoe’s A Journal of the Plague Year.1

Defoe is better known to most of us if at all from modern films of his best-seller Robinson Crusoe. Yet A Journal of the Plague Year and other books about epidemics have become popular reading as we seek clues to the mystery of how to affirm life amid a death-dealing infectious disease.14 There is even an emerging lockdown literature genre. (Before anyone asks, I am in no way so pretentious as to suggest my columns should be included in that scholarly body of work).

Defoe’s book chronicles the last episode of the bubonic plague that afflicted London in 1665 and claimed 100,000 lives. Defoe was only 5 years old when the epidemic devastated one of the greatest cities in Europe. In 1772 he published what one recent reviewer called “a fascinating record of trying to cope with the capital’s last plague.”15 Defoe presciently documented the central reason I think the pandemic may not end anytime soon despite the increasing success of vaccination, at least in the United States. “But the Case was this...that the infection was propagated insensibly, and by such Persons, as were not visibly infected, who neither knew who they infected, or who they were infected by.”1

Ignorance and apathy are not confined to the streets of 17th century England: We see state after state lift restrictions prematurely, guaranteeing the scientists prediction that the wave now hitting Europe could again breach our shores. Defoe wrote long before germ theory and the ascendancy of public health, yet he knew that the inability or unwillingness to stick close to home kept the plague circulating. “And here I must observe again, that this Necessity of going out of our Houses to buy Provisions, was in a Great Measure the Ruin of the whole City, for the people catch’d the Distemper, on those Occasions, one of another...”1 While provisions may equate to food for many, for others necessities include going to bars, dining inside restaurants, and working out at gyms—all are natural laboratories for the spread and mutation of COVID-19 into variants against which physicians warn that the vaccine may not offer protection.

Defoe’s insights were at least in part due to his distance from the horror of the plague, which enabled him to study it with both empathy and objectivity, critical thinking, and creative observation. Similarly, it is time to take a brief breathing space from the pandemic as the central preoccupation of our existence: not just for me but for all of us to the extent possible given that unlike Defoe’s epoch it is still very much our reality. Even a few moments imagining a world without COVID-19 or more accurately one where it is under some reasonable control can help us reconceive how we want to live in it.

Can we use that luminal period to reenvision society along the lines Defoe idealistically drew even while we contribute to the collective search for the Holy Grail of herd immunity? During this second plague year, in coming editorials and in my own small circle of concern I will try to take a different less frustrated, embittered view of our lives scarred as they may be. It is only such a reorientation of perspectives in the shadow of so much death and suffering that can give us the energy and empathy to wear masks, go only where we must, follow public health measures and direction, and persuade the hesitant to be vaccinated so this truly is the last plague year at least for a long, quiet while.

In April 2020, I pledged to focus my editorials on the pandemic. In subsequent editorials I renewed that intention. And it is a promise I have kept during the long plague year for all my editorials. When I announced my plan to write solely on COVID-19, my astute editor asked me, “How are you going to know when to stop?” I reminded myself of his question as I sat down to write each month and never arrived at a satisfactory answer. Nor do I have an answer now for why I am asking readers to release me from my vow—except for the somewhat trivial reason that a year seems enough. Is there more to say about the pandemic? Yes, there is so much more that needs to be discovered and unraveled, contemplated and analyzed; no doubt oceans of print and electronic pages will wash over us in the coming decade from thousands of scientists and journalists commenting on the topic of this public health crisis.2

Nevertheless, I have run the gauntlet of salient subjects within my wheelhouse: The plague year of editorials opened with a primer on public health ethics; the May column studied the duty to care for health care professionals in the midst of the first surge of virus; June examined the controversy around remdesivir and hydroxcholoroquine as medicine frantically sought some way to treat the sick; in July, I took a lighter look at the “Dog Days” of COVID-19 staring my Labrador Retriever mix, Reed, snoozing on his couch on the patio; August celebrated the amazing outreach of the US Department of Defense, US Public Health Service, and US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) in service to the community; September discussed the adverse effects of the prolonged pandemic on the human psyche and some positive ways of handling the stress; October lamented the exponential rise in substance misuse as human beings struggled to manage the emotional toll of the pandemic; in December, COVID-19 was the sole subject of my annual Best and Worst ethics column; the new year saw the emergency use authorizations of the first and second vaccines and the editorial laid out the critical challenges for vaccination; in February my esteemed colleague Anita Tarzian joined me in an article explaining the ethical approach to vaccine allocation developed by the VA.3-12

A reader might aptly ask whether I am laying down the COVID-19 gauntlet because I believe the pandemic is over and done with us. The news is full of pundits opining when things will return to normal (if that ever existed or will again) and soothsayers divining the signs of the plague’s end.13 What I think is that we are more than done with the pandemic and unfortunately that may be the central cause of its perpetuation; which brings me to Daniel Defoe’s A Journal of the Plague Year.1

Defoe is better known to most of us if at all from modern films of his best-seller Robinson Crusoe. Yet A Journal of the Plague Year and other books about epidemics have become popular reading as we seek clues to the mystery of how to affirm life amid a death-dealing infectious disease.14 There is even an emerging lockdown literature genre. (Before anyone asks, I am in no way so pretentious as to suggest my columns should be included in that scholarly body of work).

Defoe’s book chronicles the last episode of the bubonic plague that afflicted London in 1665 and claimed 100,000 lives. Defoe was only 5 years old when the epidemic devastated one of the greatest cities in Europe. In 1772 he published what one recent reviewer called “a fascinating record of trying to cope with the capital’s last plague.”15 Defoe presciently documented the central reason I think the pandemic may not end anytime soon despite the increasing success of vaccination, at least in the United States. “But the Case was this...that the infection was propagated insensibly, and by such Persons, as were not visibly infected, who neither knew who they infected, or who they were infected by.”1

Ignorance and apathy are not confined to the streets of 17th century England: We see state after state lift restrictions prematurely, guaranteeing the scientists prediction that the wave now hitting Europe could again breach our shores. Defoe wrote long before germ theory and the ascendancy of public health, yet he knew that the inability or unwillingness to stick close to home kept the plague circulating. “And here I must observe again, that this Necessity of going out of our Houses to buy Provisions, was in a Great Measure the Ruin of the whole City, for the people catch’d the Distemper, on those Occasions, one of another...”1 While provisions may equate to food for many, for others necessities include going to bars, dining inside restaurants, and working out at gyms—all are natural laboratories for the spread and mutation of COVID-19 into variants against which physicians warn that the vaccine may not offer protection.

Defoe’s insights were at least in part due to his distance from the horror of the plague, which enabled him to study it with both empathy and objectivity, critical thinking, and creative observation. Similarly, it is time to take a brief breathing space from the pandemic as the central preoccupation of our existence: not just for me but for all of us to the extent possible given that unlike Defoe’s epoch it is still very much our reality. Even a few moments imagining a world without COVID-19 or more accurately one where it is under some reasonable control can help us reconceive how we want to live in it.

Can we use that luminal period to reenvision society along the lines Defoe idealistically drew even while we contribute to the collective search for the Holy Grail of herd immunity? During this second plague year, in coming editorials and in my own small circle of concern I will try to take a different less frustrated, embittered view of our lives scarred as they may be. It is only such a reorientation of perspectives in the shadow of so much death and suffering that can give us the energy and empathy to wear masks, go only where we must, follow public health measures and direction, and persuade the hesitant to be vaccinated so this truly is the last plague year at least for a long, quiet while.

References

1. Defoe D. A Journal of the Plague Year . Revised edition. Oxford World Classics; 2010.

2. Balch BT. One year into COVID, scientists are still learning about how the virus spreads, why disease symptoms and severity vary, and more. Published March 11, 2021. Accessed March 22, 2021. https://www.aamc.org/news-insights/one-year-covid-scientists-are-still-learning-about-how-virus-spreads-why-disease-symptoms-and

3. Geppert CMA. The return of the plague: a primer on pandemic ethics. Fed Pract. 2020;37(4):158-159.

4. Geppert CMA. The duty to care and its exceptions in a pandemic. Fed Pract. 2020;37(5):210-211.

5. Geppert CMA. A tale of 2 medications: a desperate race for hope. Fed Pract. 2020;37(6):256-257.

6. Geppert CMA. The dog days of COVID-19. Fed Pract. 2020;37(7):300-301.

7. Geppert CMA. All hands on deck: the federal health care response to the COVID-19 national emergency. Fed Pract. 2020;37(8):346-347. doi:10.12788/fp.0036

8. Geppert CMA. The brain in COVID-19: no one is okay. Fed Pract. 2020;37(9):396-397. doi:10.12788/fp.0046

9. Geppert CMA. The other pandemic: addiction. Fed Pract. 2020;37(10):440-441. doi:10.12788/fp.0059

10. Geppert CMA. Recalled to life: the best and worst of 2020 is the year 2020. Fed Pract . 2020;37(12):550-551. doi:10.12788/fp.0077

11. Geppert CMA. Trust in a vial. Fed Pract. 2021;38(1):4-5. doi:10.12788/fp.0084

12. Tarzian AJ, Geppert CMA. The Veterans Health Administration approach to COVID-19 vaccine allocation-balancing utility and equity. Fed Pract. 2021;38(2):52-54. doi:10.12788/fp.0093

13. Madrigal AG. A simple rule of thumb for knowing when the pandemic is over. Published February 23, 2021. Accessed March 22, 2021. https://www.theatlantic.com/health/archive/2021/02/how-know-when-pandemic-over/618122

14. Ford-Smith A. A Journal of the Plague Year book review. Med History. 2012;56(1):98-99. doi:10.1017/S0025727300000338

15. Jordison S. A Journal of the Plague Year by Daniel Defoe is our reading group book for May. The Guardian . Published April 28, 2020. Accessed March 22, 2021. https://www.theguardian.com/books/booksblog/2020/apr/28/a-journal-of-the-plague-year-by-daniel-defoe-is-our-reading-group-book-for-may

References

1. Defoe D. A Journal of the Plague Year . Revised edition. Oxford World Classics; 2010.

2. Balch BT. One year into COVID, scientists are still learning about how the virus spreads, why disease symptoms and severity vary, and more. Published March 11, 2021. Accessed March 22, 2021. https://www.aamc.org/news-insights/one-year-covid-scientists-are-still-learning-about-how-virus-spreads-why-disease-symptoms-and

3. Geppert CMA. The return of the plague: a primer on pandemic ethics. Fed Pract. 2020;37(4):158-159.

4. Geppert CMA. The duty to care and its exceptions in a pandemic. Fed Pract. 2020;37(5):210-211.

5. Geppert CMA. A tale of 2 medications: a desperate race for hope. Fed Pract. 2020;37(6):256-257.

6. Geppert CMA. The dog days of COVID-19. Fed Pract. 2020;37(7):300-301.

7. Geppert CMA. All hands on deck: the federal health care response to the COVID-19 national emergency. Fed Pract. 2020;37(8):346-347. doi:10.12788/fp.0036

8. Geppert CMA. The brain in COVID-19: no one is okay. Fed Pract. 2020;37(9):396-397. doi:10.12788/fp.0046

9. Geppert CMA. The other pandemic: addiction. Fed Pract. 2020;37(10):440-441. doi:10.12788/fp.0059

10. Geppert CMA. Recalled to life: the best and worst of 2020 is the year 2020. Fed Pract . 2020;37(12):550-551. doi:10.12788/fp.0077

11. Geppert CMA. Trust in a vial. Fed Pract. 2021;38(1):4-5. doi:10.12788/fp.0084

12. Tarzian AJ, Geppert CMA. The Veterans Health Administration approach to COVID-19 vaccine allocation-balancing utility and equity. Fed Pract. 2021;38(2):52-54. doi:10.12788/fp.0093

13. Madrigal AG. A simple rule of thumb for knowing when the pandemic is over. Published February 23, 2021. Accessed March 22, 2021. https://www.theatlantic.com/health/archive/2021/02/how-know-when-pandemic-over/618122

14. Ford-Smith A. A Journal of the Plague Year book review. Med History. 2012;56(1):98-99. doi:10.1017/S0025727300000338

15. Jordison S. A Journal of the Plague Year by Daniel Defoe is our reading group book for May. The Guardian . Published April 28, 2020. Accessed March 22, 2021. https://www.theguardian.com/books/booksblog/2020/apr/28/a-journal-of-the-plague-year-by-daniel-defoe-is-our-reading-group-book-for-may

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 38(4)a
Page Number
152-153
Page Number
152-153
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
Article PDF Media